Professional Documents
Culture Documents
Art - Serv.man en SW 8.60-Sp01232
Art - Serv.man en SW 8.60-Sp01232
Art - Serv.man en SW 8.60-Sp01232
Trademarks
Gambro, Artis, BiCart, BiCart Select, CleanCart, Diascan, HemoControl, Hemoscan,
SelectBag, SelectBag One, SelectCart, SoftPac and U 9000 are trademarks of Baxter
International Inc. or its subsidiaries.
All other trademarks are the properties of their respective owners.
! WARNING
Ensure that no chapter is removed from the manual because that might affect
the understanding of the Artis Service Manual.
Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS
Calibration Introduction .................................................................................................. 7:1
Software Calibration: General Description ..................................................................... 7:2
Password ............................................................................................................... 7:3
How to Insert the Password ................................................................................... 7:4
“Status Info.” Button ............................................................................................... 7:6
“Coeff Info.” Button ................................................................................................. 7:7
“Slave Info.” Button ................................................................................................ 7:8
“Diagram” Button .................................................................................................... 7:8
“DIAGNOSTIC” Button ........................................................................................... 7:9
“CALIBRATION” Button ....................................................................................... 7:10
“Autocalibration” Menu ......................................................................................... 7:12
“COEFF MANAGEMENT” Button ........................................................................ 7:13
Power Supply Verifications ........................................................................................... 7:15
Calibration Procedures ........................................................................................... 7:17
R1 and R2 Pressure Regulators Calibration ...................................................... 7:17
R1 Pressure Regulator Calibration ............................................................. 7:17
Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE
General ........................................................................................................................... 8:1
Machine’s Compartments ............................................................................................... 8:1
Artis Doors Opening/Closing Instructions ....................................................................... 8:3
Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions ................................................... 8:3
Front Blood Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions ....................................... 8:5
Connectivity Panel and Power Supply Compartments
Opening/Closing Instructions ................................................................................. 8:6
Main Hydraulic Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions .................................. 8:8
Left Side Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions ......................................... 8:12
Base Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions ............................................... 8:15
Tie wrap removal/installation procedures ..................................................................... 8:15
Tie wrap removal procedure ................................................................................ 8:15
Tie wrap installation procedure ............................................................................ 8:16
Central Concentrate Supply System installation procedure.......................................... 8:18
Before Connecting a Central Concentrate Supply System .................................. 8:18
Installation procedure ........................................................................................... 8:18
External Cleaning.......................................................................................................... 8:19
Arterial pump rotor cleaning ................................................................................. 8:20
Venous pump rotor cleaning ................................................................................ 8:21
External components Cleaning ............................................................................ 8:21
VOLUME 2
Chapter 15. HYDRAULIC PHASE DESCRIPTION
VOLUME 1
INTRODUCTION
Symbols
Following the main symbols used in this service manual:
! WARNING
Used to underline very important information related to the patient or operator safety
and to avoid hazardous situations which could result in death or serious injury.
Read carefully before operating the machine.
CAUTION
Used to underline important information related to the patient or operator safety and to
avoid hazardous situations which could result in minor or moderate injury.
Read carefully before operating the machine.
NOTE
Reminder on suitable actions to perform in particular situations to ensure the correct
functioning of the machine.
Read carefully before operating the machine.
Intended Use
The Artis Dialysis System is intended to perform intermittent Hemodialysis (HD), Hemofiltration (HF)
and Hemodiafiltration (HDF) therapies.
The Artis Dialysis System is intended to treat patients with chronic or acute renal failure upon prescription
by a physician.
The ARTIS Dialysis System is intended to be used by trained operators in chronic dialysis facilities and
Limited Care Centers.
! WARNING
Patient counselling and teaching of treatment techniques are directly under the
supervision and discretion of the physician.
The Artis Dialysis System is designed to control and supervise the extracorporeal circuit. To prevent
blood coagulation, heparin may be infused through a Heparin delivery system. Moreover, the system
produces dialysis, substitution and infusion fluids at a desired temperature, conductivity and pressure
within given specifications, and supervises the delivery of fluids.
The Artis Dialysis System is designed and validated to support the Gambro BiCart Cartridge and the
Gambro BiCart Select system (i.e. the SelectCart cartridge and SelectBag One or SelectBag Citrate
container concentrate).
Configuration of the machine for preparation of dialysis fluid using the BiCart Select system is
restricted to the countries where mandatory regulatory activities have been completed.
Moreover, the Artis Dialysis System, can perform Acetate-Free Biofiltration therapies, with post-dialyzer
infusion of a sodium bicarbonate fluid from bags and controlled delivery of potassium in the dialysis fluid
(AFB K) therapy. Configuration of the machine for delivering AFB K therapy is restricted to the countries
where mandatory regulatory activities have been completed.
The AFB K therapy is not approved for use in Canada.
! WARNING
Gambro does not accept responsibility for use of other non-liquid concentrate
containers.
! WARNING
The appropriate Dialyzer and Blood Tubing System must be selected according to the
patient’s size and weight and to the treatment type.
The decision must be taken by a physician.
! WARNING
The use of procedures or accessory devices not recommended by the manufacturer may
result in patient injury or death.
The manufacturer will not be responsible for patient safety if the procedures described in
this manual are not carefully followed and if procedures are performed by not trained and
qualified personnel.
Depending on the circumstances, the use of accessories or disposables other than
those specified in this manual may reduce the manufacturer warranties for the Artis
Dialysis System.
! WARNING
The treatment of patients with a target body weight below 25 kg is associated to higher
risks (fluid balance deviations, bacteria/endotoxins in the on-line fluid and air infusion
can exceed a level that can be tolerated by low-weight patients) hence it shall be
performed under the responsibility and full supervision of the physician.
To mitigate the risk related to fluid balance deviations, additional measures to supervise
the patient weight loss are recommended.
Responsible Organization
The Responsible Organization assumes the following responsibilities:
Compliance with the national or local installation, operation, use and
maintenance regulations;
Respect of the accident prevention regulations;
Correct and safe state of the system;
Permanent availability of the Operating Instructions.
User Group
The User Group is the personnel, identified by the Responsible Organization, as adequate to operate
and use the Artis Dialysis System according to the procedures described in the Operator’s Manual.
Spare Parts
The Manufacturer will maintain spare parts availability for ten years after the end of production of the
Artis Dialysis System. At the end of that time the involved product is considered obsolete and therefore it
must be disposed of according to local applicable regulations. The final user will be informed about spare
parts that are no longer available through the tecnical service or the commercial representative.
The Manufacturer will make available on request circuit diagrams, component part lists, descriptions or
other information that will assist service personnel.
For questions, ask for information from the Local Representative.
2.Ultrafiltration of the dialysis fluid through the dialysis fluid filter which removes possible bacteria
and endotoxins originating from the concentrates.
For on-line preparation of the substitution fluid (for HDF/HF Treatments) and of the infusion fluid (for HD
treatment) a third step is added:
3. Filtration of ultrapure dialysis fluid in a single sterile filter.
• a liquid A-concentrate and a dry bicarbonate concentrate (such as the BiCart Cartridge);
For further details refer to the "Concentrates, Accessories and Disposables Accessories" section below.
The prepared dialysis fluid is filtered by a second ultrafilter which ensures an ultrapure dialysis fluid.
Both these ultrafilters are placed on the rear of the Artis Dialysis System.
• K Profile mode
K Constant Mode
AFB K treatment in K Constant mode allows to set a constant value of potassium (K+) concentration in
the dialysis fluid. The large range of settable values and the possibility of changing from one to another
profile during the treatment, shall become the new gold standard of safety and personalization avoiding the
use of K+ concentrate solution.
K Profile Mode
AFB K treatment in K Profile mode allows to automatically deliver the K+ concentration, according to a
potassium profile exponential shape curve, aiding a gradual removal of potassium in hypercaliemic
patients, often subjected to the so-called electrolytic imbalance syndrome
NOTE
Refer to the Artis AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual for details on the AFB K machine
configuration and on the AFB K Treatment procedures.
Alarms related to the AFB K Treatment are described both in this Service Manual and in
the Artis AFB K Service Manual.
NOTE
In order to perform the AFB K Treatment, the Artis Dialysis System must have the proper
hardware and software machine configuration.
Introduction
1. Patient counselling and teaching of treatment techniques are directly under the supervision and
discretion of the physician.
2. Gambro does not accept responsibility for use of other non-liquid concentrate containers.
3. The appropriate Dialyzer and Blood Tubing System must be selected according to the patient’s
size and weight and to the treatment type.
The decision must be taken by a physician.
4. The treatment of patients with a target body weight below 25 kg is associated to higher risks
(fluid balance deviations, bacteria/endotoxins in the on-line fluid and air infusion can exceed a
level that can be tolerated by low-weight patients) hence it shall be performed under the
responsibility and full supervision of the physician. To mitigate the risk related to fluid balance
deviations, additional measures to supervise the patient weight loss are recommended.
5. The use of procedures or accessory devices not recommended by the manufacturer may result
in patient injury or death.
The manufacturer will not be responsible for patient safety if the procedures described in this
manual are not carefully followed and if procedures are performed by not trained and qualified
personnel.
Depending on the circumstances, the use of accessories or disposables other than those
specified in this manual may reduce the manufacturer warranties for the Artis Dialysis System.
6. Incorrect choice of dialysis fluid concentrate may cause incorrect composition of the dialysis
fluid.
Check that the prescribed concentrates for the specific treatment are used.
7. The Artis Dialysis System has been tested and validated for use with the concentrates,
accessories and disposable listed above.
Gambro does not accept any responsibility or liability for use of concentrates, accessories and
disposables other than those specified above.
The use of different kinds of concentrates, accessories and disposables may reduce Gambro’s
warranties for the Artis Dialysis System.
8. The Artis Dialysis System will perform as designed only if it is used and maintained in
accordance with Gambro’s instructions. Any warranties made by Gambro are void if the
equipment is not used in accordance with the instruction provided.
Gambro will not accept responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from improper use or
maintenance or unauthorized repair.
Gambro does not recognise the owner of a product as an authorised service representative.
If repairs of the machine have been attempted by anyone other than qualified personnel
belonging to the service representative in your country, under no circumstances will the
manufacturer be liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind, its liability hereby
being limited solely to repair or replacement.
This warranty is in lieu of any other expressed or implied warranties, including any implied
warranty saleability or suitability of use and of any other obbligation on the part of the
manufacturer.
2. The default heparin syringe volume configured in the Preset menu is 30 ml and it requires that
a Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 30 ml volume is installed.
In case the Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 10 ml volume (or 30 ml volume in case of
restore to the original configuration) is installed, ensure that the proper heparin syringe volume
and type are selected in the Preset menu.
If the heparin syringe volume and type selected in Preset menu do not match with the Heparin
Pump assembly, inadequate anticoagulant dose may be delivered by the machine, resulting
either in excessive or insufficient heparin amount administrated during the treatment.
2. During the Visible T1 Test, check that a brief visual signal is triggered by the machine (Status
Lights at the top of the machine lighten with red and yellow lights).
If the visual signal is not triggered, the signalling device (Status Lights) is malfunctioning. In
this case, call for Service Technician.
DO NOT use the Artis Dialysis System in the absence of the visual alarm signal.
Chapter 7: Calibration
1. If during a Calibration procedure the “MALFUNCTION 320” alarm occurs this could result into
missed saving of Calibration data. Switch the machine OFF and then ON again and repeat the
Calibration procedure. If the Calibration procedure is not repeated, this could lead to a
potential injury to the patient.
2. Any time the hydraulic circuit is OPEN, a disinfection procedure is required before the machine
is returned back into service.
3. If the Calibration procedures described below are not properly performed, this could lead to a
potential injury to the patient.
Chapter 8: Maintenance
1. To clean the Touch Screen use ONLY the following disinfectants:
• Ethanol (60 or 70%).
• Isopropanol (60%).
2. To clean the external surface of the Artis Dialysis System, use only disinfectants/detergents
suggested in this Service Manual.
Use of other chemicals to clean the Artis Dialysis System might cause ineffective disinfection
or damage the plastic parts of the machine.
In particular, avoid chemicals containing benzene, toluene, xylene, acetone or similar solvents.
3. To prevent cross-contamination problems caused, for example, by blood leakage from the
blood line or from the dialyzer, the following external components of the machine must be
cleaned:
- Dialysis Fluid Connectors;
- Concentrate Connectors
4. To prevent damage to the components listed above, DO NOT leave them immersed in the
disinfectant solution for a prolonged period; the proper immersion time is related to the
disinfectant dilution used. When the dilution is the same as that used in the machine during
disinfection programs, follow the same time limits:
• 4 hours for: Amuchina, Instrunet HD and Sodium Hypochlorite at Disinfectant strength (1:25
dilution);
(For further information refer to the “ Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS” of this service manual).
5. A damaged pump rotor will not work properly. This could result in patient serious injury.Visually
inspect the pump rotors each time you load any of Infusion, Ultra, SNDP or Blood Cassettes.
If the pump rotor is damaged, DO NOT use the machine for treatment, DO NOT repair and call
for service.
6. Stagnant water may contaminate the machine. If machine is stored for more than 7 days, the
water line should be disinfected and rinsed.
7. After a prolonged period of storage, Service must be called to return the machine to proper
working order.
Storage at temperatures below 0 °C is allowed only if the hydraulic circuit has been completely
emptied.
8. No other maintenance procedures than those mentioned above will be performed by the
operator of the machine. The machine panels must ONLY be opened by a fully trained service
technician.
9. Stagnant water may contaminate the machine. If the machine is stored for more than 7 days,
the water tube should be disinfected and rinsed.
10. The manufacturer does not accept any responsibility for damages caused by any operation
carried out on the machine by unauthorized staff.
11. Before replacing or checking any component in the Hydraulic Circuit, a Descaling procedure
(i.e. a Heat with CleanCart-C disinfection) must be performed.
12. When performing the ESI, which requires access to the interior of the machine, the service
technician shall have proper electrostatic safety devices (i.e. wrist grounding straps or
grounding mats) in place to prevent damage to electrostatic sensitive components within the
machine.
2. During a OVERRIDE status, the operator is responsible for monitoring of the parameters that
have been overridden.
3. Press the RESET button to clear the alarm only after having removed the causes of the alarm.
Refer to the related troubleshooting for a detailed description of how to remove the alarm
cause.
4. The “DIALYSATE PH HIGH (#40)” alarm could be triggered in case a chemical disinfectant has
been used instead of Acid concentrate during a dialysis treatment.
This may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury
or death.
5. After a “BLD Sensitivity Loss (#170)” alarm perform a Chemical Disinfection program before
starting a new treatment.
6. The “DIALYSATE PH LOW (#368)” alarm could be triggered in case a chemical disinfectant
has been used instead of Acid concentrate during a dialysis treatment.
This may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury
or death.
8. If both the Acustical Buzzer T1 Test and the Acustical Speaker T1 Test fail (both the auditory
signal sources are malfunctioning), a malfunction occurs so that it is not possible to use the
Artis Dialysis System. In this case, call for Service Technician.
If only one of the T1 Tests fails (only one of the auditory signal source is malfunctioning), it is
the operator’s responsibility to decide whether to proceed with the current treatment after
having checked that the machine is able to sound properly. Also in this case, call for Service
Technician to troubleshoot the problem as soon as possible.
9. When this alarm is triggered, the Chemical Disinfection process has not been correctly
performed because the disinfectant tank is empty.
Repeat the Chemical Disinfection process using a tank containing enough disinfectant
solution.
10. When the "Arterial Chamber: Level Adjustment Required (#642)" alarm occurs, check the
blood level in the Arterial chamber while the Arterial pump is still stopped.
Figure 1 Figure 2
• If the blood level is below the frosted line, as shown in Figure 1, proceed with alarm
troubleshooting to adjust the Arterial chamber level.
Incorrect blood level may result in microbubbles smaller than 20 µ L reaching the patient
increasing the risk of air embolism.
• If the blood level is above the frosted line, as shown in Figure 2, grease the Pressure
Transducers at the end of the treatment as described in the “13.13 Cassette Panel O-
Rings Inspection and Greasing” section of the Operator’s Manual.
Improper greasing of Pressure Transducers may result in wrong arterial pressure
measurements caused by ineffective Pressure Transducer and cassette coupling.
2. Pay attention to connect correctly the batteries. An incorrect connection to the proper battery
pins causes an irremediable damage to the power supply also if the machine is not connected
to the main line.
4. Check that the Infusion saline bag holder is properly screwed and secured to the Infusion Pole.
5. If the Integrated Heat Disinfection is enabled in the Preset menu (refer to the “Parameters
Configuration” Chapter, “Disinfection/Rinse” section of the Preset Service Manual), ensure that
the water inlet tube has been properly replaced, according to the CWP (Central Water Plant)
labelling material, because the water inlet tube provided with the machine is not compatible
with the Integrated Heat Disinfection.
7. Verify the quality of the protective earth ground at the time of installation.
8. To avoid the risk of electric shock, the Artis Dialysis System must be connected only to a
supply mains with protective earth.
9. The potential equalization connection shall be installed when using the machine for treatments
on patients with central venous catheter.
10. At the end of the Temperature test, before removing the ByPass shunt perform a Rinsing
process to avoid the risk of accidents by burning.
11. In case of hardware malfunction or if the loading procedure is not completed within 2 minutes,
the Cassette holder will automatically retract.
DO NOT insert fingers behind the cassette to avoid injury to your fingers.
2. Do not use the Artis Dialysis System near flammable gas or flammable anesthetic mixtures
with air, with oxygen or with nitrous oxide.
3. Possible hazards may arise from equipment (other than the accessories listed below) being
connected to the machine, which may cause the permitted leakage current to be exceeded.
4. The Artis Dialysis System should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other equipments.
However, if adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the Artis Dialysis System has to be observed
to verify normal operation in the configuration in which it will be used for treatment.
5. For a correct installation of of the Artis Dialysis System, do not use multiple portable socket-
outlets or extension cords. However, if using multiple portable socket-outlets:
- this installation must comply with the requirements (see IEC 60601-1 and collateral standards)
- the multiple portable socket-outlet must not be placed on the floor.
Failure to follow these instructions might increase the risk of electric shock.
7. In the patient environment use only electrical equipment having the following marks:
(i.e. type CF applied parts) - in case central venous catheters with atrial location are
used
8. The Artis Dialysis System is provided with energy cells (batteries). When replacing these
components, follow local regulations for proper disposal.
9. Before moving the Artis Dialysis System, check that all the locks are released and remove
infusion bags or any other weights or hanging objects from the Infusion Pole, the chemical
container shelf or the AFB K Scale and close the AFB K Scale.
10. To avoid jolting, carefully move the Artis Dialysis System by using the handles on the rear
panel.
The machine could be damaged if handled in an improper way.
11. During transportation and storage the Artis Dialysis System has to be kept in its original
packing.
12. When connected to additional equipment, the Artis dialysis machine and this equipment
become a Medical Electrical System. Make sure that the Medical Electrical System complies
with International standards and local laws (IEC 60601-1 and collateral standards, IEC 60950).
If in doubt, contact your Local Service Representative.
13. To avoid risk of electric shock, DO NOT touch external connectivity ports (Ethernet or RS232
port) on the rear panel of the machine and the patient simultaneously.
14. The dialysis facility is responsible for the microbiologic quality of delivery systems, such as:
- Central water supply system,
- Concentrate delivery systems,
- Fluid lines (i.e. inlet water line, concentrate lines) and their connectors from the delivery
systems to the Artis Dialysis System.
Failure to maintain the microbiologic quality of these delivery systems may increase the risk of
infection.
In addition, it is responsibility of the dialysis facility to ensure that the chemical disinfection
protocol of central water supply system and central concentrate supply system is performed
only when the Artis Dialysis System is not connected to these delivery systems (i.e
hydraulically isolated).
15. Do not assemble, install or use the Artis Dialysis System before having carefully read this
service manual.
16. Concentrates which conform to the requirements of the ISO 13958 Standard shall be used.
The control of alarm threshold and dialysis fluid conductivity precision is of major medical
importance in ensuring a safe dialysis treatment.
18. If pH supervision is not available on your machine, possible user error leading to the presence
of hypochlorite in the hydraulic circuit can not be detected by the Artis Dialysis System. Using
improper fluid in the dialysis fluid circuit may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the
patient, thus resulting in patient injury or death.
Carefully consider your dialysis facility practises and policies regarding the use of disinfectants
to decide about the availability of pH supervision on your Artis Dialysis System.
19. Carefully read the BiCart Cartridge Instructions for Use before using the concentrate
disposable.
Refer to the Artis Operator’s Manual for the procedures related to the use of the BiCart
Cartridge with the Artis Dialysis System.
20. Contact with cleaning and/or disinfection chemicals may pose a risk of burns, skin irritation or
other adverse reactions. Always follow the chemical manufacturer's instructions when handling
these products or cleaning spills.
21. To prevent damaging the machine, do not leave disinfectant solutions in the machine for
periods over the following limits:
• 20 min for Sodium Hypochlorite based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.2%
concentration)
• 20 min for Citric Acid based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 2% concentration)
• 20 min for Sodium Carbonate based solution at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.5%
concentration)
• 72 hours for Peracetic Acid based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.10%
concentration)
22. After a Chemical Disinfection program, a test for residuals of disinfectant must be performed
before the following patient connection to avoid the risk of blood hemolysis due to the
exposure of the patient to the chemical residues.
23. The use of the Blood Cassettes designed for Artis Dialysis System has been tested and
validated to provide safe and proper functioning of the system.
24. The appropriate Dialyzer and Blood Tubing System must be selected according to the patient’s
size and weight and to the treatment type. The decision must be taken by a physician.
Before installing Gambro/Hospal Dialyzers and Blood Tubing System carefully read the related
Instructions for Use.
25. This service manual contains a number of references to accessories and disposables for use
with Artis Dialysis System. The Artis Dialysis System has been tested and validated for use
with accessories and disposables listed in this manual. The manufacturer has not validated the
use of accessories or disposables other than those specified in this manual. The Manufacturer
does not accept responsibility or liability for use of accessories or disposables other than those
specified in this manual. Depending on the circumstances, use of accessories or disposables
other than those specified may also reduce the Manufacturer’s warranties for the Artis Dialysis
System.
26. The Manufacturer recommends the use of a dialyzer with dialysis fluid and blood connections
that comply with ISO 8637.
27. Be aware that performing the treatment at extremely negative pre-pump Arterial Pressure
(lower than -150 mmHg) will reduce the blood flow. This can result in reduced treatment
effectiveness.Pre-pump Arterial Pressure is the pressure measured by the Arterial Pressure
Sensor.
28. A dedicated alarm (Low Blood Pump Speed #204) exists in order to avoid blood loss due to
coagulation resulting from interruption of blood flow.
29. These diameters have been taken from samples from many countries and are correct at the
time of printing. However, the manufacturer cannot be held responsible for changes in syringe
dimensions that may occur. The user should periodically check the correlation between the
stated and the actual diameters.
31. The syringe infusion pump described above must be used ONLY for the infusion of heparin.
32. Monitoring of the Venous Pressure could not always detect the disconnection of a venous
needle from its access site, which may result in extracorporeal blood loss to the environment.
When a venous needle disconnects from its access, pressure at the venous monitoring side
may only decrease by the pressure maintained within the patient’s vascular access. This
pressure drop may be less than the width of the machine’s venous pressure alarm window: in
this particular case the disconnection of a venous needle from its access site is not detectable
by the machine, even if pressure alarms and alarm windows are properly set.
To reduce the risk of needles disconnection:
• ensure that venous needle and line are firmly secured to the access site area according
to your clinic’s protocol;
• ensure that the patient’s access is visible at all times during the dialysis treatment;
• inspect frequently the patient’s access;
• adjust properly the venous pressure alarm window: the venous pressure alarm lower
limit should be set as closely as practical to the actual patient’s venous pressure value
without generating excessive nuisance alarms.
2. After a Heat or a Heat Disinfection with CleanCart Cartridge program, hot water can remain
inside the Dialysis Fluid Tubes. Pay attention when disconnecting the Dialysis Fluid Tubes
from the machine since hot water could drip from the Dialysis Fluid Tube Connectors.
Liquid Concentrates
Non-Liquid Concentrates
! WARNING
Incorrect choice of dialysis fluid concentrate may cause incorrect composition of the
dialysis fluid.
Check that the prescribed concentrates for the specific treatment are used.
Application Description
Disposables accessories
ULTRA Prime line Accessory for on-line priming, bolus and rinseback
in HD treatments
ULTRA HDF Post line Accessory for on-line HDF Post treatments
Ultrafilters
Dialyzers
For the list of the Dialyzers that can be used on the Artis Dialysis System refer to the “Dialyzers”
section in the “Introduction” chapter of the Artis Operator’s Manual
! WARNING
The Artis Dialysis System has been tested and validated for use with the concentrates,
accessories and disposable listed above.
Gambro does not accept any responsibility or liability for use of concentrates,
accessories and disposables other than those specified above.
The use of different kinds of concentrates, accessories and disposables may reduce
Gambro’s warranties for the Artis Dialysis System.
NOTE
• The operator should make sure to have a current list of available concentrates,
accessories and disposables.
• The operator should follow the facility procedures for proper disposal of used blood
cassette, dialyzers and other disposables per local regulations.
List of symbols
Type B Equipment.
Provides an adequate degree of protection against electric
shock, particularly regarding allowable LEAKAGE
CURRENTS and reliability of the protective EARTH
connection.
Alternating Current
Year of Manufacturing
Equipotentiality
This way up
Keep dry
Do not re-use
Do not stack
Serial Number
Catalog Number
Temperature limitation
Identify the USB Port used for flash memories (only for
USB service interventions)
Identify the 10/100 Base T Ethernet Port: used for
ETHERNET connecting the machine to a Personal Computer to
interface with the Communication System
Drain Line
Depending on the Artis Dialysis System configuration, please find below the list of symbols that
could be present on the machine.
Addresses
For technical assistance, contact your Local Service Representative.
Tel: +45 48 16 64 00
Fax: +45 48 16 64 64
Finland Baxter Oy
Tammasaarenkatu 1
00180 Helsinki
Finland
Tel: + 33 (0) 1 34 61 50 50
Fax: +33 (0) 1 34 61 50 25
Germany Gambro Hospal GmbH
Edisonstr.4
DE 85716 Unterschleißheim
Tel. +31(0)302488911
Fax. +31(0)302488784
Norway Baxter AS
Baxter Gambro Renal
Gjerdrumsvei 11
0484 Oslo
Norway
Phone +47 22 58 48 00
Fax + 47 22 58 48 65
Portugal Baxter Médico-Farmacêutica
Sintra Business Park - Zona Ind. Abrunheira
Edíficio 10
2710-089 Sintra
Portugal
Tel.: + 351 219 25 2500
Russia Gambro Lundia Export
Box 101 01
SE-220 10 LUND
Tel: 46 - 46 16 90 00
Fax: 46 - 46 16 96 10
Slovenia Baxter d.o.o.
Železna cesta 18
SI-1000 Ljubljana
Tel: +46 46 16 90 00
Fax: +46 46 16 96 20
Warranty
All products manufactured by Gambro are warranted against defects in workmanship and materials.
While the machine is within the stated warranty period, no service repairs on it should be attempted.
Any unauthorized work will immediately void the warranty.
If additional information or assistance is required or the information provided is not sufficient, contact
the Service Representative in your country and request additional information or assistance.
If any information in this manual is found to be in error, or if there are any additions or deletions that you
feel will improve the manual, please forward your comments to the Service Representative in your country.
Gambro and/or its affiliates accept responsibility for the safety, reliability and performance of this
equipment only if:
• Operational procedures, calibrations and repairs are carried out by appropriately qualified
personnel;
• All equipment modifications are authorized in writing by Gambro and carried out by
appropriately qualified persons;
• The electrical installation of the relevant room complies with all applicable local electrical codes
and IEC requirements,
• The equipment is used in accordance with the published instructions for use
! WARNING
The Artis Dialysis System will perform as designed only if it is used and maintained in
accordance with Gambro’s instructions. Any warranties made by Gambro are void if the
equipment is not used in accordance with the instruction provided.
Gambro will not accept responsibility for any damage or injury resulting from improper
use or maintenance or unauthorized repair.
Gambro does not recognise the owner of a product as an authorised service
representative.
If repairs of the machine have been attempted by anyone other than qualified personnel
belonging to the service representative in your country, under no circumstances will the
manufacturer be liable for indirect or consequential damages of any kind, its liability
hereby being limited solely to repair or replacement.
This warranty is in lieu of any other expressed or implied warranties, including any
implied warranty saleability or suitability of use and of any other obbligation on the part of
the manufacturer.
NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System was designed and has been built to comply with the product
specifications listed in this service manual (Refer to the “ Chapter 13.
SPECIFICATIONS” of this service manual). Gambro is committed to continuously
improving this product. The improvement process may result in modifications to both the
product specifications and consequently to the equipment produced in the future. These
changes or improvements may or may not be applicable or usable with previously
produced equipment. Where possible, improvements will be made available at
reasonable prices. Any such improvement shall not be construed as corrections of any
perceived deficiency.
! WARNING
This service manual contains a number of references to concentrates, disposables,
accessories and spare parts for use with Artis Dialysis System.
The Artis Dialysis System has been tested and validated for use with concentrates,
disposables, accessories and spare parts listed in this manual.
The Manufacturer does not accept responsibility or liability for use of concentrates,
disposables or accessories other than those specified in this manual, for use of not
genuine spare parts and for use/mounting of those components not in accordance with
the official Gambro Instruction for Use accompanying those components.
Depending on the circumstances, use of concentrates, disposables or accessories other
than those specified in this service manual, use of not genuine spare parts and use/
mounting of those components not in accordance with the above mentioned Instruction
for Use may reduce the Manufacturer’s warranties for the Artis Dialysis System.
NOTE
This publication contains information which is the property of Gambro. Whoever receives
this manual accepts that drawings and information contained herein must not be
disclosed to others without the express written permission of Gambro. Do not attempt to
assemble, install, or operate the machine until all the contents of this manual are
thoroughly understood.
A detailed description of blood components of the Artis Dialysis System is reported below:
22 2
21 3
20 4
5
6
19
7
18 8
17 9
10
11
16 12
13
1 2
14
15
25
24
23
1 2
1 2
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Hard Key Panel Panel located under the Touch Screen whose keys are used to control the
machine/Arterial pump functions, stand-by status and to mute alarms.
2. Prime line Guide Guide used for securing the prime line to the machine.
3. Arterial Pump Peristaltic Pump that routes the blood from the patient to the
extracorporeal circuit.
4. Arterial Pump Rotor Center component of the arterial pump that rotates during pump
with Crank operations. The rotation of the two rollers that occludes the pump
segment in the raceway, moves the fluid in the pump segment forward in
descrete amounts and the occlusion prevents backflow. Crank fits on the
arterial pump rotor, allowing manual blood return to the patient, if
necessary.
5. EvaClean Ports Ports used to connect the arterial and venous patient lines to the
EvaClean option during priming procedure for proper disposal of waste
fluids.
6. EvaClean Doors When the EvaClean drain ports are not in use, the EvaClean doors are
closed, allows water to rinse through the drain ports. If during a dialysis
treatment or a clean/disinfection mode the EvaClean doors are open an
alarm occurs.
7. Arterial Pump Cover Protective cover. It must be closed when the pump is running.
8. Cassette Panel Appointed area for holding/ loading/ unloading the Blood, Ultra, Infusion
and SN Cassettes. Fore more information see figure 1-3, table 2
9. Sensor Bar Door Cover which protects the Air detector/ Hemoscan/ Blood Sensors.
Fore more information see figure 1-4, table 3
10. Heparin Panel Panel appointed to manage the heparin syringe positioning.
11. Heparin Syringe Device that holds the barrel of the heparin syringe, depending on the
Holder syringe size.
12. Heparin Syringe Movable device used for delivering of heparin solution into the
Plunger extracorporeal circuit.
13. Heparin Pump Controls the rate of heparin delivery into the extracorporeal circuit.
(inside the machine) Heparin can be delivered continuously or in bolus amounts.
14. Heparin Syringe Holds the plunger of the heparin syringe.
Plunger Lock
15. Arterial Line Clamp Automatic occlusive clamp that closes the arterial patient line when
needed.
16. Venous Line Clamp Automatic occlusive clamp that closes the venous patient line when
needed.
17. Ultra Prime filter Intended for holding the Ultra Prime filter in place during HD-DN and HD-
Holder SN treatments.
It includes, on its top part, three guides used for:
• securing the Venous Dialyzer line to the machine;
• securing the Ultra connector to the machine during HDF Pre and HF Pre
Treatments;
• securing the Hospasol Infusion line and the AFB K Connection line in
AFB K treatments.
18. Venous Pump Cover Protective cover. It must be closed when the pump is running.
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
19. Venous Pump Rotor Center component of the venous pump that rotates during pump operations.
with Crank The rotation of the two rollers occludes the pump segment in the raceway,
moves the fluid in the pump segment forward in descrete amounts and the
occlusion prevents backflow. Crank fits on the venous pump rotor, allowing
manual blood return to the patient.
20. Venous Pump Peristaltic pump used during HD-SN Treatment and for administering
substitution fluid during HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments.
21. Pressure Sensors that read the pressure inside the Blood Cassette chambers.
Transducers There are three different Pressure Transducers:
• White: reads the post-dialyzer pressure in the SN cassette chambers.
• Blue: reads venous pressure.
• Red: reads pre pump arterial pressure.
22. Arterial Dialyzer Guide used for securing the Arterial Dialyzer line to the machine.
Line Guide
23. Dialyzer Holder Movable device appointed to hold the dialyzer in place during treatments.
It consists of a dialyzer holder pincer arm and a dialyzer holder arm.
Fore further information see paragraph “1.1.2.1 Dialyzer Holder” below.
24. Dialyzer Holder An movable arm with rubber garnish that holds the dialyzer.
Pincer Arm
25. Dialyzer Holder Button that allows to disconnect the dialyzer holder and withdraw it when
Unlock Button is not in use.
Version 1 Version 2
5 4
3 4 5
A detailed description of hydraulic components of the Artis Dialysis System is reported below:
10
4
1 2
1 2
3 11
ETHERNET
3 3
USB 4 2
1 1
max 24V 1A max 24V 1A
BPM
12
18
13
17
14
16 19
15
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Acid Pick-up Tube Connector appointed to connect the acid pick-up tube to its related
connector Concentrate Connector port or to a concentrate canister/bag.
2. Acid Concentrate Port that connects the Acid pick-up tube to the machine during Rinse
connector Port procedure.
3. Infusion Clamp Automatic occlusive clamp that closes the Ultra connector when needed.
4. Ultra Door Cover which protects the Ultra port.
Fore more information see figure 1-7, table 5
5. SelectCart Cartridge Holder appointed for the SelectCard Cartridges.
Holder Fore further information see paragraph “SelectCart and BiCart Cartridge
Holders” below.
6. SelectBag Holder Holder appointed for the SelectBag.
For further information see paragraph “SelectBag Holder” below.
7. SoftPac Hooks Hooks appointed to hold the SoftPac.
8. Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube through which the dialysis fluid passes from the machine to the
Tube dialyzer.
9. Red Dialysis Fluid Tube through which the dialysis fluid passes from the dialyzer to the
Tube machine.
10. BiCart Cartridge Holder appointed for the BiCart Cartridge and for the CleanCart.
Holder Fore further information see paragraph “SelectCart and BiCart Cartridge
Holders” below.
11. Front Central Intended for connecting the machine to a central delivery system.
Concentrate
Connector Ports 1 & 2
12. Cable Holders Used to roll up tubes or cables.
13. Ultrafilter Cover Plastic cover that protects the ultrafilters from foreign objects. The cover
must be closed during operations.
14. Dialysis Fluid Purifies the dialysis fluid before the dialyzer.
Ultrafilter
15. Drain Port Port that connects the drain tube to the machine.
16. Water Inlet Port Port that connects the water inlet tube to the machine.
17. Water Ultrafilter Purifies the incoming water preventing the entering of bacteria or
endotoxin in the hydraulic circuit.
18. Yellow/Clear Intended for connecting the disinfectant tube to the wand inserted into the
Disinfectant disinfectant canister.
connector
19. Rear Central Intended for connecting the machine to a central delivery system for acid
Concentrate intake .
Connector Ports 1 & 2
1
4 5
2. Ultra Door Seal Seals the Ultra port when on-line therapy is not performed.
3. Ultra Door Sensor Magnetic sensor that detects the status of the Ultra Door
(OPEN/ closed).
4. Ultra collector sensor Optical level sensor that detects the leakages from the Ultra
port
Version 1 Version 2
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Pushbutton Buttons used to open the arms
2. Circle point marking (circle point) - marking used to visualize where the
top port of the cartridge connects with the upper arm
during the cartridge installation
Version 1 Version 2
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Pushbutton Button used to unlock and open the SelectBag
Holder arm
1 2
8 7
COMPONENTS DESCRIPTION
1. Infusion Pole Hooks Used to hold the infusion saline bags.
2. Infusion Pole Knob which allows to adjust the infusion pole at the desired height. Pull it up
Adjustment Knob to adjust the pole.
3. Infusion Pole Adjustable pole, on the right side of the Artis Dialysis System, intended for
holding the infusion bags.
4. Touch Screen Sensitive screen that allows the operator to interact with the Artis Dialysis
System by giving and receiving operating instructions and setting
parameters.
5. Card Reader The Card Reader allows the upload/download of the patient prescription
data into/from the machine by means of a Patient Card.
The Patient Card is a contactless device.
6. Handles Used to move the machine.
7. Concentrate Located on bottom front; holds container of fluid concentrates needed for
Container Shelf therapies.
8. Battery Holder Housing for the backup battery.
9. Lockable Wheels Wheels that can be locked during treatments.
SYSTEM
WORKING AREA ICON
AREA
BUTTON BAR
STATUS BAR
NAVPAD AREA
MESSAGE AREA
For a complete description of the Artis Dialysis System Touch Screen refer to the “Chapter 1: General
Description” of the Artis Operator’s Manual.
Or:
Or:
Low Power Key: Used to disable the “Low Power” and “Display
Off” modes.
It is green-lit when the Artis Dialysis System is in Low Power
mode.
or:
or:
or:
Labels
Type B Equipment.
It provides an adequate degree of protection against electric
shock, particularly regarding allowable LEAKAGE CURRENTS
and reliability of the protective EARTH connection.
2 2
5 3
The Artis Dialysis System is compatible with two types of Heparin Pump assemblies:
• A Heparin Pump assembly with Heparin Syringe Holder for 30 ml syringe;
• A Heparin Pump assembly with Heparin Syringe Holder for 10 ml syringe.
1. Heparin Syringe Positioning Key used to move up the Heparin Syringe Plunger.
Key: Arrow Up Button
2. Heparin Syringe Positioning Key used to move down the Heparin Syringe Plunger.
Key: Arrow Down Button
3. Heparin indicator Indicator that becomes green-lit when the heparin delivery
function is activated.
NOTE
An audible signal can be triggered following the selection of a key when:
• The machine has not been temporarily able to detect correctly the key previously selected; in
this case, wait at least 5 seconds before pressing the key again to let the machine recognize
the selection;
• A superimposed window is present on the Touch Screen and the selection of that key is not
requested by the superimposed window;
• The Blood Flow Increase or Decrease key is pressed but a manual increment/decrement of
Arterial Pump speed is not allowed during the current machine phase.
NOTE
The Heparin Delivery System with Heparin Syringe Holder for 10 ml syringe is designed to fit
exclusively with 10 ml syringe.
! WARNING
The default heparin syringe volume configured in the Preset menu is 30 ml and it requires that a
Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 30 ml volume is installed.
In case the Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 10 ml volume (or 30 ml volume in case of
restore to the original configuration) is installed, ensure that the proper heparin syringe volume
and type are selected in the Preset menu.
If the heparin syringe volume and type selected in Preset menu do not match with the Heparin
Pump assembly, inadequate anticoagulant dose may be delivered by the machine, resulting
either in excessive or insufficient heparin amount administrated during the treatment.
All the parameter values and functions pre-set during machine configuration and available Action/
Function buttons are displayed in the working area.
The operator can select which procedure to perform as described in the Operator’s Manual. The specific
function of each Action/Function button is explained as well as the operations to be carried out.
To switch from a screen to another one, press the corresponding NavPad button on the NavPad Area
(refer to the "1.2.5 NavPad Area" section of this chapter).
NOTE
In this manual, the screen figures may contain minor differences in terms of date and time
position. These differences are irrelevant for the correctness of the information provided to the
operator: .
OR
Figure 1- 14.
Each screen is associated with a colour and an icon reproduced on the related button:
The Fluid NavPad button opens the Fluid screen (refer to the
“Fluid Screen” section of the Artis Operator’s Manual for further
details).
The screen is associated with the green colour.
NavPad Buttons
The frame of each screen has the same colour of the corresponding NavPad button.
When a screen is OPEN, the corresponding NavPad button is highlighted.
NOTE
When the Function sub-screens are OPEN the NavPad buttons are disabled.
NOTE
The pop-up windows will allow to insert only values included in the valid range established for
the selected parameter.
NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System provides two Service menu levels: ‘’SERVICE 1’’ and ‘’SERVICE 2’’.
NOTE
To avoid unauthorized entry into the service screens by users not trained on the service
procedures, the correct password must be entered before to access the SERVICE screens
pages.
NOTE
• The SERVICE modes are accessible only during the Preparation mode.
• SERVICE 1 mode allows performing basic operations.
• SERVICE 2 mode allows to configure the machine’s Preset, to calibrate sensors and to
enter the machine Serial Number.
The access to the Service menu is available under the Report screen by pressing the Service button. A
numerical keypad appears requesting the password (see figure 1-14). After the confirmation of the proper
password, the Service menu becomes the main menu.
Figure 1 - 16.a Overview Service 1 screen Figure 1- 15.b Overview Service 2 screen
To switch from a screen to another, to show the available technical views press the corresponding
NavPad button on the NavPad Service Area.
Each screen is associated with a colour and an icon reproduced on the related button:
The frame of each screen has the same colour of the corresponding NavPad button.
When a screen is OPEN, the corresponding NavPad button is highlighted.
NOTE
When the Function sub-screens are OPEN the NavPad buttons are disabled.
• Calibration of components:
NOTE
Do not insert/remove the “Service USB Key” into/from the USB port on the Artis Connectivity Panel
while the patient is connected to the machine.
• Language Installer
NOTE
After a new configuration of the Black Box it is mandatory to restart the machine.
The Black Box session files are created and stored in the Compact Flash folder “C:\blackbox” with a
name created according to the following format:
BBnn(IBBox)_ddmmyy_hhmm_BBoxRecorderId_SerialNumber.dat
• BB normal session starting with a dialysis treatment
• nn progressive ID of the session (it recycles from 1 to 24)
• IBBox session started at the startup if no old session was found or in case of manually
closure of a session
• ddmmyy date (day, month, year)
• hhmm time of the session start (hour, minute)
• BBoxRecorderId a unique number that identifies the created session
• SerialNumber serial number of the machine
The session files can be transferred to the external tool using a FTP connection or a USB device.
The maximum number of the sessions is 24, because the maximum capacity of the Black Box is of 24
MB, the sessions number and size combinations can be configurate as follows:
• 24 sessions of max 1 MB
• 12 sessions of max 2 MB
• 8 sessions of max 3 MB
• 6 sessions of max 4 MB
• 4 sessions of max 6 MB
• 3 sessions of max 8 MB
• 2 sessions of max 12 MB
NOTE
The total size of the sessions cannot be over 24 MB.
The access to the Black Box screen is available under the Report Screen.
NOTE
Black Box manager is the only way to interface with the Black Box of the machine.
NOTE
Each time the machine is switched OFF and then switched ON again, the BlackBox recorder
automatically restart. In case of a Power Failure with battery backup not charged, the BlackBox
recorder could not be able to keep track of the data occurred within the last ten minutes.
NOTE
In case the maximum session size is reached, the system starts to overwrite the previous sessions
and the information will be lost.
NOTE
It is recommended to download the Black Box sessions from the machine using FTP or USB device.
NOTE
For step-by-step instructions of the software download procedure refer to the related Instruction
Sheet. It contains important information concerning the software installation/reinstallation, machine
upgrade and PC Board/Slave Board replacement.
NOTE
For any problem during the software download procedure refer to the troubleshooting section of the
Software Download Instruction Sheet.
1.4.1 Prerequisites
1. Before proceeding with the software download procedure, it is necessary to be sure that the calibra-
tions coefficients are properly aligned between the Main Board and the Slave Boards.
2. Verify that the boards configuration is compatible with the software version to be installed.
3. Verify that the dip switches configuration is compatible with the software version to be installed.
4. Verify Exalis compatibility with the software version to be installed.
5. Verify Hardware compatibility with the software version to be installed.
6. Perform BIOS updating if required (only if PCM9371 is installed).
7. Before the SW Upgrade procedure, it is possible to save the current parameters configuration export-
ing the parameters configuration.
NOTE
Use only the “UPG.USB KEY FROM SW80610” for the Software Download procedure. The use of a
different USB Key might cause a machine malfunction.
! WARNING
Ensure to properly reinstall USB port lock every time the port lock is removed. A USB port not
protected could increase the risk of electric shock in case the USB port is touched.
NOTE
If the CRC values don't match, verify that the “UPG.USB KEY FROM SW80610” contains the
correct SW version and then repeat the software download procedure.
NOTE
After the software update is complete switch the machine OFF and then ON again before
proceeding with a new dialysis treatment.
! WARNING
The default heparin syringe volume configured in the Preset menu is 30ml and it requires that a
Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 30ml volume is installed.
In case the Heparin Pump assembly compatible to 10ml volume (or 30ml volume in case of
restore to the original configuration) is installed, ensure that the proper Heparin syringe volume
and type are selected in the Preset menu.
If the heparin syringe type and volume selected in Preset menu do not match with the Heparin
Pump assembly, inadequate anticoagulant dose may be delivered by the machine, resulting
either in excessive or insufficient heparin amount administrated during the treatment.
motherboard.
The system generates a “BLOOD PUMP COVER OPEN #8” alarm message whenever the arterial and
venous covers are open. If the covers are OPEN while the arterial and venous pumps are running the
pumps will stop and all arterial and venous pump controls will be disabled. The arterial and venous covers
must be closed to re-enable pumps functions.
The status of the Arterial and Venous Covers signals can be seen on the Service Screen Pages
indicating when the arterial and venous covers are sensed open or closed. The voltage output of the Hall
sensor is approximately 5 volts when the covers are open and approximately 0 volts when the covers are
closed.
1
2
6
7
8
9 1 2
5. Venous chamber
1.5.10.2 Cassette
7 6 5 4
8
3
10 11 12 1 2
1.6 Priming
When the new extracorporeal circuit has been successfully installed, the following Overview screen is
displayed:
The operator presses the ‘’Auto-Prime’’ action button and the complete autopriming process is
controlled by the machine.
(Refer to the Artis Operator’s Manual for a complete description of the priming procedure).
In HDF Post treatments in Pressure Control mode, the UF Rate is controlled by the machine in order to
reach the set UF Volume in the set Treatment Time while the TMP is controlled on the operator set value
with the exception of the Ultra Control mode where is controlled by the machine in order to optimize the
substitution process.
DESCALING PROCEDURE
A Descaling procedure is a procedure able to remove mineral deposits from the hydraulic circuit.
The following procedures have to be intended as Descaling procedure: Heat + CleanCartC, Peracetic,
Low Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Low Peracetic.
Refer to the Artis Operator’s Manual for a complete description of the Disinfection and Rinse
procedures.
Recirculation
Water
Inlet Drain
Heating Fluid Delivery
Fluid Dosing Mixing Concentrates and Clearance
Feeding Degassing
WL Control
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVFLUSH EVA
CDF1
SWUFCOV-L
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B
SWDUMMY1
SWLOWUF1
WATER
IN EVH2O
SWP R1 To heating and
Water Inlet FH2O OWH2O degassing module
EVS
BTP
LP
ORDEG PC
TP
PDG
FLICK
EVDEG
STH
LFP
Q Q
From fluid feeding OWDGL To dosing and mixing
module R2
concentrates module
HE1 HE2
2.3.5 Deaeration
As water enters the heater, it may contain air bubbles and dissolved air. To reduce air in the system, a
deaeration restrictor (ORDEG) is used and is located downstream from the heater. The deaeration pump
(PC) is a gear pump. The pump speed is controlled in closed loop on the degassing loop pressure
transducer (PDG). PDG is an absolute pressure sensor, as opposed to the relative pressure sensors used
elsewhere in the machine. The deaeration pump controls the degassing pressure to a constant absolute
pressure (100 mmHg) set to achieve the degassing requirements. The deaeration restrictor is designed to
give a flow rate of approx. 1500 ml/min in the deaeration loop when the deaeration pump is working in
closed loop on PDG with a set point of 100 mmHg (abs).
Air that is removed from the water is collected and periodically vented to the drain line by the deaeration
bubble trap (BTP). The water level in the deaeration bubble trap is monitored by the infrared level sensor
(LP). When the level sensor detects air in the bubble trap, the deaeration valve (EVP) opens (energizes) to
vent accumulated air. The valve closes when the level sensor detects water again.
• BiCart;
• BiCart Select;
Concentrate proportioning is controlled by pumps and conductivity sensors. If conductivity exceeds the
normal range for the dialysis fluid, an alarm condition is generated.
The BiCart Select system is a concept for preparing the A- and B- concentrate in bicarbonate dialysis
treatments. The bicarbonate concentrate is prepared from the dry bicarbonate powder contained in the
BiCart. The liquid A concentrate jug is replaced with acid concentrate from the SelectBag containing the
small electrolytes in a highly concentrated solution, and a dry sodium chloride cartridge, the SelectCart,
which is used to produce a saturated solution of sodium chloride in the final mixing step.
The BiCart Select system allows to individualized sodium and bicarbonate concentrations independently
from the prescribed concentrations of the small electrolytes and to improve transportation, storage and
handling efficiency.
The use of the BiCart Select system in Artis dialysis system is equal to standard treatments using liquid
concentrates.
Bicarbonate concentrate (B) is supplied to the Artis dialysis system through the BiCart.
Acid concentrate (A) is supplied to the Artis dialysis system through the acid connector (CA). When the
male connector is properly placed in the acid port, the acid port switches (SWA and SWA2) sense the
connection.
When the BiCart Select option is used, acid concentrate (Se) is supplied from the SelectBag. In this
case, sodium chloride concentrate is supplied through the SelectCart via the A mixing step.
The mixing order is B, Se, and A. This order minimizes the risk for precipitate formation and to get good
accuracy in the bicarbonate mixing.
Mixing chambers (MCB, MCS and MCA) are installed at the point where each concentrate line meets
the main flow path to produce a homogeneous solution as quickly as possible.
The Select conductivity cell performs the protective check on conductivity. The Artis dialysis system
concentrate mixing system uses ceramic concentrate pumps.
The piston pump technology requires a flushing circuit (the blue line) to avoid sticking and concentrate
leaking. The flushing fluid is pure water with low pressure conditions. The component design assures a low
pressure drop in the flushing circuit to avoid the risk of P1 cavitations during disinfection program.
conductivity control system. The measurement at this sensor determines the bicarbonate concentrate
pump speed.
NOTE
If the BiCart Select option has not been selected, this mixing step is not used. The mixing with acid
(A) concentrate is then controlled and monitored by the A concentrate components.
NOTE
If the BiCart Select option has been selected, the mixing with acid concentrate is controlled by the
SelectBag mixing step. The acid (A) mixing step is then only used for the proportioning of sodium
chloride concentrate from the SelectCart (see SelectCart Option below).
If the BiCart Select system is not used the priming sequence involves just the part of the mixing related
to the BiCart (Pb, EVPb).
EVD 1 EVD2
EVBP2
CDF2
SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF2A
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY 2
SWLOWUF2
From dosing
BT1 BT2
LD1 LD2
Tp
To Clearance
and mixing
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2
D1c D2c
Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD
module
module PO
PRV EVDS2
Safety Volume EV2
PI F4
CO
EM
SWPOL
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
LFD
EVW1
Extracorporeal Flowpath
The readings of these two sensors are acquired by the Hydraulic board that defines the dialysis fluid
conductivity.
OWD
Q Q
TcD
Effluent produced during Artis dialysis system operation is pumped from the flow path to the drain. The
waste fluid module uses the waste handling option (PWHO) pump in order to realize a stable pressure
(about 0 mmHg) in correspondence to the injection point of the venting lines. The stable pressure is created
by the PWHO pump working on pressure feedback on the Pd pressure transducer. This configuration has
the advantage of uncoupling the working point of the hydraulic circuit (upstream the WHO pump) from the
discharging conditions that depends strongly from the clinic.
The one way valve (OWD) prevents flow going backward to the bubble trap flushing lines.
The (EVDRAIN) in combination with (EVBHE) are used, to by-pass the Heater Hexchanger when
needed in order to speed up the cooling of the hydraulic circuit.
The (EVDRAIN) and (EVBHE) are used to test the absence of leakages in the fluid delivery and WL
control before each treatment session.
(SWP1) detects high pressure at the drain. When this pressure is higher than a threshold the machine
goes into bypass and all Hydraulic Module pumps are stopped.
The chemical will be diluted into pure water coming from the inlet section and it is distributed in all
branches of the circuit.
The filters F5 and F6 prevent the intake of particulate in the pump.
A flushing circuit for the PS pump is required (see Figure 2-8 Dosing and Mixing Disinfectant module) for
the related circuit.
The flushing line of the PS pump connects the deaeration lines coming from BTP and BT1. This circuit
branch assures a low pressure condition on the piston pump seal area.
The one way valve OWEVD1 avoids that some residual of disinfectant (leaked from main circuit of PS
pump to flushing circuit) could be introduced in the mixing area (in case of negative pressure downstream
the one way valve).
ORD
EVP
OWEVD1
EVD1 EVD2
BTP
LP
LD1 BT1
LD2 BT2
EVS
fPS PS
F9 EV1S
EVC EVD
F5 F6
CC CD
C D
SWCON1 SWCON2
DWHO
LFD
RED LINE
EVW 1
BLUE LINE
OWWHO1 OWWHO2
EVR 1 EVW 2
EVS valve allows the recirculation during disinfection processes. The fluid is pumped through the
dialyzer bypass in the recirculation loop by the P1 pump. The EVW1 and EVW2 valves allow to isolate the
EvaClean module during recirculation.
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
OPTIONAL SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
OPTIONAL F2
F1 F8 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
OPTIONAL
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
EvaClean2 Waste handling outlet 2 To dispose of waste fluid produced during blood tubing set
priming
Mixing Chambers:
MCB Bicarbonate Mixing Chamber Mixing chamber used to mix the bicarbonate concentrate
with heated, deaerated water.
MCA Acetate Mixing Chamber Mixing chamber used to mix the acid concentrate with
heated, deaerated water.
MCS Select Bag Mixing Chamber Mixing chamber used to mix the SelectBag concentrate with
heated, deaerated water.
Heat Exchangers:
HE1 Heat Exchanger First element of the heat exchanger, transfers heat from the
dialysis fluid to the incoming water (before HE2)
HE2 Heat Exchanger Second element of the heat exchanger, transfers heat from
the dialysis fluid to the incoming water (following HE1).
17
11 10
Figure 3-1. Blood circuit - front panel components
This chapter describes also the BPM system.
3 2
3
4
1. Ultra connector - to be connected to the Venous Connector (HDF Post treatment) or to the Arterial
Connector (HDF Pre and HF Pre treatments)
2. Ultrafilter
3. Ultrafilter degassing line
4. Venous pump segment
5. Ultra line ( to be connected to the Ultra Port)
6. Rinseback connector (to be connected to the Arterial Patient Line for the Rinseback operations)
The Ultra HDF Line is held in place by the holders of the Cassette Panel and by the Venous Pump
cover.
1. Ultra connector
2. Ultra line
3. Holder for Filter and Tubings
4. Filter
5. Venous pump segment
6. Rinseback connector (to be connected to the Arterial Patient Line for the Rinseback operations)
The Ultra HDF Post Line is not equipped with the Ultrafilter Degassing Line, that is present in the Ultra HDF
Line.
• Heparin line
• Two chambers: one for the venous blood (left) and the other one for the arterial blood (right). The
venous chamber has a mesh filter to prevent any particles from entering the Venous Patient Line.
• Pressure Pods: one for the venous pressure transducer (left) and the other one for the arterial pres-
sure transducer (right)
• Venous Connector (used in OL HD-DN, OL HD-DNDP, OL HD-SN and HDF Post treatments and
used in HDF Pre and HF Pre only for Prime)
The Blood Cassette is held in place by the Cassette Loading Hooks of the Cassette Panel and by the
Arterial Pump cover.
Blood Cassette used in combination with the Ultra HDF Line accessory or with the Ultra HDF Post Line
allows to perform on-line Priming, Bolus and Rinseback only in HDF Post treatments.
14 7 6
4 5
11
8
9
3
2
15 12
18
19
1
10
13
17 16
Patient
OVL LOWL
ANTMS FANT
ANT
VBP ABP
APCP
F APPDIR 2
AP M AF
APPDIR
AD
LPS LPS
BS HS
SBDS
VLCP ALCP
VLC ALC
VLCS ALCS
Patient
1. Blood Cassette
2. Ultra Prime Line accessory
VBP ABP
APCP
F APPDIR 2
AP M AF
APPDIR
UPF AD
LPS LPS
ICP BS HS
IC
SBDS
ICS
VLCP ALCP
UP
VLC ALC
VLCS ALCS
1 IC Infusion clamp
2. ICP Infusion clamp presence sensor
3. ICS Infusion clamp state sensor
4. UP Ultra Port
5. UPF Ultra prime filter
3.2.7 Blood Module: HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments
For HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments, the Artis Dialysis System prepares substitution fluid
on-line from ultrafiltered dialysis fluid, which in turn is made of ultrafiltered water and concentrates.
The Venous pump operates as substitution pump, taking dialysis fluid from the Ultra Port, pumping it
through an ultrafilter into either the venous dialyzer line (post-dilution) or the arterial dialyzer line (pre-
dilution) and through the arterial patient line during the blood restitution procedure.
1
2
Patient
Figure 3-7. BLOOD MODULE: HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments
3.2.8 Blood Circuit Diagram: HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre Treatments
OVL LOWL
ANTMS FANT
ANT
UC
VBP ABP
UP
VPCP APCP
F VPPDIR 2 APPDIR 2
F1
VF M VP AP M AF
VPPDIR APPDIR
UC
AD
LPS LPS
BS HS
UDS SBDS
VLCP ALCP
VLC ALC
VLCS ALCS
3.2.9 SN Cassette
The SN Cassette is a clear plastic dual cassette made up of the following components:
• Blood cassette
• SN Cassette:
• Venous Connector
The SN Cassette is held in place by the Cassette Loading Hooks of the Cassette Panel and by the
Venous Pump cover.
2
8 1
5
9
10
7
6 11
12
Patient
1. Blood Cassette
2. Pre-dialyzer Expansion Chamber
3. SN Service Lines
4. Arterial Dialyzer Line
5. Dialyzer Filter
6. Venous Dialyzer Line
7. Venous Injection Port
8. Post-dialyzer Pressure Pod
9. Venous Pump Segment
10. Post-dialyzer Expansion Chamber
11. Venous Connector
12. Venous Clamp on the Venous Connector
VPCP APCP
F VPPDIR 2 APPDIR 2
VF M VP AP M AF
VPPDIR APPDIR
AD
LPS LPS
BS HS
SBDS
VLCP ALCP
VLC ALC
VLCS ALCS
Patient
1. SN Cassette
2. Ultra Prime Line accessory
VPCP APCP
F VPPDIR 2 APPDIR 2
VF M VP AP M AF
VPPDIR APPDIR
UPF AD
LPS LPS
ICP BS HS
IC
SBDS
ICS
VLCP ALCP
UP
VLC ALC
VLCS ALCS
1. IC Infusion clamp
2. ICP Infusion clamp presence sensor
3. ICS Infusion clamp state sensor
4. UP Ultra Port
5. UPF Ultra prime filter
• White: reads the SN pressure in the Post-Dialyzer Expansion Chamber in the SN cassette.
The arterial pressure sensor (the red sensor) monitors pressure conditions in the blood line, drawing
blood from the patient. It is on the inlet side of the arterial pump and normally monitors the suction pressure
generated by the arterial pump. Typically, this pressure is negative during the treatment.
The venous pressure sensor (the blu sensor) monitors the blood line returning blood to the patient. It is
on the outlet side of the dialyzer and normally monitors the blood pressure in the blood cassette that goes
back to the patient after its transfer through the dialyzer. Typically, this pressure is positive during the
treatment and is determined by the vascular access, the needle size, and the blood pump speed.
The SN pressure sensor, during a Single-Needle Double Pump treatment, monitors the Post-Dialyzer
pressure, before the Venous Pump. It is therefore used to activate the Venous Pump to return the blood to
the patient when the measured pressure reaches the value set by the operator as “Max SN Pressure”.
The sensors are identical strain gauge type sensors that act as a full-bridge with differential outputs.
Each is driven by a +5 Vdc excitation voltage and has an output scale factor of 24 micro-volts/mmHg. At 0
mmHg, the sensor output is 0 volts.
The sensors are acquired by the PIB board which amplifies and transfers the signals to the Blood,
Protective and Hydraulic boards.
The venous and the arterial sensor outputs are displayed on the Overview screen view.
The venous and the SN pressure are used for the Transmembrane Pressure (TM Pressure in the status
screens) calculations.
• The machine will monitor for extreme minimum or maximum pressure conditions. In this case the
blood pump will stop and the operator intervention may be required to restart the machine.
The pressure transducers are tested during the T1Test sequence, to verify that the acquisition system is
working properly.
• a control board
• a rotor.
The 24V DC pump motor can be operated in either the forward (counter-clockwise) or reverse
(clockwise) directions. During dialysis, the pump moves in the forward direction. During prime, the pump
moves in the reverse direction. The arterial pump has an encoder that gives feedback of the speed of the
motor to the Blood Pump Motor board and ultimately the Blood Slave board. No blood pump rate calibration
is required due to this feedback.
The arterial pump operates between 10 and 500 ml/minute in increments of 10 ml/minute. In normal
operation, the pump speed starts at the machine-set flow rate stored in the configuration parameters. The
default value for this speed is 100 ml/minute. For each of the machine phases (Prime, Patient connection,
Dialysis, Rinseback, Recirculation) the pump speed starts to the machine-set flow rate stored in the
configuration parameters. While during Priming the machine takes full control of the pump speed and
direction, during the other phases, the pump speed can be modified using the Plus and Minus Keys.
The machine will generate a ‘’BLOOD PUMP SPEED ERROR #12’’ alarm if it detects that the pump is
not running when it is commanded to run.
The system looks at the encoder to check the proper operation of the pump.
If the pump rotor is locked up because of an arterial pump tubing miss placement or a defective motor
reducer, the machine will also generate a ‘’BLOOD PUMP SPEED ERROR #12’’.
arterial pump will not run. With the arterial pump cover closed, the Hall sensor device reads magnetic flux of
the magnet in the door and will allow the blood pump to run.
The Arterial Cover Position sensor is connected to the board which detects the Magnets of the Pump
Rotor. The signals are then transferred to the Blood Pump Board and then to the motherboard.
The system generates a “BLOOD PUMP COVER OPEN #8” alarm message whenever the cover is
open. If the cover is OPEN while the blood pump is running the pump will stop and all blood pump controls
will be disabled. The cover must be closed to re-enable pump functions.
The status of the Arterial Pump Cover signal can be seen on the Service Screen Pages indicating when
the arterial pump cover is sensed open or closed. The voltage output of the Hall sensor is approximately 5
volts when the cover is open and approximately 0 volts when the cover is closed.
• a control board
• a rotor.
The 24V DC pump motor can be operated in either the forward (counter-clockwise) or reverse
(clockwise) directions. During dialysis, the pump moves in the forward direction. During prime, the pump
moves in the reverse direction.
In Volume Control mode treatments the operator sets the Venous Pump speed between 20 and 450 ml/
minute in increments of 5 ml/minute.
In Pressure Control mode treatments the operator sets the TMP and the Venous Pump speed will vary
between 0 and 450 ml/minute.
The machine will generate a “VENOUS PUMP SPEED ERROR #157” alarm if it detects that the pump is
not running when it is commanded to run.
NOTE
The Venous Pump Motor reducer is equal, compatible and interchangeable with the Arterial
Pump Motor reducer.
NOTE
The Venous Pump Rotor is equal, compatible and interchangeable with the Arterial Pump
Rotor.
• presence of tubing
Prior to blood detection by the Blood Sensor, certain alarms are in an automatic software pause
condition such as:
• Air and Bubble detection
Once blood has been detected, the Protective system is put into full activity assuming that there is a
patient connected to the machine. During normal operation, as long as the machine is in the dialysis
treatment, and blood was sensed, the Blood Sensor essentially is turned off indicating that there is blood
for the remainder of the treatment.
The voltage to the clamp driver circuit is 0 Vdc when the machine is in an alarm mode and about +24
Vdc when it is safe to move blood to and from the patient. If power fails, the venous line clamp is closed by
the high-force expansion spring. A signal from an optical sensor in the clamp assembly indicates whether
the clamp is open or closed. This signal is monitored by both the Blood Slave control and the Protective
system.
There are three optical sensors in the Heparin pump assembly that monitor the following:
• heparin syringe end-of-travel (upper side)
Heparin syringe end-of-travel (upper side): the motor continues to push on the plunger until a spring
loaded plate interrupts the end of travel infrared optical signal. When the processor detects the end-of-
travel the pump motor is stopped. The system will generate an “HEPARIN PUMP OVERLOAD #55” when
the end of travel limit is detected.
The voltage across the optical sensor output on the P2 connector pin 1 with respect to pin 9 (heparin
board) is about 5 Vdc during normal operation and about +0 Vdc when the end-of -travel limit has been
reached. The signal is monitored by the blood slave control.
Heparin syringe end-of-travel (lower side): the heparin pump optical switch is used to stop the motor
when the operator has OPEN the pump carriage to the maximum distance. The voltage across the optical
sensor output on the P2 connector pin 2 with respect to pin 10 (heparin board) is about 5 Vdc during normal
operation and about +0 Vdc when the maximum distance the carriage can be OPEN has been reached.
There are no alarms associated with this optical sensor.
The heparin pump encoder sends a signal to the Blood slave board relating to the speed of the heparin
motor. The voltage across the optical sensor output on the P2 connector pin 11 with respect to pin 12
(heparin board) is toggle between about 5 Vdc and about +0 Vdc when the heparin pump is running.
or
ETHERNET
3 3
USB 4 2
1 1
max 24V 1A max 24V 1A
BPM
The BPM can trigger an alarm if the device fails taking a measurement or the measurement values are
outside a range preset by the operator. The alarm will not interfere in any case with the ongoing treatment.
To accomplish the measurement, the BPM uses the Oscilometric method.
3.19.3 Accuracy
Blood pressure (systolic and diastolic) accuracy:
1. Maximum mean error of measurement: ± 5 mmHg
2. Maximum standard deviation of error: 8 mmHg
The BPM was clinically investigated according to:
• ANSI/AAMI standard SP10
not applicable to Artis Dialysis System in Physio II configuration
• EN 1060-3/4
• ISO 81060-2:2013
applicable only to Artis Dialysis System in Physio II configuration
HDBPM NiBPM
• Systolic: +60 to +255 mmHg • Systolic: +40 to +260 mmHg
• Diastolic: +30 to +195 mmHg • Diastolic: +20 to +200 mmHg
• Pulse rate: 30 to 200 beats per minute • Pulse rate: 30 to 220 beats per minute
! WARNING
Only use the BPM on adult and children patients with a body weight greater than 25 Kg, using
a Blood Pressure Cuff of the appropriate size. The BPM must not be used with neonatal and
pregnant patients (including pre-eclamptic).
• 6997167 PENTIUM BOARD PCM9375 AE (identified by a label reporting the code PCM9375).
This PC 104 board is compatible with the machine starting from the SW 8.06.10.
This board is a PC/104 AMD based single board computer with SVGA/LCD interface, Ethernet and
USB interfaces. The AMD Board is a 3.5" form factor compatible industrial computer with an embed-
ded GeodeTM LX800, 500 MHz processor. The board is equipped with a 256 MB or 512 MB SODDIM
200-pin Double Data Rate SDRAM and a 256 MB or 512 MB Compact Flash. Other features include
two RS232 serial ports and a PS/2 keyboard interface. The PC104 board is plugged onto the "Carrier
board" (double Euro card size).
To identify the PC 104 board currently in use by the machine, refer to the paragraph “9.5.2.1 Vismode
HEXADEC”, section “Main OS Conf and Main LD Conf” of this Service Manual.
The Artis Dialysis System is compatible with two types of Carrier boards:
• Carrier board code number 9032299300: includes a CPU 68HC11 like channel processor for the SPI
connection to the slave boards, two RS232 serial communication ports and the PCMCIA controller for
an optional memory card to be inserted into a PCMCIA docking device. The PCMCIA interfaces with
the PC104 expansion bus.
• Carrier board code number 9032415400, 9032415401 or 9032993100: includes a CPU 68HC11 like
channel processor for the SPI connection to the slave boards and two RS232 serial communication
ports.
On the PC104 board, only one serial port is used by the LCD touch screen controller while the other is
available for future use. The PS/2 keyboard interface on the PC104 board is used by the user interface
keyboard buttons located below the LCD display. The LCD and the PC104 board are directly connected by
a LVDS channel; the LCD is powered directly by the PC104 board.
Tables 4.1 and 4.2 show the Main slave board Mother board connections.
NOTE
After the software update is complete switch the machine OFF and then ON again before
proceeding with a new dialysis treatment. (For more information see the paragraph “1.4 Software
Download procedure” of this service manual.)
NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System has the following configuration:
• 100 Mbps,
• Autonegotiation enabled.
When connecting an external device to the machine through the Ethernet connection, ensure that its
configuration is not in conflict with the Artis Dialysis System configuration above listed to avoid
network failures.
4.3.5 Arterial and Venous Pump Rotors and Direction Hall Sensors
Two Hall sensors are mounted close together behind the front panel and on the pump housing AP and
VenP). They are use to sense the pump rotor position (APP and VenPP) and the direction of pump rotation
(APP2 and VenPP2). The rotor position signal is used to stop the pump rotor in a position that makes it
easy to install the blood cassette pump header. Rotor direction is determined by whether the APP (VenPP)
signal or APP2 (VenPP2) occurs first. Only the rotor position Hall sensor is connected to the Blood slave
board while both signals connect to the to the Protective slave board. These 4 signals are 5 volt logic
signals that are about 0 volts when a Hall sensor detects the rotor magnet.
encoder pulses are also sent to the Protective slave board but not used at this time.
The installation on the Artis Dialysis System of these 2 types of BPM boards assy generates two
different calibration behaviours:
If on the Artis Dialysis System, HDBPM board assy is installed, BOTH “BPM Pressure Sensor” and
“BPM Safety Switch” calibration procedures must be performed (for more information see the paragraph
“7.4 Calibration Procedures” of this service manual).
• If on the Artis Dialysis System, NiBPM board assy is installed, ONLY “BPM Pressure Sensor” calibra-
tion procedure must be performed. In this case the “BPM SAFETY SWITCH” button from the CALIB
HOME screen becomes unavailable (for more information see the paragraph “7.4 Calibration Proce-
dures”“of this service manual).
4.3.15.1 Compressor
It compress air, flowing either through EVDR or EVDN or EVSN, used to make move the cassette
loading hooks so as to load/unload the Blood Cassette. It is controlled by the Blood slave board and fixed
on the rear of the Cassette panel.
A 3 way Valve it’s a valve with three ports valves. Operating positions for these valves can be:
- the flow coming in at one port can be directed:
• to the second port in one position
Inlet water valve EVH2O opens to allow water into the hydraulic flow path. It is a normally closed 24
Vdc solenoid-operated valve. A FET transistor on the Hydraulic slave board provides the output drive
voltage to EVH2O.
is not detected. The LFD signal connects to the Hydraulic slave board.
4.4.18.1 PA pump
Concentrate pump PA is monitored and controlled by the control conductivity cell ΓcA in a control loop.
The concentrate motor driver board attached to the PA pump assembly provides the command to drive the
pump. The speed commands are 5 Vdc frequency modulated pulses from the Hydraulics slave board; the
direction commands and the initial motor boost commands are 5 Vdc logic signals which are sent by the
Hydraulic slave board. A sample of the pulse frequency (FPA) is sent to the Protective slave board.
4.4.18.2 PB pump
Concentrate pump PB is monitored and controlled by the control conductivity cell ΓcB in a control loop.
The concentrate motor driver board attached to the PB pump assembly provides the command to drive the
pump. The speed commands are 5 Vdc frequency modulated pulses from the Hydraulics slave board; the
direction commands and the initial motor boost commands are 5 Vdc logic signals which are sent by the
Hydraulic slave board. A sample of the pulse frequency (FPB) is sent to the Protective slave board.
4.5.11.1 Ultrafilter A
• SWFS1A, SWFS2A: linked with SWOSSO-A signal allow to detect if the ultrafilter A is correctly
installed in the housing. With ultrafilter mounted, these reed switchs connect the +5 Vdc to the Pro-
tective slave board
• SWOSSO-A: allow to distinguish wether the ultrafilter A or the bypass ultrafilter are installed. With
ultrafilter mounted, this reed switch connects the +5 Vdc to the Protective slave board
• SWARMUF-A: allow to detect the position of the arm supporting the bottom part of the ultrafilter A.
This optical switch which is located on the buttom of the ultrafilter panel connects the +5 Vdc to the
Hydraulic slave board
4.5.11.2 Ultrafilter B
• SWFS1B, SWFS2B: linked with SWOSSO-B allow to detect if the ultrafilter B is correctly installed in
the housing. With ultrafilter mounted, these reed switchs connect the +5 Vdc to the Protective slave
board
• SWOSSO-B: allow to distinguish wether the ultrafilter A or the bypass ultrafilter are installed. With
ultrafilter mounted, this reed switch connects the +5 Vdc to the Protective slave board
• SWARMUF-B: allow to detect the position of the arm supporting the bottom part of the ultrafilter B.
Arm in the horizontal position, this optical switch which is located on the buttom of the ultrafilter panel
connects +5 Vdc to the Hydraulic slave board.
NOTE
TPA sensor is also used in the control of the temperature of heated fluids (water or dialysis fluid),
please see section heater in the Hydraulic bord slave description.
The Hyd. I2C Board can identify the Conductivity Protective signal of the conductivity cells and, if the
duty cycle or the frequency of this signal is abnormal, it switches off the Protective signal; following that a
conductivity alarm triggers.
The connections shown in the tables 4.10 “P4 Connector BVS Sensor” and 4.11 “P5 Connector BVS
Switch” are available for both “BIOSLAVE2” and “BIOSLAVE2 AFB” boards.
The connections shown in the table 4.12 “RS-232 Interface Connector J3” are available olny for the
“BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board.
• one Digital Input intended to select which Input Port has to be connected to the Output Port: Ethernet
Selection Input.
The Ethernet Switch Board shall be capable to connect one of the two Ethernet Source Port to the
Ethernet Destination Port.
Figure 4-7. PIB Board
• Counts the Working Time of the machine and controls the electromechanical counter that shows the
Working Time.
• Counts the Low Power Mode Time of the machine (available only for the Main Board of the machine).
• Provides an internal Software Event Timer: it is preloaded by the Main Board through the Hydraulic
System’s I2C bus. After preloading it is decremented, also in the Low Power mode. When the Event
Timer underflows the Hour Meter generates the STAND_BY_ON_OFF signal to exit the power supply
unit from Stand-By mode.
• The board generates the +5VSB from the V_BATTERY to power up the Ethernet Switch Board.
- STAND_BY_ON_OFF signal to put/resume the power supply unit to/from the Stand-By Mode;
- MAIN_SWITCH_OFF signal to turn the Main Switch OFF.
• Reads the On/Off Key (on the keyboard), in order to exit from the Low Power Mode when this Key is
pressed.
• Drives the STB1 and the STB2 LEDs (on the keyboard) with different modality.
• Acquires some of the Battery’s parameters in order to check the Battery status and evaluate the resid-
ual Battery Time (not currently available).
• Generates a BATTERY_CHARGER_ON Signal in order to recharge the Battery when in Low Power
Mode.
If the “6987721 HOUR METER BOARD AE” Rev. B3 is installed, the following note is available:
NOTE
The scheduled Disinfection/Rinse program starts only if its start is provided within 48 hours since
the machine enters the Low Power mode.
• Allows the micro controller firmware (FW) to be updated through the I2C Bus.
SER4 READ-C-LESS
POWER ALTERN.3
POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL
EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L
HOUR METER
ALIM COND B
ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS
BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR
WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP
P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1
VOLT-TEST-2
COM2 RS232
COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME
ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT
HPRES-CTL
PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST
H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE
SWDOORS
PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD
P1 BLOOD
DIA-CONN
BALANCE
CORIOLIS
P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B
PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1
PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL
ARM-UFT
SWCONC
I2C-M-BS
HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT
SWW 1-2
CLAMPS
OVTEMP
LOADER
SER2-5V
EV LEFT
BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN
SWBICK
ALIM-J6
PIB-P9
PIB-P7
PWHO
PINCH
USB B
USB A
SER3
FD2P
LFP1
VNM
BPM
BLD
FPH
AP
PC
VP
TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83
+12V C8 6 22 5 2 8 12 16 4 8 12 17 5 16 16 1 1
+15VS B6 7 4 3 3
+24V A15 16 3 2 3 2 2 10 18 15 6 6
+24V 7
+24V 11
+24VBAT 16 21
+24VBAT 23
+24VP 13 27
+24VP 15 29
+24VP 35
+5VD C9 30
+5VD C10
+5VD C12
+5VD A9
+5VD A10
+5VP A14 7 39 12 1 2 4 13
+5VP B14 40 2
+5VP C14 7
+5VP 8
+5VSB C21 18
+5VUSBA A25 5
+5VUSBB A28 5
SER4 READ-C-LESS
POWER ALTERN.3
POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL
EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L
HOUR METER
ALIM COND B
ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS
BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR
WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP
P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1
VOLT-TEST-2
COM2 RS232
COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME
ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT
HPRES-CTL
PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST
H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE
SWDOORS
PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD
P1 BLOOD
DIA-CONN
BALANCE
CORIOLIS
P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B
PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1
PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL
ARM-UFT
SWCONC
I2C-M-BS
HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT
SWW 1-2
CLAMPS
OVTEMP
LOADER
SER2-5V
EV LEFT
BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN
SWBICK
ALIM-J6
PIB-P9
PIB-P7
PWHO
PINCH
USB B
USB A
SER3
FD2P
LFP1
VNM
BPM
BLD
FPH
AP
PC
VP
TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83
0V24 28
0V24 30
0V24 36
0VA A1 A1 A9 A1 6 25 10 5 5 9 3 3 10 8 4 2 12 9 3
0VA A8 A9 B9 A9 26 6 10 4 7
0VA A9 B1 C9 B1 14 12
0VA B1 B9 B9
0VA B9 C1 C1
0VA C1 C9 C9
0VA C9
0VD B32 A1 28
0VD C1 A11
0VD C10
0VD C19
0VD C20
0VD C31
0VD C32
0VS B10 8 1 1 1
0VS 10 2
SER4 READ-C-LESS
POWER ALTERN.3
POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL
EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L
HOUR METER
ALIM COND B
ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS
BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR
WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP
P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1
VOLT-TEST-2
COM2 RS232
COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME
ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT
HPRES-CTL
PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST
H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE
SWDOORS
PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD
P1 BLOOD
DIA-CONN
BALANCE
CORIOLIS
P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B
PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1
PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL
ARM-UFT
SWCONC
I2C-M-BS
HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT
SWW 1-2
CLAMPS
OVTEMP
LOADER
SER2-5V
EV LEFT
BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN
SWBICK
ALIM-J6
PIB-P9
PIB-P7
PWHO
PINCH
USB B
USB A
SER3
FD2P
LFP1
VNM
BPM
BLD
FPH
AP
PC
VP
TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83
-15VS B7 9 3 2 2
ABDA-ALM A23 30
ABD-ALARM- B25 36
PRE
ABD-RSTA A22 37
ABD-RSTB C14 1
ABD-TEST A21 35
AC C24 2
ACP B26 C8 4
AD-REF C2 7
AF C2 A4 A19 A25 3
ALARMLSENS_LE A8 9
ALARMLSENS_RE A16 10
ALMLEDR 4
ALMLEDY 6
AL-VNM B8 11
ANACNF0 A19 31
ANACNF1 C19 32
ANACNF2 A20 33
ANANCNF7 B29 19
ANANCNF8 B30 2
ANANCNF9 B31 42
AP C20 5
APDIR A2 14
APLOCK A16 10
APP C31 C8 C6 6
APP2 C12 8
AP-RESUM C6 12
ARLY-EN C18 9
ATX-STB C27 2
AUDIO IN L+ A22 6
AUDIO IN R+ A21 5
SER4 READ-C-LESS
POWER ALTERN.3
POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL
EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L
HOUR METER
ALIM COND B
ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS
BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR
WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP
P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1
VOLT-TEST-2
COM2 RS232
COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME
ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT
HPRES-CTL
PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST
H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE
SWDOORS
PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD
P1 BLOOD
DIA-CONN
BALANCE
CORIOLIS
P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B
PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1
PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL
ARM-UFT
SWCONC
I2C-M-BS
HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT
SWW 1-2
CLAMPS
OVTEMP
LOADER
SER2-5V
EV LEFT
BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN
SWBICK
ALIM-J6
PIB-P9
PIB-P7
PWHO
PINCH
USB B
USB A
SER3
FD2P
LFP1
VNM
BPM
BLD
FPH
AP
PC
VP
TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83
BLDR.A C17 3
BLDR.K A17 4
BLDT.A A18 2
BLDT.K C18 1
BLDTST A27 7
CAP C13 4
CHBATON 13 9
CHSR.A A22 5
CHSR.K A23 7
CHST.A A20 1
CHST.K A21 3
COMPSS A23 1
CTS3 C6 6
CTS4 C13 6
CTS5VM C15 4
CUTOFF B9 12
CVP C14 4
DA- A27 2
DA+ A26 3
DB- A30 2
DB+ A29 3
DCD3 A2 1
DCD4 A11 1
DFHEP A13 C2 6
DHEP C16 5
DIGOUT19H B9 6
DISD1P B14 6
DISPOFF C30 5
DNB.O C17 12
DP- A7 A7 4
SER4 READ-C-LESS
POWER ALTERN.3
POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL
EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L
HOUR METER
ALIM COND B
ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS
BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR
WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP
P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1
VOLT-TEST-2
COM2 RS232
COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME
ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT
HPRES-CTL
PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST
H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE
SWDOORS
PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD
P1 BLOOD
DIA-CONN
BALANCE
CORIOLIS
P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B
PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1
PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL
ARM-UFT
SWCONC
I2C-M-BS
HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT
SWW 1-2
CLAMPS
OVTEMP
LOADER
SER2-5V
EV LEFT
BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN
SWBICK
ALIM-J6
PIB-P9
PIB-P7
PWHO
PINCH
USB B
USB A
SER3
FD2P
LFP1
VNM
BPM
BLD
FPH
AP
PC
VP
TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83
DP+ C7 C7 2
DP1 B13 5
DP2 B16 6
DPA C17 1
DPB C16 2
DPC B19 3
DPS C15 1
DPSEL B17 1
DPWOUT2H B8 14
DPWOUT3H B12 17
DSR3 C5 2
DSR4 C11 2
DTR3 A5 7
DTR4 C14 7
ENTSTBAT C28 5 1
EV2 A19 A4 10
EVA B20 A5 31
EVB4 A20 17
EVBP2 A27 C4 6
EVC A20 A8 7
EVD C27 A7 1
EVD1 C24 2
EVDEG C21 5
EVDNLOADER A24 5
EVDRAIN A8 B23 13
EVDS1 A21 C5 4 9
EVDS2 C20 C3 8
EVHE C19 9
EVP C25 1
EVPA A24 1
SER4 READ-C-LESS
POWER ALTERN.3
POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL
EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L
HOUR METER
ALIM COND B
ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS
BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR
WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP
P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1
VOLT-TEST-2
COM2 RS232
COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME
ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT
HPRES-CTL
PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST
H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE
SWDOORS
PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD
P1 BLOOD
DIA-CONN
BALANCE
CORIOLIS
P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B
PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1
PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL
ARM-UFT
SWCONC
I2C-M-BS
HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT
SWW 1-2
CLAMPS
OVTEMP
LOADER
SER2-5V
EV LEFT
BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN
SWBICK
ALIM-J6
PIB-P9
PIB-P7
PWHO
PINCH
USB B
USB A
SER3
FD2P
LFP1
VNM
BPM
BLD
FPH
AP
PC
VP
TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83
EVPB C23 7
EVPRIM B18 9
EVPRIM1 B19 15
EVR1 A23 A6 15
EVSNLOADER A18 7
FD1P C20 5
FD2P B22 3
FHEP C21 C3 3
FP1 A18 1
FP2 C18 2
FPH A21 1
H1F A16 7
H2F C19 9
H3F B4 10
HBST C18 8 14 8
HBST 15
HEP C19 1
I2C-SCLB B12 21
I2C-SCLB 27
I2C-SCLH B12 1
I2C-SCLH 7
I2C-SCLM 1
I2C-SCLM 7
I2C-SCLP B12 11
I2C-SCLP 17
I2C-SDAB B11 23
I2C-SDAB 29
SER4 READ-C-LESS
POWER ALTERN.3
POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL
EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L
HOUR METER
ALIM COND B
ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS
BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR
WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP
P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1
VOLT-TEST-2
COM2 RS232
COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME
ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT
HPRES-CTL
PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST
H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE
SWDOORS
PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD
P1 BLOOD
DIA-CONN
BALANCE
CORIOLIS
P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B
PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1
PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL
ARM-UFT
SWCONC
I2C-M-BS
HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT
SWW 1-2
CLAMPS
OVTEMP
LOADER
SER2-5V
EV LEFT
BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN
SWBICK
ALIM-J6
PIB-P9
PIB-P7
PWHO
PINCH
USB B
USB A
SER3
FD2P
LFP1
VNM
BPM
BLD
FPH
AP
PC
VP
TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83
I2C-SDAH B11 3
I2C-SDAH 9
I2C-SDAM 3
I2C-SDAM 9
I2C-SDAP B11 13
I2C-SDAP 19
KEY11 12 1
LACS B25 6
LD1 B31 1
LD1.A A3 3
LD2 C31 11
LD2.A A4 13
LEDAP- A27 2
LEDH C17 13
LEDVP- C26 2
LFD C5 9
LFD.A A5 10
LFP C10 7 1
LFP.A A10 5
LFP1 C9 8 8
LFP1.A A9 6 2
LFS C15 3
LFS.A A11 4
LOWL C10 2
LP B30 1
LP.A A2 3
LPS A10 10
LVCS A14 5
MIC- A25 8
MIC+ A24 7
MPGOOD 11 3
MSWOFF C27 6 11
MW1 C4 B18 5
MW2 C5 B15 6
OHT C14 4
SER4 READ-C-LESS
POWER ALTERN.3
POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL
EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L
HOUR METER
ALIM COND B
ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS
BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR
WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP
P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1
VOLT-TEST-2
COM2 RS232
COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME
ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT
HPRES-CTL
PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST
H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE
SWDOORS
PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD
P1 BLOOD
DIA-CONN
BALANCE
CORIOLIS
P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B
PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1
PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL
ARM-UFT
SWCONC
I2C-M-BS
HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT
SWW 1-2
CLAMPS
OVTEMP
LOADER
SER2-5V
EV LEFT
BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN
SWBICK
ALIM-J6
PIB-P9
PIB-P7
PWHO
PINCH
USB B
USB A
SER3
FD2P
LFP1
VNM
BPM
BLD
FPH
AP
PC
VP
TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83
OVL C12 4
P1 A19 3
P1BK C12 7
P2 C20 4
P2BK C13 8
PA A20 5
PB C21 6
PB-APRESUM 1 17
PBK- C6 14
PBK+ C8 13
PC A22 2
PCBK B8 4
PDG- B3 B17 3
PDG+ B6 B16 1
PDP C7 6
PFS- A6 B4 16
PFS+ C6 B5 15
PI- A3 A5 2
PI+ C3 C5 1
PINCH C21 1
PINCHRLY C22 3
PO- A4 A6 8
PO+ C4 C6 7
PPA A8 8
PS C22 3
PS.ON C22 6
PSEL A21 3
PSTOP A24 7 7
PTBVS.1 C6 2
PTBVS.2 C7 4
PTS A12 22
PWHO B20 1
RCH A26 1
REL24 C25 3
REMAL C23 1
RESH C26 3
RESL C28 1
SER4 READ-C-LESS
POWER ALTERN.3
POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL
EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L
HOUR METER
ALIM COND B
ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS
BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR
WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP
P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1
VOLT-TEST-2
COM2 RS232
COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME
ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT
HPRES-CTL
PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST
H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE
SWDOORS
PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD
P1 BLOOD
DIA-CONN
BALANCE
CORIOLIS
P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B
PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1
PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL
ARM-UFT
SWCONC
I2C-M-BS
HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT
SWW 1-2
CLAMPS
OVTEMP
LOADER
SER2-5V
EV LEFT
BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN
SWBICK
ALIM-J6
PIB-P9
PIB-P7
PWHO
PINCH
USB B
USB A
SER3
FD2P
LFP1
VNM
BPM
BLD
FPH
AP
PC
VP
TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83
RESW C27 7
RI COM1 B24 9
RI COM2 B23 9
RI3 C7 8
RI4 A15 8
RTS3 C3 4
RTS4 C12 4
RTS5VM C16 2
RX3 A3 3
RX4 A12 3
RXD232B A12 15
RXD5VM C14 3
SENSDISPL B3 3
SERBIDP C27 43
SERCKP C23 28
SEROUTP A25 44
SP- B7 B13 A6 13
SP+ B6 B20 C6 15
STB1 13 2
STB2 14 3
STBYONOFF 12 10
STBYOVR C21 8
SWA A13 B7 1
SWA2 A28 3
SER4 READ-C-LESS
POWER ALTERN.3
POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL
EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L
HOUR METER
ALIM COND B
ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS
BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR
WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP
P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1
VOLT-TEST-2
COM2 RS232
COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME
ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT
HPRES-CTL
PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST
H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE
SWDOORS
PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD
P1 BLOOD
DIA-CONN
BALANCE
CORIOLIS
P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B
PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1
PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL
ARM-UFT
SWCONC
I2C-M-BS
HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT
SWW 1-2
CLAMPS
OVTEMP
LOADER
SER2-5V
EV LEFT
BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN
SWBICK
ALIM-J6
PIB-P9
PIB-P7
PWHO
PINCH
USB B
USB A
SER3
FD2P
LFP1
VNM
BPM
BLD
FPH
AP
PC
VP
TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83
SWAFB A14 9
SWAFB2 B4 11
SWAK B3 B6 7
SWB C13 B8 5
SWB2 C12 7
SWBK C17 B5 1
SWBVSL A25 4
SWCOMPSS A14 3
SWCON C12 C9 1
SWCON2 C23 C2 2
SWDCSIN A13 1
SWDCSOUT A12 6
SWDNCASS C5 9
SWDUMMY1 C15 2
SWDUMMY2 B19 4
SWFSA C10 6
SWFSB C13 8
SWLEAK2.A B32 1
SWLEAKAGE A3 13 8
SWLOWUF1 A17 3
SWLOWUF2 B5 4
SWP A15 1
SWP1 C11 18
SWPOL B2 C16 6
SWSEK3 C16 8
SWSNCASS C11 13
SWUFCOVL B22 3
SWUFCOVR B23 4
TEST-ART C20 34
TEST-SP B17 8
TEST-VEN C22 38
TP.1 A5 1
TP.1 B4
SER4 READ-C-LESS
POWER ALTERN.3
POWER ALTERN.2
POWER ALTERN.3
SENS-DISP-LIGHT
BUBBLE-BT1-BT2
SWCONCENTRAL
EVCENTRAL-R
EVCENTRAL-L
HOUR METER
ALIM COND B
ALIM COND A
STERIL-SENS
BVS SENSOR
UFT SENSOR
WETSENSOR
BUBBLE BTP
P-DEG. LOOP
VOLT-TEST-1
VOLT-TEST-2
COM2 RS232
COM1 RS232
AUDIO BUZZ
REM ALARM
AP-RESUME
ALARM-LED
COVER-UFT
HPRES-CTL
PUMP-P1P2
VOLT-TEST
H-BOTTOM
WATVALVE
SWDOORS
PUMP-SCT
KEYB PCB
P2 BLOOD
P1 BLOOD
DIA-CONN
BALANCE
CORIOLIS
P SUPPLY
EV RIGHT
I2C-H-P-B
PUMP-AB
LFP-LFP1
PUMP-PS
P2 BIOSL
P1 BIOSL
ARM-UFT
SWCONC
I2C-M-BS
HEPARIN
P2 HYDR
P1 HYDR
P2 PROT
P1 PROT
SWW 1-2
CLAMPS
OVTEMP
LOADER
SER2-5V
EV LEFT
BRTLCD
P2 MAIN
P1 MAIN
SWBICK
ALIM-J6
PIB-P9
PIB-P7
PWHO
PINCH
USB B
USB A
SER3
FD2P
LFP1
VNM
BPM
BLD
FPH
AP
PC
VP
TP
SIGNAL J1 J2 J3 J4 J5 J6 J7 J8 J9 J10 J11 J12 J13 J14 J15 J16 J17 J18 J19 J20 J21 J22 J23 J25 J25A J26 J27 J28 J29 J30 J31 J32 J34 J35 J36 J37 J38 J39 J40 J41 J42 J43 J44 J45 J46 J47 J48 J49 J50 J51 J52 J53 J53A J54 J55 J56 J57 J58 J60 J61 J62 J62 AJ63 J64 J65 J66 J67 J68 J69 J70 J70 AJ70 BJ71 J72 J73J73 A J74 J75 J76 J77 J78 J79 J80 J81 J82 J83
TP.2 B5 2
TP.2 C5
TRBL-ALM B28 23
TSTBAT A12 4
TSTOHT A17 6
TX3 A4 5
TX4 A13 5
TXD232B C12 14
TXD5VM C13 1
UPB.0 A17 11
VBP- B18 A4 A4 1
VBP+ B15 C4 C4 3
VC A25 A25 1 10
VCP A2 C9 3
VP B21 5
VPBK A28 1
VPDIR A21 14
VPLOCK A17 10
VPP A9 C7 6
VPP2 B16 8
VREF0B C8 16
VREF0B 18
VREF0H C8 4 8
VREF0H 10 16
VREF0H 18 7
VREFB B13 A2 12
VREFB B2 14
VREFB C2
VREFH A2 B2 3 15
VREFH B2 9 5
VREFH C2 17 6
VRLY-EN C19 9
WATVAL A28 1
Chapter.5
DESCRIPTION SIGNALS & CONNECTIONS
5.3 Signals Description
SIGNAL DESCRIPTION TYPE VOLTAGE
+12V POWER SUPPLY 12 VOLT Power Supply 12
+15V +15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 15
+15VS +15V COND PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 15
+24V 24V POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 24
+24VBAT BATTERY VOLTAGE Power Supply 27
+24VP POWER SUPPLY 24 VOLT PROTECTIVE ENABLE Power Supply 24
+5VD POWER SUPPLY +5V DIGITAL Power Supply 5
+5VP +5V PROTECTIVE Power Supply 5
+5VSB +5Volt POWER FROM HOUR METER PCB Power Supply 5
+5VUSBA +5V USB DRIVEN CHANNEL "A" Power Supply 5
+5VUSBB +5V USB DRIVEN CHANNEL "B" Power Supply 5
0V24 0V POWER Power Supply 0
0VA 0V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 0
0VD 0V DIGITAL POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 0
0VS 0V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power Supply 0
-15V -15V ANALOG POWER SUPPLY Power Supply -15
-15VS -15V COND. PROBES POWER SUPPLY Power Supply -15
ABDA-ALM AIR DETECTOR ALARM TTL Logic state 5
ABD-ALARM-PRE AD PRE-FLIP FLOP TTL Logic state 5
ABD-RSTA AIR DETECTOR ALARM RESET A TTL Logic state 5
ABD-RSTB AIR DETECTOR ALARM RESET B TTL Logic state 5
ABD-TEST AIR DETECTOR TEST TTL Logic state 5
ABP- ARTERIAL BLOOD PRESSURE SENSOR - Analog 5
ABP+ ARTERIAL BLOOD PRESSURE SENSOR + Analog 5
AC ARTERIAL LINE CLAMP ENABLE Open Collector 24
ACP ARTERIAL LINE CLAMP POSITION TTL Logic state 5
AD-REF SCALE SUPPLY MONITORING Analog 5
AF ENCODER ARTERIAL PUMP Frequency 5
ALARMLSENS_LE SENSOR ALARM LIGTH LEFT EMITTER / /
ALARMLSENS_RE SENSOR ALARM LIGTH RIGHT EMITTER / /
ALMLEDR RED ALARM LED Open Collector 5
ALMLEDY YELLOW ALARM LED Open Collector 5
AL-VNM VNM ALARM INPUT TTL Logic state 5
ANACNF0 VENOUS PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR HW PATH TTL Logic state 5
TEST
ANACNF1 VENOUS PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR TX LEVEL 70% TTL Logic state 5
ANACNF2 VENOUS PATIENT LINE BLOOD SENSOR TX OFF TTL Logic state 5
ON Not used
1
OFF Default position
ON Not used
2
OFF Default position
ON Default position
3
OFF Not used
ON Not used
4
OFF Default position
ON Default position
6
OFF Not used
ON Not used
7
OFF Default position
ON Default position
8
OFF Not used
ON Default position
3
OFF Not used
ON Not used
4
OFF Default position
ON Not used
5
OFF Default position
ON Default position
6
OFF Not used
ON Default position
7
OFF Not used
ON Default position
8
OFF Not used
ON Default position
1
OFF Not Used
ON Not Used
2
OFF Default position
ON Not Used
3
OFF Default position
ON Not Used
4
OFF Default position
ON Not Used
1
OFF Default position
ON Not Used
2
OFF Default position
ON Default position
3
OFF Not used
ON Default position
4
OFF Not used
ON Not used
7
OFF Default position
ON Default position
8
OFF Not used
ON Not used
3
OFF Default position
ON Not used
4
OFF Default position
ON Not used
5
OFF Default position
ON Not used
6
OFF Default position
ON Not used
7
OFF Default position
ON Not used
8
OFF Default position
/ / / USB 5 SHIELD
ENTSTBAT T1 1 P1 2 BROWN
ENTSTBAT T2 1 P1 6 GRAY
ENTSTBAT T3 1 P1 18 GREEN
/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 3 DB9 2 /
/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 4 DB9 7 /
/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 5 DB9 3 /
/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 6 DB9 8 /
/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 7 DB9 4 /
/ J4 TOUCHSCREEN 8 DB9 9 /
TERMINAL
MAIN SWITCH BLOCK L 4 2 Black
EMI
MAGN.-THERM. CAPACITOR 1 7
N 6 8 White White
OVERLOAD 1 uF
275Vac X3 2 8
P1-IN 1
Black L P1-OUT
PE 3 9
0 A1
P2-IN P2-OUT White N 10 White A
4
White N HEATER RELAY A2 Black
LINE LOAD EMI Black L 11
CHOKE 5 Black
C 1 B1
AUXILIARY 6 12 -C B
Green/Yellow -A
CONTACTS NC +
-B B2 Black
NO -D
5
P3-IN C1 NC
C
D1
1 J4 D
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
MAINS GND 2
3 J2 J1 D2 Black
From mother board 4
5 J3 2
6
7 1
8 J13
1
2
QUAD OPTO SOLID-STATE RELAY
Green/Yellow
PE N L
4 1
J6
SWITCHING 1 2
1
2
3
4
J1 POWER SUPPLY 3 4
5 6
7 8
9 10 GND
11 12
13 14
F5 15 16
1 2 PT1000
3 4
J11
J8 J16 4
3 To mother board
1 F4 5 2
2 4 1
3 3
4 J15 2
1 HEATER 3 x
5
6
6 6
5 5 Green/Yellow
+ 4 4
3 3
2 2
1
2
3
4
J9 1 1
J17 J14
12V 12V
+
SEALED LEAD BATTERY 3
6.2 T1 Test
The T1 test is designed to verify that the machine is operating correctly and that it can monitor the
specific functions. The T1 tests are checks performed on sensors, before the connection of the patient, in
order to verify their functionality.
Through the T1 tests the Protective and the Hydraulic Systems check the correct functionality of safety
relevant sensors before the patient connection to prevent later alarms generation and it check the devices
that during the treatment, in failure condition, can damage the patient without visible side effects.
The most of the T1 tests are performed each time the ARTIS Dialysis System is switched ON, before the
patient connection phase.
If the machine is properly configured, the “Temperature” and “Conductivity Cell sensors” T1 tests can be
performed before the first treatment of the day and skipped for the following three treatments in the same
day, thus reducing the dialysis fluid preparation time. The skipped T1 tests do not affect in any way the
safety of the Artis Dialysis System. However, a complete sequence of all the T1 tests will be always
performed:
• At least once a day;
• After the “Temperature” and “Conductivity Cell sensors” T1 tests have been skipped for three
consecutive Patient Connections;
• If a “Wrong Date/Time or wrong Date of Installation of U9000 ultrafilters” (#630)” alarm is trig-
gered.
The “Conductivity Cell sensors” T1 test will be always performed if the type of concentrate used is
different from the one used for the previous treatment. In particular, the check is performed if, for example,
the current treatment uses a BiCart/BiCart Select concentrate while the previous treatment used AFB/AFB
K concentrates or viceversa.
When the T1 tests are in progress, the “Function Check in progress...” operator message is displayed.
The T1 tests are interrupted and restarted when:
• an alarm is triggered by the machine;
To avoid interrupting the T1 tests execution, do not operate the machine when the “Function Check in
progress...” operator message is displayed.
For the major part of these devices the correct test result is mandatory to go on with the treatment. The
Protective System also checks devices that have a very low failure probability during a treatment and that,
in case of failure, aren't dangerous for the health of the patient and that allow in any case the end of the
treatment (for example a failure on the alarm lights).
There are three separate failure results that the operator will see if a portion of the T1 test
fails:
1. Warning: the operator is noticed that a test is failed; if there is a "CONFIRM" prompt the operator can
reset the alarm by pushing that button on the Screen. Otherwise he can reset the alarm through some
actions performed on the machine.
2. Repeat: the operator is noticed that a test is failed; there is "CONFIRM" prompt and the operator can
reset the alarm and he can automatically repeat the test by pushing that button on the Screen.
3. STOP: the Protective System generates the General Safe State or an alarm that doesn't allow proceed-
ing with the treatment.
The T1 Test messages are displayed in the Service Data page 2 and contain the following information.
• the advancement state and the mode of each T1 Test;
• additional information for the SPS (System Processing Software, optional, depending on the
kind of test)
• a reference to sensors or other hardware components that have to be driven (optional, depend-
ing on the kind of test);
• the setpoint that has to be reached for that hardware component (optional, depending on the
kind of test);
The mode describes what the T1 test is doing and provides significant information of what is happening.
T1 Test to be started (0)
T1 Test in progress (function checks) (1)
T1 Test terminated with positive result (2)
T1 Test terminated with negative result (test failed) (3)
Every T1 test is structured as a state machine: every state is related to a progressive number, starting
from 0. The advancement of the state numbers means that the T1 test is in progress.
In case of positive result of the test the last state is set to FEhex in order to easily recognize the end of
the test.
If the test fails the last state of the T1 test corresponds to the last state of the T1 test that was executed
with a positive result. If this information is not available the state is set to FFhex that is the default value for
the T1 test failure.
The figure 6-1, lists the tests as they are displayed on the status pages of the machine. When reviewing
the status pages, page 2 displays the T1 test progression and result information.
Example:
• Starts the test:
0 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1
1 0 1 1
(first check (second check
running) to be started)
• Test procedure
1 0 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 0
2 1 1 2
(first check (second check
terminated) running)
1 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0
2 2 2 FE
(first check (second check
terminated) terminated)
During these tests the Protective System tests the following sensors:
• the sensors that, in case of malfunction, impose a disconnection of the patient from the
machine with a consequent loss of blood of the patient (for example the incorrect behaviour of
the pressures);
• the sensors that can be tested before patient connection, because the test conditions cannot
be replicated in a second moment (for example the “Venous Line Clamp Test”);
• the sensors that have a very low failure probability during a treatment and that, in case of fail-
ure, don’t be dangerous for the health of the patient and that allow in any case the end of the
treatment (for example a failure on the alarm lights).
• T1 tests that can be executed only in a particular moment that depends on the status of the
Artis Dialysis System and the particular phase of the dialysis process that has been reached.
1. CPU Test;
2. EEPROM Test;
3. RAM Test;
4. FPGA Test;
5. Battery Test;
6. Acoustical (buzzer) Test;
7. Visible Test;
8. Cut 24 volt Test;
9. Venous Line Clamp Test;
10.Water Presence T1 Test.
The T1 Test that respects a defined sequence are the following:
NOTE
It is important that all T1 tests have been completed successfully before the connection of the
patient. Otherwise an error condition will be generated by the Protective System (General Safe
State, Malfunction 64).
! WARNING 1
If both the Acustical Buzzer T1 Test and the Acustical Speaker T1 Test fail (both the auditory
signal sources are malfunctioning), a malfunction occurs so that it is not possible to use the Artis
Dialysis System. In this case, call for Service Technician.
If only one of the T1 Tests fails (only one of the auditory signal source is malfunctioning), it is the
operator’s responsibility to decide whether to proceed with the current treatment after having
checked that the machine is able to sound proprerly. Also in this case, call for Service Technician
to troubleshoot the problem as soon as possible.
! WARNING 2
During the Visible T1 Test, check that a brief visual signal is triggered by the machine (Status
Lights at the top of the machine lighten with red and yellow lights).
If the visual signal is not triggered, the signalling device (Status Lights) is malfunctioning. In this
case, call for Service Technician.
DO NOT use the Artis Dialysis System in the absence of the visual alarm signal.
At the begining of the test the Protective System activates the Buzzer and reads the buzzer level. After
2 seconds deactivates the Buzzer and reads the buzzer level.
The Protective System compares the two acquired buzzer levels to verify the correctly buzzer
activation/deactivation and sends data in order to confirm that the buzzer is correctly working.
If the test fails, the machine will generate a Warning alarm issued with a required confirmation from the
operator to continue.
The Protective System commands to the Control System to turn on all the safety valves. The Protective
System must be able to detect all of the actuation signals. After this complete, the Protective System
commands to the Control System to turn off all the safety valves. Again the Protective System must check
that the valve command signals are turned off. The following valve command signals are detected: EV2,
EVBP2, EVDS2, EVDS1.
If any of the signals are not detected correctly, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the
machine will generate a GENERAL SAFE STATE: ‘’Safe State Activated. Cause:Valve self-test failure’’.
If the test fails, the machine will generate: (MALFUNCTION 672) ‘’Hydraulic Pressure Alignment
Failure’’.
6.2.1.13 Test Number 13: Conductivity Cell sensors (A, B, Sel, P) Test
This test is used to verify the correct functionality of the A, B, Sel, P conductivity cells and the pumps in
the mixing module.
During this test, the Protective System Performs also an alignment on the ΓPSel and ΓP conductivity
cells from mesurements based on the same dialysis liquid.
During the first portion of the test, the Protective System commands the control system to have the
Bicarbonate set point to 2 mS/cm and the Final Conductivity (acetate) set point to 12 mS/cm. The main flow
of 500 ml/min.
The Protective System waits until the following conditions are verified for 5 seconds consecutively:
• ΓCB= 2 mS/cm ± 0.14 mS/cm
• ΓPSel= 2 mS/cm ± 0.16 mS/cm
• ΓCA= 12 mS/cm ± 0.36 mS/cm
• ΓP= 12 mS/cm ± 0.48 mS/cm
Then the Protective System calculates the average measured by Γ CB, ΓPSel, ΓCA and ΓP in 15 seconds
and checks that the mean values of :
• ΓCB and ΓPSel and are not different for more than ± 0.10 mS/cm;
At the next step the Protective System notifies to the SPS that the first step of the Conductivity Cells T1 test
has been correctly performed.
Then the Protective System waits from SPS a notification that Conductivity Cells T1 test can proceed (action
done in order to take in account DIASCAN autocalibration process).
During the second portion of the test, the Protective System commands the control system to have the
Bicarbonate set point to 5 mS/cm and the Final Conductivity set point to 17 mS/cm. The main flow of 500 ml/
min.
The Protective System waits until the following conditions are verified for 5 second consecutively:
• ΓCB= 5 mS/cm ± 0.15 mS/cm
• ΓPSel= 5 mS/cm ± 0.20 mS/cm
• ΓCA= 17 mS/cm ± 0.51 mS/cm
• ΓP= 17 mS/cm ± 0.68 mS/cm
Then the Protective System calculates the average measured by Γ CB, ΓPSel, ΓCA and ΓP in 15 seconds
and checks that the mean values of :
• the values ΓCB and ΓPSel are not different for more than ± 0.10 mS/cm;
• the values ΓCA and ΓP are not different for more than ± 0.34 mS/cm;
Then the Protective System sends to the SPS (System Processing Software) the notification that all the
checks have been performed, then waits the notification that the Diascan has been completed its activities.
Then (if in Select mode) the Protective System stops to require to Control System to have Γ CB and
ΓCA values different from the conductivity values set by the user and it waits until it receives the FLUID
TESTABLE equal to FALSE;
Then the Protective System checks that all following conditions are verified for 20 seconds
consecutively (steady state condition):
• FLUID TESTABLE is equal to TRUE;
• the conductivity measured by ΓCB is equal to bicarbonate conductivity value calculated through
the stoichiometric FORMULA, basing on the ions prescription selected by the user with a range
of 0.5 mS/cm;
• the conductivity measured by Γ CA is equal to final conductivity value calculated through the
stoichiometric FORMULA, basing on the ions prescription selected by the user with a range of
0.5 mS/cm;
• the conductivity measured by ΓP is equal to final conductivity value calculated through the sto-
ichiometric FORMULA, basing on the ions prescription selected by the user with a range of 0.5
mS/cm.
If all checks are correctly satisfied, the Protective System performs a compensation of the ΓPSel and ΓP
conductivity cells based on the values aquired during the tests.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a Warning
alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to repeat. Generates the alarm ‘’(445) T1 Test
Conductivity Cells Failed’’.
• Verifies that the blood/venous pump will stop when there is an air in blood signal.
At the first step of the test, the Protective System requires to the control system to have:
• Blood Flow set of 100 ml/min;
• Venous flow set of 100 ml/min, if in HDF, HF, AFBK or HD-SN saline treatment.
Then the Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following
conditions are verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired blood flow value of the pump is in the range ±8% respect to the blood flow set
command;
• the acquired venous flow value of the pump is in the range ±8% respect to the venous flow set
command, if in HDF, HF, AFBK or HD-SN saline treatment.;
• the direction of the venous pump is counterclockwise, if in HDF, HF, AFBK Treatment or clock-
wise if in HD-SN saline Treatment.
• the acquired venous flow value of the pump is in the range ±8% respect to the venous flow set
command, if in HDF, HF, AFBK or HD-SN saline treatment;
• the direction of the venous pump is counterclockwise, if in HDF, HF, AFBK treatment or clock-
wise if in HD-SN saline Treatment;
At the next step the Protective System masks the air detection sensor pause and after 5 seconds
checks that:
• the AP STOP signal is to level HIGH;
• the venous flow is lower than 10 ml/min (venous pump is stopped) only in HDF, HF, AFBK or
HD-SN saline treatment.
Then the Protective System restores the override of the air detection.
The Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following conditions are
verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired blood flow value of the pump is in the range ±8% respect to the blood flow set
command;
• the acquired venous flow value of the pump is in the range ±8% respect to the venous flow set
command, if in HDF, HF, AFBK or HD-SN saline treatment;
• the direction of the venous pump is counterclockwise, if in HDF, HF, AFBK treatment or clock-
wise if in HD-SN saline Treatment.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a Warning
alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue.
Generates the alarm ‘’(419) T1 Test Arterial Pump/ABD’’.
At the first step of the test, the Protective System requires to the control system to have:
• Venous Line Clamp opened;
Then the Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following
conditions are verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired venous flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point;
At the next step of the test the Protective System switches off the AD transmitter driving low the digital
output AD-TEST ( to force the air detection).
Then the Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following
conditions are verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired venous flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point;
At the next step the Protective System masks the air detection sensor pause and after 5 seconds
checks that:
• the AP STOP signal is to level HIGH;
Then the Protective System restores the override of the air detection.
The Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following conditions are
verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the direction of the venous pump is counterclockwise;
• the acquired venous flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point.
At the next step of the test, the Protective System requires to the control system to have:
• Venous Line Clamp closed;
Then the Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following
conditions are verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired blood flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point;
At the next step of the test the Protective System switches off the AD transmitter driving low the digital
output AD-TEST ( to force the air detection).
Then the Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following
conditions are verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the acquired blood flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point;
At the next step the Protective System masks the air detection sensor override and after 5 seconds
checks that:
• the AP STOP signal is to level HIGH;
Then the Protective System restores the override of the air detection.
The Protective System checks that within a time interval of 15 seconds, both the following conditions are
verified for a time interval of 2 seconds:
• the direction of the blood pump is clockwise;
• the acquired blood flow value is in the range ±8% respect to the set point.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a Warning
alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue.
Generates the alarm ‘’(419) T1 Test Arterial Pump/ABD’’.
• detects the presence of an offset between the Protective Flowmeters greater than a safety
threshold. The KD1D2P coefficient is calculated and the protective drift shall not be higher than
864 ml in 60 minutes.
It means that the error due to a “deviation” of the KD1D2C and KD1D2P variables, in a 60 minutes
treatment shall be lower than 864 (ml) for the Control and Protective flowmeters.
• the test is also necessary in order to have an alignment between the Protective Flowmeters
through the calculation of the KD1D2P factor.
If the flowmeter test on the electromagnetic flowmeter fails or an exchange between Control and
Protective flowmeters is detected, the machine will generate a Warning alarm issued with a required
confirmation from the operator to repeat the test. Generates the alarm ‘’ (422) T1 Test Flow Meters’’.
If the test flowmeters on the Control flowmeters fails for three times the Protective System generates the
alarm: ‘’(497) MALFUNCTION: Control Flowmeters Test Failed’’.
• the temperature of the dialysis fluid measured by Protective system through the ΤP sensor is in
range ±0.5 °C respect to the ΤCA temperature.
The Sharp Temperature T1 Test is allowed to occur after the end of the T1 Test Temperature and T1
Test Conductivity.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a Warning
alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm ‘’(444) T1
Test Temperature Failed’’.
If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine generates an alarm
message: Malfunction "(668) EVDS1 EVDS2 T1 test failed" and the user must switch off the machine.
Data Evaluation:
Data Acquisition:
Acquired data Sub-phase and
Sub-phase
tests
Sub-phase 5 - first s PDG 5,1 PD5,1 PFS5,1 PO 5,1 PI5,1 Sub-phase 6
Tests A, B, C
Sub-phase 5 - last s PDG 5,2 PD5,2 PFS5,2 PO 5,2 PI5,2
Sub-phase 9 - first s PDG 9,1 PD9,1 PFS9,1 PO 9,1 PI9,1 PV9,1 PFP9,1 Sub-phase 10
Tests D, E, F, G
Sub-phase 9 - last s PDG 9,2 PD9,2 PFS9,2 PO 9,2 PI9,2
Sub-phase 13-first s PDG13,1 PD13,1 PFS13,1 PO13,1 PI13,1 PV13,1 PFP13,1 Sub-phase 14
Tests H, I
Sub-phase13 -last s PDG13,2 PD13,2 PFS13,2 PO13,2 PI13,2
Where:
- PV is the Venous Pressure.
- PFP is the SN Pressure.
As sub-phases 5, 9 and 13 lasts 10 s, between the first and the last acquisition a time of 10 s occurs.
As PD Pressure Sensor is placed 27mm over PO and PFS, the PD Pressure can be estimated as 20
mmHg lower than PO and PFS pressures, due to the hydrostatic pressure acting on PO and PFS.
The following tests list the out of range conditions (i.e. the conditions that shall be satisfied to declare
the test failure and trigger the alarm): the mentioned pressure gap has been referred as ∆ PD.
Sub-Phase 1; 2; 3: The machine perform the flushing of:
• EVH2O, EVDRAIN and EVD2 (5 seconds)
• EVD1 (5 seconds)
• EVP (5 seconds)
Sub-Phase 4: EVH2O is on and the EVDRAIN is turned off. The hydraulic circuit is pressurized.
Execution time 10 seconds.
Sub-Phase 5: The EVH2O is turned off and starts the functional checks for the Test A, B and C.
Execution time 10 seconds.
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP PDG CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B SWUPUF2A
FLICK
EVDEG SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 LD1 BT2
SWLOWUF2 LD2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
CO
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 SWPOL
EVPA EM
fPS PS EVPB F7
SWSEK1
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
Test A
• min{PFS5,1, PO5,1, PD5,1- ∆ PD} is the minimum between PFS5,1, PO5,1 and PD5,1- ∆ PD.
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP PDG CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B SWUPUF2A
FLICK
EVDEG SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 LD1 BT2
SWLOWUF2 LD2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
CO
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 SWPOL
EVPA EM
fPS PS EVPB F7
SWSEK1
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
Test D
• min{PFS9,1, PO9,1, PD9,1- ∆ PD} is the minimum between PFS9,1, PO9,1 and PD9,1- ∆ PD.
Test E
Test F
Test G
Sub-Phase 10: EVDRAIN, EVPRIM, EVDS1, EVBP2 is turned on, EVDS2 is turned off and PWHO is
switched on in control loop on PD of -500 mmHg for a time of 15 seconds to perform a negative pressure in
a portion of the hydraulic circuit. EVH2O is off.
Sub-Phase 11: The EVPRIM is turned off and the PWHO pump is proceeding in control loop on PD to -
500 mmHg for a time of 5 seconds to perform a negative pressure in a portion of the hydraulic circuit.
Sub-Phase 12: The EVDRAIN is turned off and the PWHO is switched off and the pressure in the
hydraulic circuit is stabilized for a time of 5 seconds.
Sub-Phase 13: EVH2O, EVDRAIN and PWO are off. The machine continues the functional checks for
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP PDG CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B SWUPUF2A
FLICK
EVDEG SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 LD1 BT2
SWLOWUF2 LD2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
CO
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 SWPOL
EVPA EM
fPS PS EVPB F7
SWSEK1
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
Test H
Test I
- Pressure Sensors tested: PI, PV ( also PFP if the selected treatment is HDF Post).
- Test Purpose: EVDS2 working conditions.
- Performed : First second of sub phase 13.
- Failure condition:
1. if the selected treatment is HD:
abs(mean{PV13,1, PI13,1} - mean{ PV9,1, PI9,1}) > 50 mmHg
Where:
• mean{PV13,1, PI13,1} = ((PV13,1) + (PI13,1))/2
Chapter 7. CALIBRATIONS
7.1 Calibration Introduction
! WARNING
If during a Calibration procedure the “MALFUNCTION 320” alarm occurs this could result into
missed saving of Calibration data. Switch the machine OFF and then ON again and repeat the
Calibration procedure. If the Calibration procedure is not repeated, this could lead to a potential
injury to the patient.
Most of the calibrations for the electrical and hydraulic components in the Artis Dialysis System are
software calibrations. The software calibrations monitor signals from the various components and transform
them through software algorithms to achieve the desired output or input signals. During the calibration
procedure, these algorithms calculate the coefficients that are used to adjust or calibrate the signals for the
components in the machine. These calibration coefficients are then stored in EEPROMs or flash chips on
the slave boards and in the Main Compact Flash on the Main board.
NOTE
Verify the Power Supply Voltages before starting the software calibrations.
The CALIBRATION MENU (CALIBHOME screen) allows access to screens for calibrating or testing the
following components:
1. R1 Pressure Regulator 14. T1T SN Pressure
2. R2 Pressure Regulator 15. Hemoscan Sensor
3. PRV Pressure Regulator 16. Blood Sensor Trimpot
4. PI Pressure Sensor 17. Blood Sensor
5. PO Pressure Sensor 18. pH Probe (only if installed)
6. PFS Pressure Sensor 19. Temperature
7. PDR Pressure Sensor 20. Conductivity
8. PDG Pressure Sensor 21. BPM Pressure Sensor
9. Arterial Pressure Sensor 22. BPM Safety Switch (only if on the machine
10. Venous Pressure Sensor HDBPM is installed)
11. SN Pressure Sensor 23. Stroke Volume
12. T1T Venous Pressure 24. Touch screen
Other Processes:
1. Drain
2. Fill up Ultra Filter
3. Coeff. Management
NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System provides two Service menu levels: ‘’SERVICE 1’’ and ‘’SERVICE 2’’.
Calibrations are allowed only into the ‘’SERVICE 2’’ menu.
Calibration access is only possible when the machine is in the preparation mode (see Fig.7-1). From the
Overview screen, select the Report NavPad button to access the Report screen (see Fig.7-2), then select
the Service button to access the Service screens.
NOTE
A password is required to access the ‘’SERVICE 2’’ screens.
7.2.1 Password
To avoid unauthorized entry into the service screens by users not trained on the service procedures, the
correct password must be entered before to access the SERVICE screen pages. Only trained service
technicians are allowed to calibrate the machine.
When the calibration menu is accessed, it becomes the main menu (CALIB HOME). From here, a
technician may move through the calibration screens until the proper screen is reached.
The CALIB HOME screen displays a menu used to select the machine sensors/actuators to calibrate or
test.
If the sensors/actuators buttons are indicated with the blue-light colour it means that the sensors/
actuators have been calibrated and that the machine has registered the calculated calibration coefficients
values.
If the sensors/actuators buttons are indicated with the gray colour it means that the sensors/actuators
have not been calibrated yet and that the machine has registered the default calibration coefficients values.
NOTE
Only in case of the machine upgrade with a new board, the sensors/actuators buttons are indicated
with the gray colour even the sensors/actuators have been calibrated and the machine has
registered the calculated calibration coefficients values.
• The pH probe button can be dimmed if the pH Probe parameter is set to “No” in the “Installed
Features” check-list of the Preset environment.
• The BPM Safety Switch button can be dimmed if the NiBPM board is installed.
The CLOSE button allows the technician to exit from the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
After exiting the SERVICE HOME screen (see fig. 7-4) a superimposed window appears requesting
to switch OFF the machine. Switch the machine OFF and then ON again before proceeding with a
new dialysis treatment.
CALIBRATION
SENSOR
NAME AREA
Status
Info. INSTALLATION DATE:
CALIBRATION DATE:
Coeff. STATUS:
Info.
Slave
Info.
CALIBRATION Diagram
SERVICE
12:30
Description of fields:
1. INSTALLATION DATE: Date of the component installation.
2. CALIBRATION DATE: Date of the last calibration.
3. STATUS: State of the calibration coefficients: default or OK (calculated).
CALIBRATION
SENSOR
NAME AREA NUMERIC FORMAT
Hydraulic First Value Area
Status Hydraulic Second Value Area
Info. Blood First Value Area
Blood Second Value Area
Coeff. Protect First Value Area
Info. Protect Second Value Area
SERVICE
12:30
Description of fields:
Coeff.
Info. PROTECTIVE SLAVE BIO SLAVE
Slave
Info.
CALIBRATION Diagram
SERVICE
12:30
Description of fields:
1. HYDRAULIC SLAVE: This area shows the HYDRAULIC SLAVE’s current value for the parameter
that is being calibrated/tested, if this value is used by the calibration/test.
2. BLOOD SLAVE: This area shows the BLOOD SLAVE’s current value for the parameter that is being
calibrated/tested, if this value is used by the calibration/test.
3. PROTECTIVE SLAVE: This area shows the PROTECTIVE SLAVE’s current value for the parameter
that is being calibrated/tested, if this value is used by the calibration/test.
4. BIO SLAVE: This area shows the BIO SLAVE’s current value for the parameter that is being
calibrated/tested, if this value is used by the calibration/test.
5. STABILITY FIELD: This area shows a progress bar graph that gives an indication of the stability of
the current parameter under calibration/test. This will assist the technician to understand when the
value is stable and when it is appropriate to accept the calibration/test value in progress.
Diagram
CALIBRATION
SENSOR
NAME AREA
1st SET VALUE 1st REF. VALUE HYDRAULIC SLAVE BLOOD SLAVE
Status
Info.
Slave
Info.
3rd SET VALUE 3rd REF. VALUE
Diagram
SERVICE
12:30
Description of fields:
1. SENSOR NAME AREA: This area shows the sensor name that has been selected.
2. 1st SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the 1st set
value for the test currently in progress.
3. 2nd SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the 2nd set
value for the test currently in progress.
4. 3rd SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the 3rd set
value for the test currently in progress.
5. 1st REFERENCE VALUE: This area is a touch sensitive area in which the technician can insert the
1st set point for the test by touching it to select it, modify the value if necessary by using the /
buttons, then confirm it by pressing the CONFIRM button.
6. 2nd REFERENCE VALUE: This area is a touch sensitive area in which the technician can insert the
2nd set point for the test by touching it to select it, modify the value if necessary by using the /
buttons, then confirm it by pressing the CONFIRM button.
7. 3rd REFERENCE VALUE: This area is a touch sensitive area in which the technician can insert the
3rd set point for the test by touching it to select it, modify the value if necessary by using the /
buttons, then confirm it by pressing the CONFIRM button.
The test procedure is stopped by selecting the DIAGNOSTIC button and then the CONFIRM button.
The machine then returns to the Sensor Home screen. If the operator selects the CANCEL button, the
machine will continue the test function.
The machine returns to the CALIB HOME screen by selecting the CLOSE button from the Sensor Home
screen.
NOTE
Different colours are used to identify the status of the fields:
• Gray: field not selected;
• Green: field selected.
CALIBRATION
SENSOR
NAME AREA
1st SET VALUE 1st REF. VALUE HYDRAULIC SLAVE BLOOD SLAVE
Status
Info.
Slave
Info.
CALIBRATION Diagram
STORE COEFF
SERVICE
12:30
Description of fields:
1. SENSOR NAME AREA: This area shows the sensor name that has been selected.
2. 1st SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the 1st set
value for the calibration currently in progress.
3. 2nd SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the 2nd set
value for the calibration currently in progress.
4. 1st REFERENCE VALUE: This area is a touch sensitive area in which the technician can insert the
1st set point for the calibration by touching it to select it, modify the value if necessary by using the
/ buttons, then confirm it by pressing the CONFIRM button.
5. 2nd REFERENCE VALUE: This area is a touch sensitive area in which the technician can insert the
2nd set point for the calibration by touching it to select it, modify the value if necessary by using the
/ buttons, then confirm it by pressing the CONFIRM button.
Calibration data are stored by pressing the STORE COEFF button and then CONFIRM.
When the STORE COEFF button and CONFIRM button are pressed, the calibration procedure is
complete.
The calibration procedure is stopped by selecting the CALIBRATION button and then the CONFIRM
button. The machine then returns to the Sensor Home screen. If the operator selects the CANCEL button,
the machine will continue the calibration function.
The machine returns to the CALIB HOME screen by selecting the CLOSE button from the Sensor Home
screen.
NOTE
Different colours are used to identify the status of the fields:
• Gray: field not selected;
• Green: field selected.
CALIBRATION
SENSOR
NAME AREA
Status
Info.
Coeff.
PROTECTIVE SLAVE
Info.
Slave
Info.
CALIBRATION Diagram
SERVICE
12:30
Description of fields:
1. SENSOR NAME AREA: This area shows the sensor name that has been selected.
2. SET VALUE: This area is not a touch sensitive area in which the technician can see the value for the
auto-calibration currently in progress, if this value is used by the auto-calibration.
Calibration data are stored automatically only when the calibration coefficients have been calculated
correctly.
At the end of the autocalibration procedure the machine returns to the Sensor Home screen.
NOTE
To avoid a failure in the calibration coefficients storage, after starting an autocalibration it is possible
to switch OFF the machine only 5 seconds after the machine has returned to the CALIB HOME
screen.
1. SLAVE TO COMPACT FLASH: enables the system to send the calibration coefficients of the All
Slave boards to the Compact Flash of the MAIN Board (this procedure is necessary if the Compact
Flash has been changed in order to restore the coefficients of the last calibration).
in this column the user can press:
• ALL: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to confirm
the transfer, press CONFIRM, then the system sends the calibration coefficients from ALL slaves to
the Compact Flash.
2. COMPACT FLASH TO SLAVE: enables the system to send the calibration coefficients from the
Compact Flash to the selected slave board (this procedure is necessary if one or more slaves have
been changed in order to restore the coefficients of the last calibration).
in this column the user can press:
• BLOOD: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, then system sends the calibration coefficients from the
Compact Flash to the BLOOD slave board.
• HYDRAULIC: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the calibration coefficients from the
Compact Flash to the HYDRAULIC slave board.
• PROTECTIVE: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the calibration coefficients from the
Compact Flash to the PROTECTIVE slave board.
• BIO: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the
transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the calibration coefficients from the Compact Flash to
the BIO slave board.
3. RESTORE DEFAULT VALUES: enable the system to send the default coefficients to the selected
slave board. The same default coefficients are sent to the Compact Flash.
in this column the user can press:
• BLOOD: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the default coefficients from MAIN Board
to the BLOOD slave board.
• HYDRAULIC: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the default coefficients from MAIN Board
to the HYDRAULIC slave board.
• PROTECTIVE: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm the transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the default coefficients from MAIN Board
to the PROTECTIVE slave board.
• BIO: when the operator selects this button a superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the
transfer, press CONFIRM, the system sends the default coefficients from MAIN Board to the BIO
slave board.
NOTE
Once the “Restore Def. Values” is performed on a slave board, all sensors acquired by the board
must be recalibrated.
The voltage on
Mother Board is Replace the power supply
higher than the
max. value listed
The voltage on Test the voltage on the power a) If the measurement is not in the
Mother Board is supply output connector and range specified in the table, replace
lower than the Compare the measurement with the power supply.
min. value listed the following “PS Output
connector” table. b) If the measurement is in the range
specified in the table, verify the
cabling and the connections between
the power supply and the Mother
board.
Figure 7-12. Mother Board connectors used for Power Supply verifications
! WARNING
Any time the hydraulic circuit is OPEN, a disinfection procedure is required before the machine is
returned back into service.
! WARNING
If the Calibration procedures described below are not properly performed, this could lead to a
potential injury to the patient.
NOTE
Before starting any on board calibration, check that the date and time are correct as the calibration
coefficients are date stamped.
NOTE
The pressures to which R1 and R2 are calibrated are dependent on the altitude of the site where the
machine is installed.
The table 7.1 shows some correspondences between altitude, absolute pressure and R1,R2
regulators.
Equipment needed:
“Hydraulic pressure sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” tool. Reference pressure meter.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select the PDG PRESSURE SENSOR and then the MACHINE ALTITUDE button. A superimposed
window appears requesting to insert the altitude value.
3. Insert the altitude and then CONFIRM the value.
4. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
5. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that the acid connector is in
its rinse ports and the cartridge holder is closed.
Calibration:
1. Select the R1 PRESSURE REGULATOR.
2. Check the Machine Altitude value for the current machine's installation: if the values do not
correspond, recalibrate the Altitude.
11. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the calibration point (see table 7.1). A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the calibration value.
14. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the R1 calibration value (see the note below) which is used
for internal processes. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm. Press CONFIRM,
then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select the R1 PRESSURE REGULATOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to CONFIRM.
3. Install the calibration tool to the EVA valve. Remove the OWAIR and FAIR assembly and the silicon
connector “L”from the EVA valve and insert the tool.
4. Connect the tool to the external pressure meter and clamp all the other accesses.
5. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
6. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference. Verify that the value displayed is 500 ±75 ml/min.
7. Check that the pressure at the port corresponds to the R1 pressure shown on the 1st Set Value field
with a tollerance of ±10.
NOTE
If the R1 pressure tollerance is not within the allowed limit, perform the R1 calibration procedure.
8. Select the CALIBRATION button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM, then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
The R1 calibration value is stored to calculate the Delta P Altitude compensation value, used by the
machine to compensate the absolute pressure variation due to the change of the altitude on the sea
level. (Delta P Altitude = Absolute pressure at sea level - Absolute pressure in altitude).
Equipment needed:
“Hydraulic pressure sensor, R1, R2 and PRV” tool. Reference pressure meter.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select the PDG PRESSURE SENSOR and then the MACHINE ALTITUDE button. A superimposed
window appears requesting to insert the altitude value.
3. Insert the altitude and then CONFIRM the value.
4. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
5. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
Calibration:
1. Select R2 PRESSURE REGULATOR.
2. Check the Machine Altitude value for the current machine's installation: if the values do not
correspond, recalibrate the Altitude.
3. Otherwise select the CALIBRATION button.
4. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to CONFIRM.
5. Install the calibration tool to the acid connector.
6. Connect the tool to the external pressure meter.
7. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
8. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference. Verify that the value displayed is 500 ±75 ml/min.
9. Pull up the black locking ring on the top of pressure regulator R2. Adjust R2 so that the pressure at
the port corresponds to the R2 pressure shown on the 1st Set Value field with a tollerance of ±10.
Clockwise adjustment increases the pressure.
10. After adjustment is complete push down on the black locking ring until it clicks.
11. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the calibration point (see table 7.1). A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the calibration value.
14. Select the STORE COEFF button. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm. Press
CONFIRM, then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select R2 PRESSURE REGULATOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to confirm.
3. Install the calibration tool to the acid connector.
4. Connect the tool to the external pressure meter.
5. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
6. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference. Verify that the value displayed is 500 ±75 ml/min.
7. Check that the pressure at the port corresponds to the R2 pressure shown on the 1st Set Value field
with a tollerance of ±10.
NOTE
If the R2 pressure tollerance is not within the allowed limit, perform the R2 calibration procedure.
8. Select the CALIBRATION button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM, then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Altitude Atmospheric
R1 pressure R2 pressure
in pressure
[mmHg] [mmHg]
Meters [mmHg]
Altitude Atmospheric
R1 pressure R2 pressure
in pressure
[mmHg] [mmHg]
Meters [mmHg]
Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
Test:
1. Select PRV PRESSURE REGULATOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to confirm.
3. Install the calibration Tool to the ultra port and to the external pressure meter.
4. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
5. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference.
6. Check that the value measured by the external pressure meter is within the 1st Set Value field (20
mmHg and +100 mmHg).
7. Select the STORE COEFF button. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm. Press
CONFIRM, then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
If during the test process the pressure doesn’t reach a value between 20 mmHg and +100 mmHg
the component must be replaced.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Disconnect the PI Pressure Sensor from the hydraulic circuit.
4. Connect the PI Pressure Sensor to the Calibration Tool and close the other side with a cap.
5. Connect a Pressure Meter and syringe to the Calibration Tool.
Calibration:
1. Select PI PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PI pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of -300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
10. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
11. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
12. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
13. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
14. The machine starts automatically the test.
15. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PI sensor.
16. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
17. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
18. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
19. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
20. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
21. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PI sensor and wait for stable values on the HYDRAULIC
SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PI sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
27. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
28. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
29. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
30. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
31. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select PI PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PI sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
7. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PI sensor and wait for stable values on the HYDRAULIC
SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
8. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
12. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PI sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
13. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
14. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
15. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
16. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
17. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Disconnect the PO Pressure Sensor from the hydraulic circuit.
4. Connect the PO Pressure Sensor to the Calibration Tool and close the other side with a cap.
5. Connect a Pressure Meter and syringe to the Calibration Tool.
Calibration:
1. Select PO PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PO sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of -300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
10. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
11. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
12. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
13. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
14. The machine starts automatically the test.
15. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PO sensor.
16. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
17. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
18. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
19. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
20. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
21. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PO sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PO sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
27. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
28. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
29. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
30. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
31. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select the PO PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PO sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
12. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PO sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
13. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
14. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
15. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
16. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
17. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Disconnect the PFS Pressure Sensor from the hydraulic circuit.
4. Connect the PFS Pressure Sensor to the Calibration Tool and close the other side with a cap.
5. Connect a Pressure Meter and syringe to the Calibration Tool.
Calibration:
1. Select the PFS PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PFS sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and the PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to
stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of -300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
10. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
11. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
12. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
13. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
14. The machine starts automatically the test.
15. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PFS sensor.
16. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
17. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
18. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
19. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
20. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
21. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PFS sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PFS sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
27. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
28. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
29. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
30. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
31. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select the PFS PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PFS sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
12. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PFS sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
13. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.
14. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
15. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
16. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
17. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Disconnect the PD Pressure Sensor from the hydraulic circuit.
4. Connect the PD Pressure Sensor to the Calibration Tool and close the other side with a cap.
5. Connect a pressure meter and syringe to the Calibration Tool.
Calibration:
1. Select PDR PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -300 ±8 mmHg pressure to the PDR sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE and the HYDRAULIC SLAVE fields to
stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of -300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
10. Select the 2nd Reference Value for the second calibration point of +300 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
11. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
12. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd calibration value.
13. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
14. The machine starts automatically the test.
15. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PDR sensor.
16. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
17. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
18. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
19. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
20. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
21. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the PDR sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTION SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PDR sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
27. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
28. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
29. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
30. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
31. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select the PDR PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -400 ±8 mmHg to the PDR sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of -400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
12. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the PDR sensor and wait for stable values on the
HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability
reference.
13. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is the
value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.
14. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
15. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
16. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
17. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Disconnect the heating assembly from the “L” connector. Keep the “L” connector connected to the TP.
4. Connect the Calibration Tool provided of the “Interface for PDG calibration with rigid connector” to the
“L” connector.
5. Clamp the silicone tube between the PC pump and the BTP bubble trap.
6. Connect the Relative Pressure Meter and syringe to the Calibration Tool.
Calibration:
1. Select the PDG PRESSURE SENSOR and then the MACHINE ALTITUDE button. A superimposed
window appears requesting to insert the altitude value.
2. Insert the altitude and then confirm the value.
3. Select the CALIBRATION button.
4. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 1st Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
5. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
6. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
7. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
1st Reference Value field.
9. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 2nd Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
10. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
nd
2 Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd calibration value.
14. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
15. The machine starts automatically the test.
16. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 1st Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
17. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
18. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 1st Set Value) +200] ±8 mmHg.
19. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
20. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
st
1 Reference Value field.
21. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st test value.
22. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 2nd Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
23. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
24. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 2nd Set Value) +100] ±8 mmHg.
25. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
26. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
nd
2 Reference Value field.
27. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the second test value.
28. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 3rd Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
29. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
30. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and the PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 3rd Set Value) +500] ±8 mmHg.
31. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
32. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
rd
3 Reference Value field.
33. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the third test value.
34. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select the PDG PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 1st Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 1st Set Value) +200] ±22 mmHg.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
6. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
st
1 Reference Value field.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st test value.
8. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 2nd Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
10. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 2nd Set Value) +100] ±22 mmHg.
11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
2nd Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the second test value.
14. Use the syringe to apply the pressure of the 3rd Set Value field ±8 mmHg to the PDG sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize.
Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE and the PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields is:
[(Value read by the external meter - 3rd Set Value) +500] ±22 mmHg.
17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
18. Use the / buttons to insert the relative value measured from the external pressure meter in the
3rd Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the third test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Preliminary Operations:
NOTE
Install the ART./VEN. Calibration Tool when the machine is in preparation mode.
Calibration:
1. Select VENOUS PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the venous pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
6. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value (0 mmHg).
7. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg pressure to the venous pressure sensor.
8. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
12. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
13. The machine starts automatically the test.
14. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the venous pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
17. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
20. Use the syringe to apply +200 ±8 mmHg to the venous pressure sensor.
21. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the venous pressure sensor.
27. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
28. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±8 mmHg.
29. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
30. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
31. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
32. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select the VENOUS PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the venous pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±37 mmHg.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
8. Use the syringe to apply +200 ±8 mmHg to the venous pressure sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
10. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±17 mmHg.
11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the venous pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±7 mmHg.
17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
After calibrating the Venous pressure sensor, the T1T Venous pressure sensor must also be
calibrated.
NOTE
The T1T VENOUS PRESSURE sensor must always be calibrated after the VENOUS PRESSURE
SENSOR is calibrated.
Preliminary operations:
1. Remove the Blood Cassette and any other tubing in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial Line
Clamps if present and close the arterial pump cover.
2. Close the sensor bar door.
3. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
4. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
Calibration:
1. Select T1T VENOUS PRESSURE and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. The machine starts automatically the T1T VENOUS PRESSURE calibration. During the process the
machine waits for the stability of the value displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field and then
automatically confirms.
3. The machine starts automatically the test.
4. The goal is to obtain a value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field of +300 ±12.
5. Wait until the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is stable.
6. Press the TEST button to confirm the value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the value.
8. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
The Test is a dedicated procedure, it cannot be integrated in the Calibration procedure.
Test:
1. Select T1T VENOUS PRESSURE and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Verify that the value displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is +300 ±40.
3. Select the DIAGNOSTIC button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Preliminary Operations:
NOTE
Install the ART/VEN Calibration Tool when the machine is in preparation mode.
Calibration:
1. Select ARTERIAL PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply -350 ±8 mmHg pressure to the arterial pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE fields to
stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of -350 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
12. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
13. The machine starts automatically the test.
14. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the arterial pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0±8 mmHg.
17. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
20. Use the syringe to apply -250 ±8 mmHg to the arterial pressure sensor.
21. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of -250 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Use the syringe to apply -350 ±8 mmHg to the arterial pressure sensor.
27. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
28. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
29. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of -350 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
30. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
31. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
32. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select the ARTERIAL PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the arterial pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0±7 mmHg.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
8. Use the syringe to apply -250 ±8 mmHg to the arterial pressure sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
10. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±22 mmHg.
11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of -250 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Use the syringe to apply -350 ±8 mmHg to the arterial pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±32 mmHg.
17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of -350 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
After calibrating the Arterial pressure sensor, the T1T arterial pressure sensor must also be
calibrated .
NOTE
The T1T ARTERIAL PRESSURE sensor must always be calibrated after the ARTERIAL
PRESSURE SENSOR is calibrated.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Remove the Blood Cassette and any other tubing in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial Line
Clamps if present and close the arterial pump cover.
2. Close the sensor bar door.
3. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
4. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
Calibration:
1. Select T1T ARTERIAL PRESSURE and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. The machine starts automatically the T1T ARTERIAL PRESSURE calibration. During the process the
machine waits for the stability of the values displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field and then
automatically confirms.
3. The machine starts automatically the test.
4. The goal is to obtain a value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field of –200 ±12.
5. Wait until the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is stable.
6. Press the TEST button to confirm the value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the value.
8. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
The Test is a dedicated procedure, it cannot be integrated in the Calibration procedure.
Test:
1. Select T1T ARTERIAL PRESSURE and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Verify that the value displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is -200 ±40.
3. Select the DIAGNOSTIC button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Start the HD-SN, HDF or HF Treatment.
2. Open the sensor bar door.
3. Open the arterial and venous pump covers, install the Pre-Dialyzer Calibration Tool and close the
arterial and venous pump covers.
4. Verify that no line is inserted in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial Line Clamps.
5. Close the sensor bar door.
6. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
7. Enter the service 2 mode and set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
8. Connect a pressure meter and syringe to the Pre-Dialyzer Calibration Tool.
Calibration:
1. Select SN PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the SN pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
12. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
13. The machine starts automatically the test.
14. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the SN pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
17. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
20. Use the syringe to apply +200 ±8 mmHg to the SN pressure sensor.
21. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±8 mmHg.
23. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
24. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
26. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the SN pressure sensor.
27. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
28. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±8 mmHg.
29. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
30. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
31. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
32. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select the SN PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the SN pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±37 mmHg.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
8. Use the syringe to apply +200 ±8 mmHg to the SN pressure sensor.
9. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
10. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±17 mmHg.
11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Apply atmospheric pressure (0±8 mmHg) to the SN pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±7 mmHg.
17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
After calibrating the SN Pressure sensor, the T1T SN Pressure sensor must also be calibrated.
NOTE
The T1T SN PRESSURE sensor must always be calibrated after the SN PRESSURE SENSOR is
calibrated.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Remove the Blood Cassettes and any other tubing in the AD holder and in the Venous and Arterial
Line Clamps if present and close the arterial and venous pump covers.
2. Close the sensor bar door.
3. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
4. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
Calibration:
1. Select T1T SN PRESSURE and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. The machine starts automatically the T1T SN PRESSURE calibration. During the process the
machine waits for the stability of the values displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field and then
automatically confirms.
3. The machine starts automatically the test.
4. The goal is to obtain a value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field of +300 ±12.
5. Wait until the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is stable.
6. Press the TEST button to confirm the value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the value.
8. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
The Test is a dedicated procedure, it cannot be integrated in the Calibration procedure.
Test:
1. Select T1T SN PRESSURE and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Verify that the value displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is +300 ±40.
3. Select the DIAGNOSTIC button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Switch off the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
2. On the card rack, locate the position of the “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board. Open both the top
and bottom card ejectors and slide the “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board out from its bracket.
3. Locate the DIP switches and set the DIP 6 to the ON position.
4. Insert the “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board on its bracket and then verify that P4 and P5
electrical connectors are fully seated onto their mating connections on the “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2
AFB” board.
5. Plug the power cord into the supply mains and switch on the machine.
6. Open the sensor bar door.
7. Remove any line from the AD/Hemoscan sensor holder.
8. Close the sensor bar door.
Calibration:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select HEMOSCAN SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
3. Wait until the value on the BIO SLAVE field (voltage read by the Bio Subsystem) stabilizes to the 1.10 V.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 1.10 V (HgB=0). A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the calibration value.
6. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficient. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the
CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
Before starting the Blood Sensor Trimpot calibration ensure that the machine is warmed up.
To be sure that the machine is warmed up enough launch a Heat process.
NOTE
The Test is a dedicated procedure, it cannot be integrated in the Calibration procedure.
Test:
1. Select BLOOD SENSOR TRIMPOT and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Verify that the value displayed on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field is +180 ±10.
3. Select the DIAGNOSTIC button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Restore the standard configuration
No action is required.
NOTE
After calibrating the Blood Sensor Trimpot, the Blood Sensor must also be calibrated.
NOTE
Before starting the Blood Sensor calibration ensure that the machine is warmed up.
To be sure that the machine is warmed up enough launch a Heat process.
Equipment needed:
15 cm Length of Venous Blood Line.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Open the sensor bar door and the arterial pump cover.
2. Remove the Blood Cassette if present and close the sensor bar door.
3. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports.
4. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
Calibration:
1. Select BLOOD SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Remove any blood line from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.
3. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a stability
reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field, a value of 240 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field, a value of 42 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.
10. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd calibration value.
11. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
12. The machine starts automatically the test.
13. Open the sensor bar door.
14. Remove any blood line from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.
15. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize, verify that the value is between
240±4. Use the bar graph as a stability reference.
16. Select the 1st Reference Value field, a value of 240 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.
17. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st test value.
18. Open the Sensor Bar door and insert a blood line filled with fluid into the Blood Sensor (AD holder)
and close the Sensor Bar door.
19. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize, verify that the value is between 42±4.
Use the bar graph as a stability reference.
20. Select the 2nd Reference Value field, a value of 42 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.
21. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd test value.
22. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select BLOOD SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Open the sensor bar door.
3. Remove any blood line from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.
4. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize, and verify that the value displayed is
between 220 and 250 (240 is the optimal value) .Use the bar graph as a stability reference.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field, a value of 240 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.
6. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st test value.
7. Open the Sensor Bar door and insert a blood line filled with fluid into the Blood Sensor (AD holder)
and close the Sensor Bar door.
8. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize, and verify that the value displayed is
between 32 and 67 (42 is the optimal value) . Use the bar graph as a stability reference.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field, a value of 42 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.
10. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd test value.
11. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
7.4.17 pH Probe
(only if installed)
Equipment needed:
Cups or beakers with pH 8 and 4 buffer solutions.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Make sure there is no flow or fluid in the Hydraulic circuit.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate
connectors are in their rinse ports.
3. Locate the pH sensor in the Main hydraulic compartment of the machine. Unscrew the 2 screws that
hold the pH plastic cover and remove the plastic cover and the tie wrap that secures the upper portion
of the pH sensor.
4. Unscrew and remove the red cap that secures the pH sensor and gently slide the sensor out of the
holder: DO NOT touch the glass bulb (electrode tip).
NOTE
pH sensors are very fragile and can be affected by organic oils, like those found on human
hands.The pH sensor must not be allowed to dry out. Also, rubbing the glass can create static
chargeswhich slow the sensor response time.
NOTE
The pH value may vary depending on the solution temperature. Refer to the pH standard solution
instructions to be sure of the correct pH value.
Calibration:
1. Select pH PROBE and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Place the pH sensor in the 8.00 pH buffer solution which must cover the glass membrane and gently
agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10
minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.The level in the cup should be at least 30 mm from the
bottom. Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
3. Select the 1st Reference Value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
6. Place the pH sensor in the 4.00 pH buffer solution which must cover the glass membrane and gently
agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10
minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution. The level in the cup should be at least 30 mm from the
bottom. Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
7. Select the 2nd Reference Value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
NOTE
Use a new cup of water between calibration and test of the pH sensor.
Test:
1. Select pH PROBE and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Place the pH sensor into the cup of water and agitate the sensor to rinse it.
3. Place the sensor into the 4.00 buffer solution and gently agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any
bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10 minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.
Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
4. Verify that the PROTECTIVE SLAVE value is 4.00 ± 0.30 pH.
5. Remove the pH sensor from the 4.00 solution and rinse it into the cup of water.
6. Place the sensor into the 8.00 buffer solution and gently agitate the sensor into the cup to remove any
bubbles from the sensor surface, then wait at least 10 minutes the probe to stabilize in the solution.
Use the bar graph as a pH stability reference.
7. Verify that the PROTECTIVE SLAVE value is 8.00 ± 0.30 pH.
8. Select the DIAGNOSTIC button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to
confirm. Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
7.4.18 Temperature
Equipment needed:
Temperature meter; Bypass shunt.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Open the Main Hydraulic Compartment of the machine before performing a temperature sensor
calibration.
2. Connect the bypass shunt to the TP and to the temperature meter.
• Split the bypass shunt in two parts.
• Disconnect the heating assembly from the “L” connector. Keep the “L” connector connected to the TP.
• Connect the other part of the bypass shunt to the “L” connector.
• Connect the two unattached parts of the bypass shunt to the temperature meter.
Calibration:
1. Select the TEMPERATURE button then select the CALIBRATION button.
2. Wait for the temperature value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE field is stable: use the bar graph
as a temperature stability reference.
3. Wait until the temperature value displayed on the external temperature reference meter is stable.
Verify that the value displayed is 34±1.3 °C.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 34.0 °C. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Use the / buttons to insert the temperature value measured by the external temperature meter.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of 60.0 °C. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
10. Use the / buttons to insert the temperature value measured by the external temperature meter.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
12. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
13. The machine starts automatically the test.
14. Wait for the temperature value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE field is stable: use the bar graph
as a temperature stability reference.
15. Wait until the temperature value displayed on the external temperature reference meter is stable.
16. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE is the value read by the external meter
±0.5 °C.
17. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the test point of 90.0 °C. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
18. Use the / buttons to insert the temperature value measured by the external temperature meter.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the test value.
20. The COOLING button appears.
21. Wait for Cooling completed message.
22. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select TEMPERATURE button and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Wait for the temperature value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE field is stable: use the bar graph
as a temperature stability reference.
3. Wait until the temperature value displayed on the external temperature reference meter is stable.
4. Verify that the value displayed on the HYDRAULIC SLAVE is the value read by the external meter
±1.0 °C.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the test point of 90.0 °C. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
6. Use the / buttons to insert the temperature value measured by the external temperature meter.
7. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the test value.
8. The COOLING button appears.
9. Wait for Cooling completed message.
10. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
11. Switch OFF the machine.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Connect the bypass shunt to the blue dialysis fluid connector and the conductivity meter.
2. Connect the blue dialysis fluid tube to the conductivity meter.
3. Place a BiCart in the BiCart Cartridge Holder and attach the acetate connector to the central
distribution or tank.
Test:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select CONDUCTIVITY and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
3. Preparation in progress, wait until the message “Preparation complete” appears.
4. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND B and COND SEL fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph
as a conductivity stability reference.
5. Verify that the COND B and COND SEL are reading 2.0 ± 0.10 mS/cm. Verify that the COND B and
the external meter match each other ±0.10 mS/cm.
6. Select the COND B 1st Reference value field for the first test point of 2 ms/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
7. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
st
COND B 1 Reference value field.
8. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
9. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND B and COND SEL fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph
as a conductivity stability reference.
10. Verify that the COND B and COND SEL are reading 4.0 ± 0.10 mS/cm. Verify that the COND B and
the external meter match each other ±0.10 mS/cm.
11. Select the COND B 2nd Reference value field for the second test point of 4 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
nd
COND B 2 Reference value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND A, COND P and COND D fields to stabilize. Use the bar
graph as a conductivity stability reference.
15. Verify that the COND A, COND P and COND D are reading 12.0 ± 0.20 mS/cm. Verify that the COND
A and the external meter match each other ± 0.20 mS/cm.
16. Select the COND A 1st Reference value field for the third test point of 12 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
17. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
st
COND A 1 Reference value field.
18. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
19. Press the SYSTEM DATA button and enter in the first Service Data screen.
20. Verify that the TcA (Hyd) and Tp (Prot) values match each other ±0.5 °C.
NOTE
To perform the temperature test switch the tool to Temperature configuration.
21. Verify that the TcA (Hyd) and the external meter match each other +1.0 °C and -1.8 °C.
22. Press the CLOSE button to exit from the Service Data screen.
23. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND A, COND P and COND D fields to stabilize. Use the bar
graph as a conductivity stability reference.
24. Verify that the COND A, COND P and COND D are reading 16.0 ± 0.20 mS/cm. Verify that the COND
A and the external meter match each other ± 0.20 mS/cm.
25. Select the COND A 2nd Reference value field for the fourth test point of 16 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
26. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
nd
COND A 2 Reference value field.
27. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 4th test value.
28. Select DIAGNOSTIC button, a superimposed window appers requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM
to exit the test and return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
Performance verification tests should be carried out on BPM assemblies on a regular basis (every
4000 hours) and immediately following any repair work.
The installation on the Artis Dialysis System of 2 different types of BPM boards assy generates two
different calibration behaviors.
Before proceeding with the calibration procedure, it is necessary to be sure of the BPM type installed.
Proceed as follows:
1. Access the Service Data pages under the Report screen by pressing the System Data button (see
figure below):
2. Access the Fourth Service Data page and verify the BPM Rel value (see figure below):
• If the “BPM Rel” value is 0504h: HDBPM board assy is installed.
BOTH “BPM Pressure Sensor” and “BPM Safety Switch” calibration procedures must be
performed (proceed with the calibration procedures provided in the “7.4.20.1 BPM Pressure
Sensor Calibration (HDBPM)” and “7.4.21 BPM Safety Switch” sections here below).
• If the “BPM Rel” value is 0704h or 0705h: NiBPM board assy is installed.
ONLY “BPM Pressure Sensor” calibration procedure must be performed. In this case the
“BPM SAFETY SWITCH” button from the CALIB HOME screen becomes unavailable
(proceed with the calibration procedure provided in the “7.4.20.2 BPM Pressure Sensor
Calibration (NiBPM)” section here below).
Equipment needed:
BPM Calibration Tool, pressure meter, syringe.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Switch OFF the machine and move the JM3 jumper of the HDBPM board to position 1-2 (i.e.
“calibration state”). Switch ON the machine.
2. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
3. Connect a pressure meter and a syringe to the BPM Pressure Sensor by using a tube with a “T”
connector: Connect an end of the tube to the pneumatic port of the BPM board (or to the male quick
connector on the rear panel of the machine); connect the other two ends of the tube to the pressure
meter and to the syringe respectively.
Calibration:
1. Select BPM PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the BPM pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure value on the BLOOD SLAVE field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure
stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value (0 mmHg).
6. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +200 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor.
7. Wait for the pressure value on the BLOOD SLAVE field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure
stability reference.
8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
9. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the second
Reference Value field.
10. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value.
11. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficient. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
12. The machine starts automatically the test.
13. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +100 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor. Wait for the value to
stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
14. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +100 ±3 mmHg.
15. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
16. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
17. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +150 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
18. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +150 ±3 mmHg.
19. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
20. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
21. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +200 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
22. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +200±3 mmHg.
23. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
24. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
25. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
If the pressure value of +200 mmHg doesn’t remain stable, as required to complete the calibration
procedure, proceed as follows:
• Check that there are no leaks in the tube with a “T” connector used to connect the pneumatic port
of the BPM board to the pressure meter and to the syringe; replace the tube if necessary.
• Check that there are no leaks in the pneumatic circuit of HDBPM board following the Leakeage
Test procedure.
• If it is still impossible to maintain a stable pressure value, replace the HDBPM board.
Test:
1. Select BPM PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +100 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor. Wait for the value to
stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +100 ±3 mmHg.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
12. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
14. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Switch OFF the machine and move the jumper of the NiBPM board from the position LK2 to position
LK1 (i.e. “calibration state”). Switch ON the machine.
2. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
3. Connect a pressure meter and a syringe to the BPM Pressure Sensor by using a tube with a “T”
connector: Connect an end of the tube to the pneumatic port of the BPM board (or to the male quick
connector on the rear panel of the machine); connect the other two ends of the tube to the pressure
meter and to the syringe respectively.
Calibration:
1. Select BPM PRESSURE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the BPM pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure value on the BLOOD SLAVE field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure
stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st calibration value (0 mmHg).
6. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +250 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor.
7. Wait for the pressure value on the BLOOD SLAVE field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure
stability reference.
8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of +250 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
9. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd calibration value (+250 mmHg).
10. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficient. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM.
11. The machine starts automatically the test.
12. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +100 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor. Wait for the value to
stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
13. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +100 ±3 mmHg.
14. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
15. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
16. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +180 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
17. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +180 ±3 mmHg.
18. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
20. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +250 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor and wait for the value
to stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
21. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +250±3 mmHg.
22. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
23. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
24. Select the CLOSE button to stop the test. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm.
Press CONFIRM and then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
If the pressure value of +250 mmHg doesn’t remain stable, as required to complete the calibration
procedure, proceed as follows:
• Check that there are no leaks in the tube with a “T” connector used to connect the pneumatic port
of the BPM board to the pressure meter and to the syringe; replace the tube if necessary.
• Check that there are no leaks in the pneumatic circuit of NiBPM board following the Leakeage Test
procedure.
• If it is still impossible to maintain a stable pressure value, replace the NiBPM board.
Test:
1. Select BPM PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +100 mmHg to the BPM pressure sensor. Wait for the value to
stabilize on the BLOOD SLAVE field. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
3. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is +100 ±3 mmHg.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
12. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the second test point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
14. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Equipment needed:
BPM Calibration Tool, pressure meter, syringe.
trimmer
overpressure
switch
J2
JM3
JM1 JM2
U3
SRAM MICRO
PROCESSOR
U6 FLASH EPROM
pressure
transducer
NOTE
Performance verification tests should be carried out on HDBPM assemblies on a regular basis
(every 4000 hours) and immediately following any repair work.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Switch OFF the machine and move the JM3 jumper to position 1-2 (i.e. “calibration state”). Switch ON
the machine.
2. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
3. Connect a pressure meter and a syringe to the BPM Pressure Sensor by using a tube with a “T”
connector: Connect a end of the tube to the pneumatic port of the BPM board (or to the male quick
connector on the rear panel of the machine); connect the other two ends of the tube to the pressure
meter and to the syringe respectively.
Calibration:
1. Select BPM SAFETY SWITCH and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to apply a pressure of +315±1 mmHg to the BPM Pressure Sensor and verify that the
value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field is 0.
3. Turn the trimmer on the pressure switch (see figure 7-14) until the value displayed on the BLOOD
SLAVE field is 1 (over-pressure condition reached).
4. Select the STORE COEFF. button. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm. Press
CONFIRM and then press CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select BPM SAFETY SWITCH and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Use the syringe to increase the pressure from +305 to +325 mmHg and verify that the over-pressure
condition is reached (the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE field should change from 0 to 1).
3. Select the CLOSE button to stop the test.
NOTE
When one or more pumps need to be replaced perform the “Stroke Volume:Pumps” calibration
procedure only for the replaced pump(s).
17. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PSEL Stroke Volume value.
18. Select the PA Checksum button.
19. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
20. Use the buttons to insert the PA Checksum value printed on the PA Pump label.
21. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PA Checksum value.
22. At this point the PA Pump Stroke button becomes available. Select the PA Pump Stroke button.
23. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
24. Use the buttons to insert the PA Stroke Volume value printed on the PA Pump label.
25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PA Stroke Volume value.
26. Select the PS Checksum button.
27. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
28. Use the buttons to insert the PS Checksum value printed on the PS Pump label.
29. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PS Checksum value.
30. At this point the PS Pump Stroke button becomes available. Select the PS Pump Stroke button.
31. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
32. Use the buttons to insert the PS Stroke Volume value printed on the PS Pump label.
33. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the PS Stroke Volume value.
34. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
NOTE
If during the calibration the “Calibration Error” pop-up appears, check and insert again if needed the
Stroke Volume and the Checksum Number values.
7.4.23 Flowmeters
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select FLOWMETERS button and then D1 CONTROL 1 button.
3. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
4. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 1 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 1 calibration value.
6. Select the D1 CONTROL 2 button.
7. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
8. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 2 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
9. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 2 calibration value.
10. Select the D1 CONTROL 3 button.
11. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 3 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 3 calibration value.
14. Select the D1 CONTROL 4 button.
15. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
16. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 4 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
17. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 4 calibration value.
18. Select the D1 CONTROL 5 button.
19. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
20. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 5 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
21. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 5 calibration value.
22. Select the D1 CONTROL 6 button.
23. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
24. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 6 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
25. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 6 calibration value.
26. Select the D1 CONTROL 7 button.
27. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
28. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control 7 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
29. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control 7 calibration value.
30. Select the Checksum button.
31. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
32. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Control Checksum value printed of the D1 Control flowmeter
label.
33. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Control Checksum value.
34. Wait for the D1 CONTROL coefficients to be transferred within one minute.
35. Select the D2 CONTROL 1 button.
36. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
37. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 1 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
41. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 2 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
42. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 2 calibration value.
43. Select the D2 CONTROL 3 button.
44. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
45. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 3 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
46. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 3 calibration value.
47. Select the D2 CONTROL 4 button.
48. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
49. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 4 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
50. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 4 calibration value.
51. Select the D2 CONTROL 5 button.
52. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
53. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 5 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
54. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 5 calibration value.
55. Select the D2 CONTROL 6 button.
56. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
57. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 6 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
58. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 6 calibration value.
59. Select the D2 CONTROL 7 button.
60. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
61. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control 7 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
62. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control 7 calibration value.
63. Select the Checksum button.
64. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
65. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Control Checksum value printed of the D2 Control flowmeter
label.
66. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Control Checksum value.
67. Wait for the D2 CONTROL coefficients to be transferred within one minute.
68. Select D1 PROTECTIVE 1 button.
69. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
70. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 1 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
71. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 1 calibration value.
72. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 2 button.
73. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
74. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 2 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
75. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 2 calibration value.
76. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 3 button.
78. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 3 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
79. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 3 calibration value.
80. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 4 button.
81. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
82. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 4 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
83. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 4 calibration value.
84. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 5 button.
85. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
86. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 5 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
87. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 5 calibration value.
88. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 6 button.
89. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
90. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 6 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
91. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 6 calibration value.
92. Select the D1 PROTECTIVE 7 button.
93. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
94. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective 7 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
95. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective 7 calibration value.
96. Select the Checksum button.
97. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
98. Use the / buttons to insert the D1 Protective Checksum value printed of the D1 Protective
flowmeter label.
99. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D1 Protective Checksum value.
100. Wait for the D1 PROTECTIVE coefficients to be transferred within one minute.
101. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 1 button.
102. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
103. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 1 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
104. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 1 calibration value.
105. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 2 button.
106. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
107. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 2 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
108. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 2 calibration value.
109. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 3 button.
110. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
111. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 3 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
112. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 3 calibration value.
113. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 4 button.
114. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
115. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 4 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
119. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 5 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
120. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 5 calibration value.
121. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 6 button.
122. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
123. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 6 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
124. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 6 calibration value.
125. Select the D2 PROTECTIVE 7 button.
126. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
127. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective 7 calibration value printed of the flowmeter label.
128. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective 7 calibration value.
129. Select the Checksum button.
130. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
131. Use the / buttons to insert the D2 Protective Checksum value printed of the D2 Protective
flowmeter label.
132. Press the CONFIRM button to enter D2 Protective Checksum value.
133. Wait for the D2 PROTECTIVE coefficients to be transferred within one minute.
134. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Calibration:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select TOUCH SCREEN and then the CALIBRATION button.
3. Select the 3 positions on the touch screen as requested by the machine. Immediately the machine will
perform the test.
4. Touch the screen in several places to verify that the operator’s touch matches the cross positions on
the screen.
5. Press MUTE key to complete calibration or another key to re-calibrate.
6. Switch OFF the machine.
Emergency Calibration:
1. Switch OFF the machine.
2. Set the DIP 1=ON in the Carrier Board.
3. Switch ON the machine; the TOUCH SCREEN calibration will start automatically.
4. Select the 3 positions on the touch screen as requested by the machine. Immediately the machine will
perform the test.
5. Touch the screen in several places to verify that the operator’s touch matches the cross positions on
the screen.
6. Press MUTE key to complete calibration or another key to re-calibrate.
7. At the end of the TOUCH SCREEN calibration, switch OFF the machine and set the DIP 1=OFF in the
Carrier Board.
8. Switch ON the machine.
Procedure:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select FILL UP ULTRA FILTER button and then the PROCESS button to start the process sequence.
3. A message appears requesting to wait for Fill Up Ultra Filter process completed.
4. Wait until the “Fill up Ultra Filter process is completed” message appears.
5. Press CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
7.5.2 Drain
Purpose of the procedure:
To empty the hydraulic circuit of the machine.
Preliminary Operations:
1. Turn OFF the water.
2. Disconnect the water inlet tube from the machine.
Calibration:
1. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
2. Select DRAIN and then the START PROCESS button. A superimposed window appears requesting
to remove the water tubes. Remove the tubes and then press the CONFIRM button.
3. Wait until an allarm appears requesting to open the Ultra door.
4. Open the Ultra Door and with a syringe apply pressure to the ultra port for 60 seconds. To see the
remaining time (phase time) press SYSTEM DATA and go to SERVICE DATA page 1.
5. Wait until an allarm appears requesting to correct the position of the Ultra door.
6. Close the Ultra Door.
7. Press CLOSE button to exit from SYSTEM DATA screens.
8. Wait until a superimposed window appears requesting to remove the ultrafilters (Refer to the Artis
Operator’s Manual to perform the procedure).
9. Remove the water and the dialysis fluid ultrafilters to empty them, then press CONFIRM.
10. Wait until an allarm appears requesting to open the EVACLEAN Doors. Open the EVACLEAN doors.
11. Wait until drain is complete.
12. Close the EvaClean doors.
13. Press CLOSE to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Chapter 8. MAINTENANCE
8.1 General
The Artis Dialysis System must be cleaned as often as required by operating conditions and the facility’s
protocol.
The Artis Dialysis System has been designed to function with a minimum of maintenance. The ambient
conditions, as well as frequency and duration of use determine the required cleaning frequency.
A Top Compartment:
• Video Display
• Led Display Driver Board
• Touch Screen Controller Board
• WIFI Board
• Keyboard Interface Board
• Electronic Rack Access to all Slave and A
Main PC Boards
• Visual Alarm Boards
C
1 2
1
D Base Compartment:
• Lead Batteries
• Wet Sensor
E Connectivity Panel:
• Ethernet Board
• Hour Meter Board
• BPM Board
3 3
USB 4 2
1 1
max 24V 1A max 24V 1A
• Opto Triac
BPM
• Main Switch
• Overtemperature Board E
H H
ET
ERN
ETH
1
3
2 1A
1 24V
3 max
4 1A
24V
max
USB
BPM
Figure 8 - 1
3. Using the same screwdriver, unlock (counterclockwise) the spring mechanism located on the right
side of the machine (See the arrow in the Figure 8-2).
4. Carefully pull up the Top Panel to lift it up.
5. When the Top Panel is completely lifted, it can be rotated in the left direction.
ET
ERN
ETH
3
1
2 1A
3 24V
max
1
4 1A
24V
max
USB
BPM
Figure 8 - 2
Closing
1. Face the display on the front of the machine.
2. Pull the Top panel downwards (see fig. 8-3).
ET
ERN
ETH
3
1
2 1A
3 24V
max
1
4 1A
24V
max
USB
BPM
Figure 8 - 3
3. The spring locking mechanism located on the right side of the machine will secure as the Top
panel is lowered.
4. Ensure that the front Top panel is locked and then lock the latch on the upper back side in the
clockwise direction using a hex screwdriver (see fig. 8-4).
ET
ERN
ETH
1
3
2 1A
1 24V
3 max
4 1A
24V
max
USB
BPM
Figure 8 - 4
5. Plug the power cord to the supply mains and switch on the machine.
ET
ERN
ETH
3
1
2 1A
3 24V
max
1
4 1A
24V
max
USB
BPM
Figure 8 - 5
3. Carefully swing open the Front Blood panel in the left direction (See the Figure 8-6).
Figure 8 - 6
Closing
1. Close the Front Blood panel and ensure that is completely closed.
2. Lock the latch on the right side of the machine in the clockwise direction using a hex screwdriver.
3. Close the Top panel ( see “8.3.1 Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”).
Must be up
USB
BPM
ETH
ERN
ET
4
max 1
24V 3
1A
2
max 1
24V 3
1A
Figure 8 - 7
CONNECTIVITY
PANEL
USB
POWER SUPPLY
BPM ETH
ERN
ET
4
ma 1
COMPARTMENT
x 24V 3
1A
2
ma 1
x 24V 3
1A
UPPER BACK
PANEL
Figure 8 - 8
Closing
1. Close the Upper Back panel of the machine, taking care of the rear jug silicone tubes that must be
routed in their panel slots.
2. Using the hex screwdriver, screw the four screws to fix the Upper Back panel to the machine (See
the arrows in the Figure 8-7).
3. Close the Top panel ( see “8.3.1 Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”).
Figure 8 - 9
4. Using a screwdriver, unscrew (counterclockwise) the two screws that hold the Main Hydraulic
Compartment (See the circles in the figure8-10).
Figure 8 - 10
5. Pull backward the Main Hydraulic Compartment according to the arrow in the Figure 8-11.
Figure 8 - 11
6. On the left side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment, rotate the two pin-locks bringing them in the
horizontal position and then open the left door (See the circles and the detail in the Figure 8-12).
Figure 8 - 12
7. On the right side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment, rotate the two pin-locks bringing them in the
horizontal position and then open the right door (See the circles and the detail in Figure 8-13).
Figure 8 - 13
8. Open completely the right and left doors of the Main Hydraulic Compartment (See the Figure 8-14).
Figure 8 - 14
Closing
NOTE
When closing the main hydraulic compartment and all the panels, ensure that the pH probe cable (if
installed), the Main Power cable and the Rear Disinfectant tubes are not damaged or squeezed
between the machine cabinet.
1. Close the right and left doors of the Main Hydraulic Compartment (See the Figure 8-14).
2. On the right side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment, rotate the two pin-locks bringing them in
vertical position. To lock the right door push the pin-locks until a click sound hears. (See the circles
and the detail in Figure 8-13).
3. On the left side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment, rotate the two pin-locks bringing them in
vertical position. To lock the left door push the pin-locks until a click sound hears. (See the circles
and the detail in the Figure 8-12).
4. Push forward the Main Hydraulic Compartment.
NOTE
During the insertion of the Main Hydraulic Compartment into the machine, ensure that the Acid pick-
up tube, located on the concentrate connectors panel, does not remain pinched between the
machine front bottom panel and the concentrate connectors panel.
5. Using a screwdriver, screw (clockwise) the two screws that hold the Main Hydraulic Compartment
(See the circles in the figure 8-10).
6. Fix the Rear panel.
7. Using a flat screwdriver, screw (clockwise) the four hexagonal nuts to fix the Rear panel to the
machine (See the circles in the figure 8-9).
8. Close the Top panel ( see “8.3.1 Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”).
1 2
1 2
Figure 8 - 15
3. Before opening the Left Side compartment, it is necessary to open the Top panel (see “8.3.1 Top
Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”) and the Upper Back panel (see “8.3.3 Connectivity
Panel and Power Supply Compartments Opening/Closing Instructions”).
NOTE
To access the interior side of the machine left panel, it is necessary to open the Top Panel, the
Connectivity Panel and Power Supply Compartment.
4. Using the screwdriver, unscrew (counterclockwise) the internal screw located behind the
Connectivity Panel and on the right of the Power Supply compartment (See the circle in the Figure
8-16).
Figure 8 - 16
5. From the front side of the machine, unscrew (counterclockwise) the internal screw that secures the
Left Panel, located just above the Cassette panel (See the circle in the Figure 8-17).
Figure 8 - 17
6. Using the screwdriver, unscrew (counterclockwise) the three external screws that secure the Left
panel, as indicated by the circles in the Figure 8-18.
Figure 8 - 18
7. The Left panel can now be swing open, as indicated by the arrow in the Figure 8-19.
Figure 8 - 19
Closing
1. Close the Left panel.
2. Using the screwdriver, screw (clockwise) the three external screws to secure the Left panel, as
indicated by the circles in the Figure 8-18.
3. From the front side of the machine, screw (clockwise) the internal screw that secures the Left
Panel, located just above the Cassette panel (See the circle in the Figure 8-17).
4. Using the screwdriver, screw (clockwise) the internal screw located behind the Connectivity Panel
and on the right of the Power Supply compartment (See the circle in the Figure 8-16).
5. Close the Upper Back panel (see “8.3.3 Connectivity Panel and Power Supply Compartments
Opening/Closing Instructions”).
6. Close the Top panel ( see “8.3.1 Top Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions”).
7. Position the Dialyzer Holder back in place.
Closing
3. Fix the Battery cover with the four screws.
4. Position the concentrate tray in place and let it self adjusting.
5. Ensure that it is correctly retained by the magnets.
Figure 8 - 20
NOTE
After the tie wrap removal procedure, the silicone connector has to be replaced with a new one in
order to prevent any fluid leakages in the hydraulic circuit.
Figure 8 - 21
• Verify that the tie wrap installation tool is compatible with tie wrap gauge and it is set with the right ten-
sile value to fix the tie wrap (see Figure 8-22).
Figure 8 - 22
• Install the tie wrap and before applying the tie wrap installation tool, be sure that the tie wrap is prop-
erly closed (see Figure 8-23).
Figure 8 - 23
• Be sure that the tie wrap installation tool is perpendicular to the axis of the hydraullic connection
where the tie wrap has to be installed (see Figure 8-24).
Figure 8 - 24
NOTE
In all the positions that are less accessible for the tie wrap installation, it's suggested to position and
close the tie wrap first manually and then to straighten it by using the Tie wrap installation tool.
NOTE
To ensure the machine's reliability, it is highly recommended to use the Tie wrap installation tool to
close correctly the tie wraps.
• In the Service 2 menu, the "CCK Configuration" parameter must be set as follows:
1. "One Concentrate Connector" if the Front Central Concentrate Connector Port 1 must be used
2. "Two Concentrate Connector" if the Front Central Concentrate Connector Port 2 must be used
• In the Service 2 menu, the proper Acid solution formulas must be preset in order to make them avail-
able on the Fluid Settings sub-screen.
Two different Acid solution formulas can be delivered by the Central Concentrate Supply System.
NOTE
The two machine central concentrate tubes, i.e. tubes connecting the Rear Concentrate
Connector Ports 1 and 2 to the Front Central Concentrate Ports 1 and 2, are not included in any
Automatic Disinfection/Rinse process of the machine, except Rinse CCK, and they are an
integral part of the Central Concentrate Supply system. The manufacturer is not responsible for
the cleaning of those two tubes.
NOTE
In AFB K configuration, it is not possible to set the "Two Concentrate Connector" option in the
CCK Configuration selectpad since this central concentrate connector port is not available on
the AFB K Concentrate Connector Panel.
• Infusion Clamp
• Sensor Bar
• Air detector
• Blood sensors
• Hemoscan sensor
• SN pressure sensor
• Dialyzer holder
• Touch Screen
• Card reader
Particles and dust on the external surface of the machine can be removed with a soft cloth or brush.
All other deposits can be removed with a soft cloth dipped in the following detergent/disinfectant
solutions:
• Ethanol (60% or 70%).
• Isopropanol 60%.
• Sodium hypochlorite (NaCIO) of 1,5% available chlorine, except for the Touch Screen, Arterial
and Venous Pumps, Air Detector, Blood Sensor, Hemoscan Sensor, Arterial and Venous Line
Clamps and Infusion Clamp.
! WARNING
To clean the Touch Screen use ONLY the following disinfectants:
• Ethanol (60 or 70%).
• Isopropanol (60%).
! WARNING
To clean the external surface of the Artis Dialysis System, use only disinfectants/detergents
suggested in this Service Manual.
Use of other chemicals to clean the Artis Dialysis System might cause ineffective disinfection
or damage the plastic parts of the machine.
In particular, avoid chemicals containing benzene, toluene, xylene, acetone or similar solvents.
NOTE
Any liquid spilt on the machine must immediately be removed to prevent it from seeping into
the machine.
NOTE
DO NOT immerse the machine components listed in the table above in disinfectant solutions.
NOTE
In case salt deposits are present on the Sensor Bar, the machine could not be able to detect the
Sensor Bar door status (opened/closed).
To avoid this, carefully clean the Sensor Bar.
NOTE
If residual detergent/disinfectant remains on the surface of the machine after external cleaning,
it has to be removed with a soft cloth dipped in water to avoid damaging or discoloring the
plastic parts of the machine.
Detergents/disinfectants have to be removed from the external surface of the machine only
after the minimum dwell time for cleaning is elapsed (refer to the detergent/disinfectant
instructions for use for the minimum dwell time recommended to guarantee an effective
cleaning).
• Flip open the rotor crank and remove the arterial pump rotor by rotating the crank (counter clockwise)
and by pulling it outwards at the same time until the rotor completely slides out off the rotor shaft.
Clean the rotor with a spray cleaner or a wet lint-free cleaning cloth.
Rotor assembling:
Position the rotor on the shaft in the right position and press it to the machine and then close the crank
until a click sound hears.
Close the Arterial pump cover.
• Flip open the rotor crank and remove the venous pump rotor by rotating the crank (counter clockwise)
and by pulling it outwards at the same time until the rotor completely slides out off the rotor shaft.
Clean the rotor with a spray cleaner or a wet lint-free cleaning cloth.
Rotor assembling:
Position the rotor on the shaft in the right position and press it to the machine and then close the crank
until a click sound hears.
Close the Venous pump cover.
NOTE
The length of the immersion depends on the disinfection solution used.
2. Thoroughly rinse them with treated water to remove all disinfectant residuals, prior to using them
during dialysis.
The frequency of this cleaning procedure depends on the use of the machine, on the operating
conditions and the ambient conditions.
! WARNING
To prevent cross-contamination problems caused, for example, by blood leakage from the
blood line or from the dialyzer, the following external components of the machine must be
cleaned:
• Dialysis Fluid Connectors;
• Concentrate Connectors.
! WARNING
To prevent damage to the components listed above, DO NOT leave them immersed in the
disinfectant solution for a prolonged period; the proper immersion time is related to the
disinfectant dilution used.
When the dilution is the same as that used in the machine during disinfection programs, follow
the same time limits:
• 4 hours for: Amuchina, Instrunet HD and Sodium Hypochlorite at Disinfectant strength
(1:25 dilution);
• 24 hours for: Dialox, Acetoper, Peresal, Actril and Renalin;
• One week for: Sodium Hypochlorite at Bacteriostatic strength (1:750 dilution).
(For further information refer to the “ Chapter 13. SPECIFICATIONS” of this service manual).
• The Touch Screen is temporarily disabled (12 seconds) allowing the operator to clean it
3. Clean the Touch Screen with a soft cloth.
After 12 seconds have elapsed the Touch Screen is automatically enabled again.
! WARNING
A damaged pump rotor will not work properly. This could result in patient serious injury. Visually
inspect the pump rotors each time you load any of Infusion, Ultra, SNDP or Blood Cassettes.
If the pump rotor is damaged, DO NOT use the machine for treatment, DO NOT repair and call
for service.
• Damage to the arterial and venous pressure transducers and that their surface is smooth.
NOTE
If any of the damage listed above is noted, DO NOT use the Artis Dialysis System, until the
damage has been repaired and the machine is in proper working condition
8.10 Storage
When the machine is planned not to be in use for a long period of time, it must be kept in a safe place
such as a closet free from dust:
• Avoid storing in busy areas where the machine may be moved or knocked over.
• Avoid storing in conditions of high humidity.
If the machine will be stored for an extended period, it is suggested to carry out a chemical bacteriostatic
disinfection at least once per week. To perform chemical disinfection refer to “12.3.5 Bacteriostatic
Chemical Disinfection with Low Peracetic” paragraph of the Artis Operator’s manual.
! WARNING
Stagnant water may contaminate the machine. If machine is stored for more than 7 days, the
water line should be disinfected and rinsed.
! WARNING
After a prolonged period of storage, Service must be called to return the machine to proper
working order.
Storage at temperatures below 0 °C is allowed only if the hydraulic circuit has been completely
emptied.
! WARNING
No other maintenance procedures than those mentioned above will be performed by the
operator of the machine. The machine panels must ONLY be opened by a fully trained service
technician.
! WARNING
Stagnant water may contaminate the machine. If the machine is stored for more than 7 days, the
water tube should be disinfected and rinsed.
! WARNING
The manufacturer does not accept any responsibility for damages caused by any operation
carried out on the machine by unauthorized staff.
! WARNING
Before replacing or checking any component in the Hydraulic Circuit, a Descaling procedure (i.e.
a Heat with CleanCart-C disinfection) must be performed.
The two Preventive Maintenance programs must be performed alternatingly each 4.000 hours or once a
year, whichever comes first.
Follow the schedule in the table below for a correct maintenance of the Artis Dialysis System:
NOTE
Each part present in the “Maintenance Kit1 AE” and “Maintenance Kit2 AE” is also available as
single spare part kit.
For the complete list of all the components that have to be checked and/or replaced and for the
complete description of the required test and calibration procedures, refer to the Preventive
Maintenance Checklist provided with each Preventive Maintenance Kit.
For detailed instructions of the replacement procedures of the single spare part kits, refer to the related
Instruction Sheet described in the Preventive Maintenance Booklet.
• after replacements of components (spare parts) and after installation of upgrading kit/accessories
where applicable (in order to identify which tests apply refer to the related Instruction for Use or to the
Illustrated spare part catalogue)
Additionally if the equipment has been exposed to unexpected electrical events on the main supply or
unintentional contact of electrical parts with fluid has occurred, a full Electrical Safety Inspection shall be
performed.
If any of the steps fails, a technical intervention is needed in order to restore the safety condition of the
machine. After the technical intervention, the steps shall be repeated until the result of evaluation is
positive. If the technical intervention could impact any of the other ESI steps, these steps shall be
repeated.
To avoid premature aging of isolation material no insulation resistance test shall be performed during
ESI.
During the visual inspection of the equipment, the service technician shall check for potential faults
related to the electrical safety of the machine.
The purpose of the PET test is to verify that the protective earthed parts of the machine are properly
connected to protective earth, providing a safe low electrical potential on these parts in case of
insulation loss.
The purpose of the ELT/PLT tests is to verify that non-functional leakage currents to operator and
patient are within safe limits.
The purpose of the functional checks is to verify normal machine operation after the technical
intervention.
! WARNING
When performing the ESI, which requires access to the interior of the machine, the service
technician shall have proper electrostatic safety devices (i.e. wrist grounding straps or grounding
mats) in place to prevent damage to electrostatic sensitive components within the machine.
The results of the ESI steps shall be documented as per IEC 62353.
NOTE
Considering the dialysis system electrical architecture, the test methods of IEC 60601-11 for
leakage currents measurements are compliant and suitable also for the coverage of IEC 623532
requirements.
In particular:
earth leakage current and patient leakage current measurement methods as per IEC 60601-1 are
suitable for coverage of IEC 62353 equipment leakage current;
applied part leakage current measurement method as per IEC 62353 is not applicable due to the
electrical architecture of the dialysis system.
NOTE
In case of replacement or installation of a component, only steps potentially concerned by the
replacement or installation shall be performed. Refer to the technical document provided with
spare parts or upgrading kit /accessories.
Moreover, the visual inspection is extended to these parts, if other parts of the machine are
disconnected or removed to allow the replacement of the component.
1. IEC 60601-1: Medical electrical equipment - Part 1: General requirements for basic safety and essential
performance
2. IEC 62353: Medical electrical equipment - Recurrent test and test after repair of medical electrical equipment
NOTE
The machine shall not be connected to supply mains during testing.
Test equipment
According to IEC 62353 with alternate current
NOTE
To avoid electrical shock hazard the test shall be performed by a trained and qualified technician,
the instrument used for the test shall comply with the IEC 62353 and/or IEC 610103.
Check that the resistance between the protective earth connection of the mains plug and the following
points:
does not exceed 300 mΩ (200 mΩ in the case if installation of the machine or replacement of the power
cord).
Compare the current value with the measured resistance value at the last4 ESI and evaluate if the
changes are acceptable or not for the next operational period of the machine.
NOTE
In case of replacement of a component that is protectively earthed, the test shall be performed
between the protective earth connection of the mains plug and the connection to earth of the
component.
Moreover, if other protectively earthed parts of the machine are disconnected or removed to allow
the substitution of the component, the protective earth connection of these parts shall be checked
through PET as well.
3. IEC 61010: Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control and laboratory use.
4. In case of ESI at installation of the machine or after replacement of power cord, the comparison with previous
readings is not necessary since the test limit is already lowered to 200 mΩ.
Measurement point: Rear side, Power Supply Measurement point: Rear side, Connectivity
Compartment Panel, Potential Equalization Connector.
BPM
Figure 1 Figure 2
Measurement point: Rear side, boards area Measurement point: Rear side, Main Hydraulic
Compartment, hydraulic rack
Protective Board
Blood Board
Figure 3 Figure 4
Measurement point: Rear side, Main Hydraulic Measurement point: Front Blood Panel
Compartment, Heater element
Figure 5 Figure 6
Figure 7
Test equipment
• A Safety Tester set to measure according to IEC 60601-1
NOTE
For the test purpose only, make sure that the drain tube is not connected to an earthed water system.
Connection to earth of drain tubes might affect leakage current readings.
2. Perform the test with all enclosure parts of the machine assembled.
3. Connect the Artis dialysis system to the outlet supply of the safety tester.
NOTE
To avoid electrical shock hazard the test shall be performed by a trained and qualified technician,
the instrument used for the test shall comply with the IEC 62353 and/or IEC 61010.
Safety
Feed water tester
dialysis system
Supply
Drain mains
Mains voltage to
the dialysis system
4. Central concentrate delivery systems should not be used. Use either liquid or non-liquid concentrates.
5. No other external equipment than that specified in this instruction should be connected to the
machine.
6. The parts of the machine and the disposables must not be in contact with any external earth.
5. IEC 60601-1 limits are 500µA in N.C and 1000µA in SFC (300µA both in NC and SFC for 100/115 V according
to US National deviation).
The limits were reduced with respect to the values reported by the standard in order to allow detection of
deviations to the reference values (due to a process of deterioration) and to avoid the need of normalization
to mains nominal voltages.
The limits related to 100/115 V were not lowered since on the latest version of the standard there are no more
US National deviations related to earth leakage current limits.
NOTE
• Make sure that the machine does not perform a calibration (autocalibration) during the
measurements.
Patient
leakage
current Safety
Dialysis fluid tubes
tester
dialysis system
PLT Supply
Access- mains
point
Dialysis fluid tubes
Mains voltage to
the dialysis system
Figure 8 - 25
In case central venous catheters (CVC) are applied to atrial location (only for Artis/Evosys with
equipotential kit):
6. IEC 60601-1 limits are 100µAa.c. and 10µAd.c. in N.C. and 500µAa.c. and 50µAd.c. in SFC.
The limits were reduced with respect to the values reported by the standard in order to allow detection of
deviations to the reference values (due to a process of deterioration) and to avoid the need of normalization to
mains nominal voltages.
The limits related to NC in d.c. were not lowered since the variation is negligible with regard to the typical
instruments accuracy.
7. IEC 60601-2-16* limits for CVC are 10µAa.c and 10µAd.c. and 50µAa.c. and 50µAd.c. in SFC. The limits were
reduced with respect to the values reported by the standard in order to allow detection of deviations to the
reference values (due to a process of deterioration) and to avoid the need of normalization to mains nominal
voltages.
The limits related to NC were not lowered since the variation is negligible with regard to the typical instruments
accuracy.
* IEC 60601-2-16: Medical electrical equipment - part 2-16: Particular requirements for basic safety and
essential performace of haemodialysis, haemodiafiltration and haemofiltration equipment.
In order to identify what functional checks apply (based on the kind of intervention) refer to the technical
documents provided respectively for:
b. Preventive maintenance;
NOTE
Restore the condition for normal use after completion of the functional check (enclosure,
covers...).
PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE
REPLACEMENT OF COMPONENTS
Machine identification
Product Code
Serial Number
Serial Number
Visual inspection
A visual inspection of the dialysis machine has been performed without any remarks, according to the
specified instruction in section "Visual inspection":
Remark:
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________
8. Acceptance criteria valid only for the installation of the machine or replacement of the power cord.
Measured
Description Acceptance Criteria PASS FAIL
value
File the highest ……….µA ≤400µAa.c. (220/230/240 V)
measured earth
leakage current, ≤300µAa.c. (100/115 V)
normal condition
(N.C.) reading
according to section
ELT
The measure with reverse polarity of the mains plug is not applicable for 100/115 V version.
Measured Acceptance
Description PASS FAIL
value Criteria
File the highest measured ……….µAdc <=10µAd.c.
patient leakage current,
normal condition (N.C.) ……….µAac <=10µAa.c.
reading according to
section PLT
The measure with reverse polarity of the mains plug is not applicable for 100/115 V version.
Measured Acceptance
Description PASS FAIL
value Criteria
File the highest measured ……….µAdc <=10µAd.c.
patient leakage current,
normal condition (N.C.) ……….µAac <=10µAa.c.
reading according to
section PLT
The measure with reverse polarity of the mains plug is not applicable for 100/115 V version.
Functional check
The ESI is positive evaluated only if all the steps are PASS (Visual Inspection, PET, ELT, PLT tests and
Functional Check).
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
This record is to be designed and filled by the Service Technician responsible for the electrical
safety inspection.
All the service data pages have the same number of rows, but different numbers of columns.
The number of rows and the number of columns of each page are the following:
number of rows 34 34 34 34
number of columns 5 6 6 3
LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row
HYDRAULIC MODULE
1-02 D1c flow Flow measured by D1c flowmeter - Actual flow ml/min
1-04 D2c flow Flow measured by D2C flowmeter - Actual flow ml/min
PROTECTIVE MODULE
1-03 D1P flow Flow measured by D1P flowmeter - Actual flow ml/min
1-05 D2P flow Flow measured by D2P flowmeter - Actual flow ml/min
1-07 WLR actual Weight Loss Rate Instant Value (D2P -D1P) ml/min
1-23 PSel Freq The value of Select pump frequency measured from the PR SS Hz
HYDRAULIC MODULE
PROTECTIVE MODULE
2-02 Cond Sel. Select Conductivity read on the PRSS sensor mS/cm x
100
2-10 Tp Temperature value of the dialysis liquid just after the final °C x 10
"protective conductivity" probe
HYDRAULIC MODULE
3-31 Inf rate sp Set Value Infusion Pump for blood slave ml/min
PROTECTIVE MODULE
BLOOD MODULE
4-01 Blood Phase Running phases (same coding of W0 LSB process message): phase
0 idle
1 configuration status
2 priming / rinsing lines
3 wait for patient connection
4 patient connection
5 dialysis treatment
6 stand - by
7 restitution
8 error phase
10 priming / rinsing lines during change filter mode
4-02 Art. Pump Set Arterial pump set value received from Master ml/min
4-04 Art. Blo Acc. Arterial pump acceleration set value ml/(min *s)
4-07 Ven. Pump Set Venous pump set value (expressed in ml/min) received from ml/min
Master
4-09 Ven. Pump Acc. Venous pump acceleration set value [0 to 200 ml/(min*s), step ml/(min
10 ml/(min*s)]. *s)
4-22 Art. Line Pres. Status of arterial patient line under arterial line clamp Yes/No
4-23 Ven. Line Pres. Status of venous patient line under venous line clamp Yes/No
PROTECTIVE MODULE
4-22 Art. Line Pres. Status of arterial patient line under arterial line clamp Yes/No
4-23 Ven. Line Pres. Status of venous patient line under venous line clamp Yes/No
4-30 VLine ABD Status of Venous Patient Line inside AD Sensor No/Yes
4-32 Blood Pres Used to describe the Blood Sensor status: OFF/ON
ON -> Blood seen by the sensor (patient connect)
OFF -> Saline solution (patient not connect)
4-33 Safety Act Describe the Blood Sensor safety activation: OFF/ON
OFF - Safety not activated
ON - Safety activated
This parameter is relevant in accord to Blood Pres:
1. Blood Pres ON Safety Act ON - blood presence and
Patient connected
2. Blood Pres ON Safety Act OFF - blood presence detected
and Patient not connected
3. Blood Pres OFF Safety Act OFF - no blood presence
detected and no Patient connected
4. Blood Pres OFF Safety Act ON - no blood presence (water,
saline..) and Patient connected
HYDRAULIC MODULE
5-08 stkD1CcmpFA D1C mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.
5-09 stkD2CcmpFA D2C mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.
PROTECTIVE MODULE
5-08 stkD1CcmpFA D1C mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.
5-09 stkD2CcmpFA D2C mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.
5-10 stkD1PcmpFA D1P mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.
5-11 stkD2PcmpFA D2P mass stroke calculated in the following condition: 37°C, g x 10000
C295 bag with Sodium set = 140 mmol and Bicarbonate set = 34
mmol.
5-13 MemWLErrK Weight Loss Error based on stroke drift loaded from EEPROM g
5-17 MB ErrComp Weight Loss Error based on temperature compensation (only for g
debug use)
HYDRAULIC MODULE
1-09 End Bicart BCTE ( BICART AND Select mode SWBK ) ON/OFF
1-34 POL leak detect Ultra Port leakage detector Status Air/Water
HYDRAULIC MODULE
2-01 Caddy Bic The final prescribed bicarbonate concentration (bicarbonatemia) mmol/l*10
in the patient plasma
2-03 Sensor 1 ctrl Hydraulic slave sensors control flags word 1 bit
2-04 Sensor 2 ctrl Hydraulic slave sensors control flags word 2 bit
2-05 Sensor 3 ctrl Hydraulic slave sensors control flags word 3 bit
BLOOD MODULE
3-03 Blood Msg Num message progressive number: is the same of the last master -
message (idle, process, configuration)
3-04 Hardkey Count blood pump hard-key press counter, position of RESUME KEY -
PRESSED COUNTER
3-08 Sensor 1 Actual status of the devices supervised by the Blood Slave -
3-09 Sensor 2 Actual status of the devices supervised by the Blood Slave -
3-15 AC Lin. Speed Actual speed of the heparin pump during the linear mode[s/mm] 4xs/mm
3-16 AC Int. Speed Actual speed of heparin pump during the intermittent / extra- s/mm
bolus mode
3-17 AC Pump Pos. position of the heparin pump (hundredth of millimeter) 100xmm
0 no pump overload
1 pump overload
3-19 SN Avg Flow Average Blood Flow [ml/min] computed in one complete cycle -
(Arterial + Venous) during HD-SN treatment. It is obtained using
the formula = Stroke Volume[ml] * 60 /
(Arterial_Time[s]+Venous_Time[s])
3-20 SN Stroke Vol Blood volume sampled from the patient during the arterial cycle -
in HD-SN treatment
3-23 Ultra Clamp Sts Infusion Clamp position: closed, open Closed/
Open
3-24 Ultra Line Pres. Status of Ultra Connector under the Infusion Clamp: Yes/No
Ultra Connector not inserted under the Infusion Clamp
Ultra Connector inserted under the Infusion Clamp
3-25 Sensor 1 ctrl Blodd slave sensors control flags word 1 bit
3-26 Sensor 2 ctrl Blodd slave sensors control flags word 2 bit
PROTECTIVE MODULE
4-06 T1 visib.al It is used to describe the state of the Visible Alarm T1 test: -
MSB:
0 - Visible Alarm T1 test to be started
1 - Visible Alarm T1 test in progress
2 - Visible Alarm T1 test terminated OK
3 - Visible Alarm T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the Visible
Alarm T1 test
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)
4-07 T1 cut 24V It is used to describe the state of the Cut 24 Volt T1 test: -
MSB:
0 - Cut 24 Volt T1 test to be started
1 - Cut 24 Volt T1 test in progress
2 - Cut 24 Volt T1 test terminated OK
3 - Cut 24 Volt T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the Cut 24
Volt T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)
4-11 T1 ven. press It is used to describe the state of the Venous Pressure T1 test: -
MSB:
0 - Venous Pressure T1 test to be started
1 - Venous Pressure T1 test in progress
2 - Venous Pressure T1 test terminated OK
3 - Venous Pressure T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Venous Pressure T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)
4-12 T1 art.press It is used to describe the state of the Arterial Pressure T1 test: -
MSB:
0 -> Arterial Pressure T1 test to be started
1 -> Arterial Pressure T1 test in progress
2 -> Arterial Pressure T1 test terminated OK
3 -> Arterial Pressure T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Arterial Pressure T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains
the last state that has been successfully executed (last state
succesfully FE)
4-14 T1 hep.pump It is used to describe the state of the Heparine Pump T1 test: -
MSB:
0 - Heparine Pump T1 test to be started
1 - Heparine Pump T1 test in progress
2 - Heparine Pump T1 test terminated OK
3 - Heparine Pump T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Heparine Pump T1 test.
After that the T1 test is terminated this field contains the last
state that has been successfully executed (last state succesfully
FE)
4-15 T1 Inf Switch It is used to describe the state of the Infusion switch sensor T1 -
test:
MSB:
0 - Infusion switch sensor T1 test to be started
1 - Infusion switch sensor T1 test in progress
2 - Infusion switch sensor T1 test terminated OK
3 - Infusion switch sensor T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the T1
Infusion switch sensor T1 test.
After T1 test is terminated this field contains the last state that
has been successfully executed (FE).
4-16 T1 Inf Clamp It is used to describe the state of the Infusion Clamp T1 test: -
MSB:
0 - Infusion Clamp T1 test to be started
1 - Infusion Clamp T1 test in progress
2 - Infusion Clamp T1 test terminated OK
3 - Infusion Clamp T1 test terminated KO
LSB:
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the
Infusion Clamp T1 test.
After T1 test is terminated this field contains the last state that
has been successfully executed (FE).
4-19 T1 temper.ctrl Kind of control on the dialysis fluid flow temperature that has to -
be forced by the Protective Subsystem
Temperature modality = 0 - Protective doesn't control the
temperature
Temperature modality = 1 - Protective requires to force the
temperature to the T1 setpoint (T1 test)
4-20 T1 temper.set The temperature setpoint to be reached for the dialysis fluid flow °C x 10
Temperature regulated on TP sensor
4-21 T1 AP/ABD Kind of control on the dialysis fluid flow temperature that has to -
be forced by the Protective Subsystem
Temperature modality = 0 - Protective doesn't control the
temperature
Temperature modality = 1 - Protective requires to force the
temperature to the T1 setpoint (T1 test)
4-22 T1 EV It is used to describe the Mode of the Electro Valves T1 test and -
to communicate that a particular configuration for the Electro
Valves has been requested by the Protective Subsystem:
MSB MODE
0 -> Valves T1 test to be started
1 -> Valves T1 test in progress
2 -> Valves T1 test terminated OK
3 -> Valves T1 test terminated KO
LSB STATE
Progressive number that indicates the current state
of the Valves T1 test. After that a T1 test is terminated this field
contains the last state that has been successfully executed.
4-24 T1 flowmeters It is used to describe the Mode of the Flow Meters T1 test: -
MSB MODE
0 - Flow Meters T1 test to be started
1 - Flow Meters T1 test in progress
2 - Flow Meters T1 test terminated OK
3 - Flow Meters T1 test terminated KO
LSB STATE
Progressive number that indicates the current state of the Flow
Meters T1 test.
After that a T1 test is terminated this field contains the last state
that has been successfully executed.
4-26 T1 P1 set P1 PUMP T1 TEST SETPOINT: The value of the flow setpoint ml/min
4-28 T1 P2 set P2 PUMP T1 TEST SETPOINT: The value of the flow setpoint ml/min
4-30 T1 VC set Venous Line Clamp T1 test Set Point (LSB) Open/
Closed
PROTECTIVE MODULE
5-03 T1 APump ctrl PART modality = 0 - PART control free (default, no T1 test -
active)
PART modality = 1 - PART control forced to T1 Test Setpoint
(T1 test)
5-04 T1 APump set PART Setpoint: value used to drive the arterial pump during T1 -
test (ml/min)
5-10 T1 Skip Satus The skipping policy decided by the machine. The possible values -
are:
0x0: No skipping of T1 Tests is allowed
0x1: Skipping of T1 Temperature Test is allowed
0x3: Skipping of T1 Temperature Test and T1 Conductivity Test is
allowed.
Skipping of the T1 Temperature Test is decided before fluid
preparation begins. Skipping of the T1 Conductivity Test is decided
during fluid preparation.
5-11 T1Skip SFlags Provides diagnostic information about the decision to skip tests or -
not, using the following bits:
0x01: 0 for first treatment of day;
1 for second and subsequent treatments;
0x02: 0 if CMOS battery is known to have failed;
1 if battery (and date) is believed to be ok ;
0x04: 0 if concentrate combination inconsistent or not yet definitive;
1 if same as previous treatment
0x08: unused
0x10: 0 if T1 Skip feature is disabled in Preset;
1 if enabled
5-12 T1Skip PFlags Provides diagnostic information about the decision to skip tests or -
not, using the following bits:
0x01: 0 for first treatment of day;
1 for second and subsequent treatments
0x02: unused
0x04: 0 if concentrate combination inconsistent or not yet definitive;
1 if same as previous treatment
0x08: 0 for 1st and 5th treatment; 1 for 2nd, 3rd, 4th treatments
(PRT only)
0x10: unused.
5-15 Cond p comp The conductivity acquired from Γp Sel by the Protective after a mS/cm x
compensation through the parameters calculated during the 100
Conductivity T1 test.
5-16 Cond Se comp The final conductivity acquired by the Protective after a mS/cm x
compensation through the parameters calculated during 100
Conductivity T1 test.
5-17 Delta conduct. Delta conductivity, used in conductivity safety criteria mS/cm x
100
5-20 bl.pump teeth The Arterial blood pump number of teeth value read from Arterial dec
blood pump teeth (number per turn)
5-21 BLD Value It describes the value acquired normalized to a byte by the Blood -
Leakage Detector
(128) min intensity for BLD LED
(224) max intensity for BLD LED
(208) warning level for BLD LED
(248) BLD receiver max value
5-22 Sensors 1/2 It describes the digital sensors value read on the Protective -
System digital sensors Distrib Central Bic, Distrib Central Acid1,
Distrib Central Acid2, Venous Clamp Position, EVR1, EVDS1,
EVD2, EVBP2, EV2, EVDrain, Air Presence, AP Stop, Venous
Line Switch
5-23 Sensors 2/2 It describes the digital sensors value read on the Protective -
System digital sensors Distrib Central Bic, Distrib Central Acid1,
Distrib Central Acid2, Venous Clamp Position, EVR1, EVDS1,
EVD2, EVBP2, EV2, EVDrain, Air Presence, AP Stop, Venous
Line Switch
5-24 pH Value It describes pH value of the dialysis fluid read on the sensor x 100
PROTECTIVE MODULE
6-17 SSS Req It is used to describe the Specific Safe State requested for the -
current alarm situation
6-18 SSS Unsat It is used to describe the Unsatisfied Specific Safe States for the -
current alarm situation
6-19 GSS Attrib2 It is used to describe the causes of General Safe State from the -
Protective System
6-20 GSS Attrib It is used to describe the causes of General Safe State from the -
Protective System
6-26 Uns.ArtStop Unsatisfied blood pump stop specific safe state request ON/OFF
6-27 Uns.VenStop Unsatisfied infusion pump stop specific safe state request ON/OFF
6-29 Uns.VCCls Unsatisfied Venous line clamp close specific safe state request ON/OFF
6-30 Uns.VCClsABD Unsatisfied Venous line clamp close by AD specific safe state ON/OFF
request
6-31 Uns.ArtStpABD Unsatisfied blood pump stop by AD specific safe state request ON/OFF
6-32 Uns.VenStpABD Unsatisfied infusion pump stop by AD specific safe state request ON/OFF
6-33 Uns.No Proceed Unsatisfied No proceed specific safe state request ON/OFF
BIO MODULE
1-24 Bvm Status Hgb: status bit 0-3: hgb acquisition channel status (echo) -
bit 4: on board calibration disk presence(echo)
1-28 Scale Weight Scale weight value of the Bio slave Subsystem -
DIASCAN MODULE
2-30 Debug W1 / -
2-31 Debug W2 / -
2-32 Debug W3 / -
2-33 Debug W4 / -
HMCTRL
3-01 Treat. Time Hemocontrol: Treatment time of the last calculation min*10
3-16 Bv/Twl error n-1 Hemocontrol: BV - Twl error step n-1 (*100) -
3-18 Bv/Ne error n-1 Hemocontrol: BV - equivalent sodium concentration error step -
n-1 (*100)
3-20 Start treat. Ufr Hemocontrol: Start Treatment UF rate (*1000) litre/hour
3-26 Start treat. Na Hemocontrol: Start Treatment Sodium Concentration (*10) mEq/l
MISCELLANEOUS
4-01 TWL Error TWL= UF Vol. Set - acc.UF Vol. estimated at the end of Tx. ml
SOFTWARE
5-02 UF Start / -
5-22 SW TP 3 / -
5-23 Cartr. Subph Describes the actual Cartridges priming/ Emptying subphase -
number
5-29 SW TP 10 / -
5-30 UC Aborted / -
5-31 UC Timer / -
5-32 SW TP 13 / -
5-33 SW TP 14 / -
COMM
6-05 FO status msg Describes if the Foxalis status message protocol is activated ON/OFF
6-06 FO m/s comm. Describes if the Foxalis master slave protocol is activated ON/OFF
6-07 Bedscale comm. Describes if the machine communicates with the bed scale ON/OFF
device
LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row
SW VER
LOCAT.
PARAMETER DESCRIPTION UNIT
column-row
VALUE
2-11 Max Int Rcv Maximum number of received (or sent) packets per tick -
VALUE
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
General by / Ven. Pump Arterial Pump Ven. Clamp Inf.Clamp Ven. Pump
safe state pass Stop (AD) Stop (AD) Closed (AD) Closed (AD) Stop
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
States: 0 Satisfied
1 Unsatisfied
/ free
Sensor 1/2
Is used to describe the digital sensors value, read on the Protective System.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
/ → free
Sensor 2/2
Is used to describe the digital sensors value, read on the Protective System.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
OSSO1 EVS EVD EVC EVA PTS Venous Art. Clamp Art. Clamp
Line position Line
/ → free
Sensor 1
Status of the sensors acquired by the Hydraulic System.
Bit Description
12 1000H - LFD
11 0800H - SCTE (and select bag in Select Mode SWSeK)
10 0400H - AFB (AFB mode)
9 0200H - ACE ( Select Mode SWAK )
8 0100H - SWCON
7 0080H - CLDI
6 0040H - PFS
5 0020H - PO
4 0010H - PI
3 0008H - LD2
2 0004H - LD1
Bit Description
1 0002H - LP
Sensor 2
Status of the sensors acquired by the Hydraulic System.
Bit Description
14 4000H - SWDCSIN
13 2000H - PDG
12 1000H - SWSeK1
10 0400H - SWDCSOUT
9 0200H - SWSeK2
8 0100H - PDRAIN
7 0080H - SWLOWUF1
6 0040H - SWAK
5 0020H - SWB
4 0010H - SWA
3 0008H - SWLOWUF2
2 0004H - SWBK
1 0002H - LFP
0 0001H - SWP
Sensor 3
Status of the sensors acquired by the Hydraulic System.
Bit Description
15 8000H - SWPOL
14 4000H - SWAFB
13 2000H - SWBC
12 1000H - SWA1C
11 0800H - SWA2C
10 0400H - SWCON2
9 0200H - SWUFCOVL
8 0100H - SWUFCOVR
Bit Description
Valves 1
Status of the sensors acquired by the Hydraulic System.
Bit Description
15 Free
14 Free
13 Free
12 Free
11 Free
10 0400H - EVBHE
9 0200H - WATVAL
8 0100H - EVW1
7 0080H - EVDRAIN
6 0040H - EVW2
5 0020H - EVBP2
4 0010H - EVPRIM1
3 0008H - EVPRIM
2 0004H - EVS
1 0002H - EVC
0 0001H - EVD
Valves 2
Status of the sensors acquired by the Hydraulic System.
Bit Description
15 8000H - EVH20
14 4000H - EVHE
13 2000H - EVDS2
12 1000H - EVDEG
11 0800H - EV1S
10 0400H - EVP
9 0200H - EVD1
8 0100H - EVA
7 0080H - EVPB
6 0040H - EVPS
5 0020H - EVDS1
4 0010H - EVD2
3 0008H - EVPA
2 0004H - EVFLUSH
1 0002H - EV2
0 0001H - EVR1
Sensor 1
Status of the sensors acquired by the Blood Slave Board.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
/ / / / / DRAIN_ / INF_CLAMP_
VALVE LUC
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
SN_VALVE ONLINE_ DN_VALVE HD_ AIR_COMPR PRESSURE_ ONLINE door BVS-AD door
SWITCH SWITCH ESSOR SWITCH
Bit Description
15 Free
14 Free
13 Free
12 Free
Bit Description
11 Free
9 Free
Sensor 2
Status of the sensors acquired by the Blood Slave Board.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
/ / / / / / HEPARIN_ HEPARIN_
UP_LIMIT LOW_LIMIT
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit Description
15 Free
14 Reserved
13 Reserved
12 Reserved
11 Reserved
10 Reserved
Hexadecimal numbers
Decimal numbers
XX and YY are used to communicate information about the Software and Bootrom version (Major and
Build identifiers)
ZZZZ: is used to communicate information about the machine hardware configuration (RAM and
Compact Flash size). Translate the hexadecimal read value into binary value.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit Description
QQQQ: is used to communicate information about the machine software configuration. Translate the
hexadecimal read value into binary value.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
Bit Description
• Visual alarm signal issued by the Status Lights at the top of the machine;
NOTE
If more than one alarm occurs at the same time, they are automatically prioritized by the system.
The machine will restart the interrupted action only after all the alarms have been solved.
Alarm Signals are triggered as soon as the alarm condition is detected by the Alarm Management
System.
! WARNING
If in your dialysis facility equipments with different alarm systems are installed, pay attention to the
potential hazards associated to a not correct evaluation of the alarms generated by the different
equipments.
There are three alarm messages priorities: High, Medium and Low.
Each alarm priority is represented by a set of specific properties which are:
HIGH PRIORITY
MEDIUM PRIORITY
LOW PRIORITY
In case that more alarms with different priorities are triggered at the same time, they are displayed in
two different tabs according to their priority:
• Red tab: displays alarms with high priority
• Yellow tab: displays alarms with medium and low priority. The alarms with medium priority are
displayed above the alarms with low priority
NOTE
In each tab, no more than three alarms at a time can be displayed. The Scroll Buttons can be
used to scroll the alarm list.
In this case, the Alarm Management System will automatically trigger the Auditory and Visual Alarm
signals and will show the Alarm Message tab related to the alarm(s) with higher priority.
The operator will be anyway able to:
• visualize all the alarms with the same priority using the scroll buttons;
• visualize all the alarms with different priorities using the two colour-coded tabs at the bottom of the
Alarm/Information Message Area.
Each time the Alarm/Information Message Area is displayed, if one of the tabs is empty it is grey-
coloured. Otherwise, if the tab contains at least one alarm/information message it is highlighted, according
to the specific colour related to the priority level.
For further details on the Alarm/Information Message Area refer to the “Alarm/Information Messages
Area” section of the Operator’s Manual.
NOTE
The Volume measures have been performed in compliance with the IEC 60601-1-8
standard.
When alarms of this type occur the Alarm Management System only displays the Main Alarm(s) in the
Alarm/Information Message Area.
The table below lists the Main Alarms managed by the Artis Alarm Management System:
Notification
Smartscan Message
In case that Alarms and Information Signals are triggered at the same time, the Alarm Management
System will automatically trigger the Auditory and Visual Alarm signals and will show the Alarm Message
tab related to the alarm(s) with higher priority.
In this case, the operator will be anyway able to:
• visualize all the alarms with the same priority using the scroll buttons;
• visualize all the alarms with different priorities using the two colour-coded tabs at the bottom of the
Alarm/Information Message Area;
• visualize all the Information Signals using the blue colour-coded tab at the bottom of the Alarm/Infor-
mation Message Area.
If alarms are not present, the tabs are grey-coloured. Otherwise, they are highlighted, according to the
specific colour related to the priority level.
For further details on the Alarm/Information Message Area refer to the “Alarm/Information Messages
Area” section of the Operator’s Manual.
Configuration of the Auditory Information Signals volume has to be performed by a qualified Service
technician.
Each Auditory Information Signal is composed by a single tune issued every 90 seconds.
NOTE
The Volume measures have been performed in compliance with the IEC 60601-1-8 standard.
• CONFIRM
• OVERRIDE
• RESET
• ACKNOWLEDGED
9.6.4.1 Mute
It is possible to temporarily (for about 2 minutes) deactivate the Auditory Alarm Signal, by pressing the
MUTE key on the Hard Key Panel.
The temporary deactivation of the Auditory Alarm Signal is possible only for alarm condition present at
the moment of the operator action.
• It is important to consider that during the MUTE status:
• The LED on the MUTE key switches ON.
• The Auditory Alarm Signal is deactivated.
• The Visual Alarm Signal remains active.
• The Message remains displayed in the Alarm/Information Message Area.
It is possible to remove the MUTE status:
• Automatically: when the time has elapsed.
• Manually: pressing again the MUTE key.
NOTE
If a new alarm is triggered, different from the previous one, during a MUTE status, the MUTE status
will be automatically removed.
MUTE ICON
This icon appears on the Alarm/Information Message Area when the mute function is activated by the
operator pressing the related key on the Hard Key Panel:
At the top of this icon, a Progress Bar is displayed showing the remaining time of the mute function.
9.6.4.2 Confirm
The CONFIRM operation forces a removing of the Information Signal. It clears the Auditory Information
Signals.
After having looked over the Information Signal, the operator can confirm the Information Signal
pressing the CONFIRM button, displayed on the right top side of the Alarm/Information Message Area.
The CONFIRM button that appears in the Alarm/Information Message Area is referenced by the
following symbol:
9.6.4.3 Override
The Artis Dialysis System allows to Override only the alarm related to a Blood Leak Detection.
The Override of this alarm can be performed to give the possibility to ignore it and to continue the
treatment. It is useful every time a recovery of a dangerous situation requires the machine working, to
reactivate some functionality that was stopped due to the alarm presence.
To override the alarm, press the OVERRIDE button displayed in the Alarm/Information Message Area
when the Blood in Dialysis Fluid alarm is triggered.
It is important to consider that during an override period:
• Some of the safety mechanisms are disabled for a limited period of time (about 2 minutes);
If one or more additional faults cause an alarm during the Override state, the description relative to
each fault is displayed in the Alarm/Information Message Area.
! WARNING
During an Override status, the operator is responsible for monitoring of the parameters that have
been overridden.
9.6.4.4 Reset
Automatic Reset
Some alarms can be automatically RESET by the machine when there are no more failures.
The RESET operation consists of an automatic removing of the alarm after that the conditions that
generated the alarm are satisfied again for a specified time interval dependent on the alarm itself.
After an automatic reset, the Auditory and Visible Alarm Signals are cleared and the functionalities
previously stopped are restored again.
Manual Reset
Some alarms can be manually reset pressing the RESET button that appears in the Alarm/Information
Message Area.
This button is referenced by the following symbol:
! WARNING
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm only after having removed the causes of the alarm.
Refer to the related troubleshooting for a detailed description of how to remove the alarm cause.
9.6.5 Acknowledged
The ACKNOWLEDGED operation allows to remove the Auditory Alarm Signal, the 4 meter Visual Alarm
Signal and the alarm message displayed in the Alarm/Information Message Area of an alarm condition that
still exists. A specific icon representing the alarm condition remains visible on the System Icon Area from a
distance of 1 meter.
This operation can be performed to give the possibility to ignore the alarm condition and to continue the
treatment.
In the ARTIS Dialysis System only the following alarms can be ACKNOWLEDGED: “Backup battery
failure” (#183), “No Power - Using Battery Backup” (#415), “T1 Test Acoustical Buzzer Failed” (#438) and
“T1 Test Acoustic Speaker” (#451).
After the alarm has been triggered, the operator can perform the ACKNOWLEDGED operation pressing
the CONFIRM button, displayed on the right top side of the Alarm/Information Message Area
The CONFIRM button that appears in the Alarm/Information Message Area is referenced by the
following symbol
After the CONFIRM button has been pressed, the following icon will be displayed in the System Icon
Area for the rest of the teatment:
NOTE
If nothing is placed between the operator and the Status Lights the Visual Alarm and Information
Signals are visible from a distance of 4 meters.
If nothing is placed between the operator and the Artis Touch Screen, the messages displayed in
the Alarm/Information Message Area and the alarm icons displayed in the System Icon Area are
visible from a distance of 1 meter.
2. Observe the message in the Alarm/Information Message Area on the left bottom of the Touch
Screen.
4. If Alarm/Information Signals of different lists are triggered, it is possible to switch between the
three tabs displayed at the bottom of the Alarm/Information Messages Area.
5. Determine the cause of the Alarm/Information Signal. If uncertain about the cause or the appro-
priate response to the alarm, refer to the “9.6.7 Operator Alarm, Malfunction Alarm and Informa-
tion Signals Troubleshooting” section in this chapter for possible causes and solutions. If an
Alarm Information Area is available, the “HELP” button is displayed.
6. Correct the cause of the alarm as described in "9.6.7 Operator Alarm, Malfunction Alarm and
Information Signals Troubleshooting".
NOTE
If nothing is placed between the operator and the Status Lights the Visual Alarm and Information
Signals are visible from a distance of 4 meters.
If nothing is placed between the operator and the Artis Touch Screen, the messages displayed in
the Alarm/Information Message Area are visible from a distance of 1 meter.
• Information Messages requiring the operator’s attention in order to move forward in the treatment
workflow.
For a detailed list of these alarms refer to the “9.6.6.2 Operator Alarms, Malfunctions and Information
Messages List” table.
• during a treatment: perform a Fast Recovery procedure as described in the “Fast Recovery” section
of the Operator’s Manual.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm code, switch the machine OFF and perform a Manual
Rinseback procedure as described in the “Manual Rinseback procedure in HD-DN and HDF Post
Treatments” section of the Operator’s Manual, then call for Service.
• during a Disinfection/Rinse program: take note of the alarm code, switch the machine OFF and call
for Service.
• The possibility or not to manually RESET the Operator Alarms or to CONFIRM the Information mes-
sages
• The reference to the page of this chapter where it is possible to find the related troubleshooting.
NOTE
Alarms related to pH supervision are available only if pH probe is installed on your Artis Dialysis
System.
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
BPM Systolic pressure alarm 132 HIGH YES Operator Page 133
UF rate higher than expected 145 LOW YES Operator Page 137
Venous pressure out of range 153 HIGH YES Operator Page 141
Venous pressure too high 154 HIGH YES Operator Page 143
Venous pump speed error 157 HIGH YES Operator Page 146
Venous pump rotor error 158 LOW YES Operator Page 146
MALFUNCTION 159 HIGH / Malfunction Page 147
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
Hemocontrol: BV% not available 234 LOW YES Operator Page 157
AFBK: ByPass too Frequent 291 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 158
Arterial Pressure Below Treatment 306 HIGH YES Operator Page 165
Min. Limit
Wrong A/V or SN Pressure Offset 319 LOW YES Operator Page 166
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
Reminder - Still In Pause Therapy 329 LOW YES Operator Page 168
Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube Incorrect 330 LOW NO Operator Page 169
Position
Red Dialysis Fluid Tube Incorrect 331 LOW NO Operator Page 169
Position
Pump speed too low 362 HIGH YES Operator Page 171
Blood Pump Rotor Error 363 HIGH YES Operator Page 171
Venous line not in patient sensor 364 HIGH NO Operator Page 172
Incorrect bicart/blue concentrate 366 LOW NO Operator Page 173
tube concentration
UF rate lower than expected 379 LOW YES Operator Page 182
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
No Power - Using Battery Backup 415 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 191
Left Blue EvaClean door incorrect 416 HIGH NO Operator Page 191
position
T1 Test Acoustical Buzzer Failed 438 LOW YES Operator Page 199
T1 Test Conductivity Cells Failed 445 LOW YES Operator Page 202
T1 Test Venous Pressure 446 LOW YES Operator Page 203
Comunication Select Cond. Cell 450 LOW YES Operator Page 205
Stopped
Dialysis fluid temp too high 460 LOW NO Operator Page 211
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
Dialysis fluid temp too low 461 LOW NO Operator Page 212
Leakages Test (A) Failure 467 LOW YES Operator Page 211
Leakages Test (B) Failure 468 LOW YES Operator Page 212
Leakages Test (C) Failure 469 LOW YES Operator Page 213
Leakages Test (D) Failure 470 LOW YES Operator Page 215
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
Leakages Test (F) Failure 499 LOW YES Operator Page 228
Leakages Test (G) Failure 500 LOW YES Operator Page 229
Reminder - Wrong Dip Switches 502 HIGH YES Operator Page 230
Wrong Arterial and Venous 503 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 230
Treatment Limits
Low Disinfectant Level in last 504 LOW YES Operator Page 231
Clean Cart Process
UF Deviation 505 MEDIUM NO Operator Page 232
Saline Bag Not Connected 515 LOW YES Operator Page 239
Venous Line Clamped or Saline 516 LOW YES Operator Page 239
Bag Empty
Line Not Connected in EvaClean 518 LOW YES Operator Page 241
Port or Access Line Open
Arterial Infusion lines open or 519 LOW YES Operator Page 242
Patient lines not connected to
EvaClean
Venous Pump Rotor Error 521 HIGH YES Operator Page 242
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
Time Out on Data Reception 532 LOW YES Operator Page 249
Chemical process not properly 533 LOW YES Operator Page 250
performed: disinfectant tank
empty
Patient Venous Line Incorrect 547 LOW YES Operator Page 258
Position
Power Failure: Check Power 550 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 260
Supply
90% Maximum On-line Volume 552 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 260
Reached
Maximum On-line Volume 553 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 260
Reached
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
Treatment can not begin until the 571 LOW NO Operator Page 267
ultrafilters have been replaced
Wrong Single Needle Clamps 574 HIGH YES Operator Page 269
Position
Preparation can not proceed until 576 LOW YES Operator Page 270
dressing is complete
On-line blood restitution: wrong 579 HIGH YES Operator Page 271
Cassette configuration
Incorrect configuration for Blood 580 LOW YES Operator Page 272
Tubing System or Ultra Accessory
Isolated UF target loss will not be 581 LOW YES Operator Page 272
achieved
Air detector inspection required 584 HIGH YES Operator Page 276
Saline Bag Empty 585 LOW YES Operator Page 277
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
Arterial Pump Segment Not 586 LOW YES Operator Page 278
Correctly loaded
Venous Infusion Line Open 587 HIGH YES Operator Page 279
Chemical Disinfection not Properly 588 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 279
Performed: wrong disinfectant
used
SN: Pressure not increasing 592 HIGH YES Operator Page 282
SN: Pressure not decreasing 593 HIGH YES Operator Page 283
Hospasol Infusion Line Clamped 615 LOW YES Operator Page 295
Degassing Line on Infusion 616 LOW YES Operator Page 296
Cassette Clamped
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
EvaClean Doors Incorrect Position 617 LOW YES Operator Page 296
End of Hospasol Bag or Hospasol 621 LOW YES Operator Page 299
Infusion Line Clamped
Infusion Chamber Pressure too 622 LOW YES Operator Page 300
High
Saline solution has entered in the 628 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 304
Hospasol bag
Wrong Date/Time or wrong Date 630 LOW YES Operator Page 311
of Installation of U9000 ultrafilters
Venous Flow Too High 632 HIGH YES Operator Page 307
Venous Flow Over Allowed Range 633 HIGH YES Operator Page 307
Venous Flow too Low: SN 634 HIGH YES Operator Page 308
Cassette Inspection Required
RESET/ TROUBLE-
ALARM MESSAGE CODE PRIORITY TYPE
CONFIRM SHOOTING
Incorrect Ultra Connector position 652 MEDIUM YES Operator Page 322
or prescription
T1 Test Ultra Port Sensor 653 LOW YES Operator Page 322
On-line rinseback: Arterial patient 655 HIGH YES Operator Page 323
line not properly connected
Art. Level Low Or Repositioning 670 HIGH YES Operator Page 331
Required
Cassette Repositioning 671 HIGH NO Operator Page 333
Required
NOTE1
If the alarm number code 59 occurs during treatment:
1. Switch the machine OFF;
2. Perform a Manual Rinseback procedure as described in the “8.2 Manual Rinseback procedure
in HD-DN and HDF Post Treatments” section of the Operator’s Manual.
NOTE2
Next to "Cause:" the explanation of the alarm causes is reported.
NOTE 3
During rinseback, if the alarm number code 64 occurs with the attribute “Cause: excessive
Rinseback Volume”:
1. Switch the machine OFF;
2. Disconnect the patient.
NOTE 4
If the malfunction number code 627 occurs at the end of the treatment:
1. Switch the machine OFF;
2. Switch the machine ON again.
Reason The Acid concentrate canister/bag is either empty or not properly connected; as a
result the Acid Pump cannot reach the set conductivity value.
1. The Acid concentrate canister/bag is empty. 1. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Acid” option to change
the Acid concentrate canister/bag.
Perform the “Change Acid” special
procedure as described in the “Change
Acid” section of the Operator’s Manual.
2. Massive air leak from the Acid concentrate 2. Check the Acid concentrate canister/bag.
canister/bag. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Acid” option to change
the Acid concentrate canister/bag.
Perform the “Change Acid” special
procedure as described in the “Change
Acid” section of the Operator’s Manual.
3. The Acid pick-up tube connector is not 3. Check that the Acid pick-up tube connector
connected to the concentrate canister/bag. is properly connected to the concentrate
canister/bag.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Acid” option to change
the Acid concentrate canister/bag.
Perform the “Change Acid” special
procedure as described in the “Change
Acid” section of the Operator’s Manual.
1. Defective connection between the ΓcA 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.
3. The PA pump is blocked or defective. 3. Verify the “PA Freq” encoder parameter
value displayed in the “Prot” column of the
Page 1 in the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.
4. The ΓcA conductivity cell is not properly 4. Verify the “Cond A” in relation with the
calibrated or is defective. “Cond P” parameter values, displayed in
the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The Red Concentrate Connector is in the wrong position or is not fully inserted into
its Concentrate Connector Port.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The phase currently running stops;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
2. The Red Concentrate Connector is not fully 2. In ADR, Select and AFB K Treatment:
inserted into its Concentrate Connector Verify that the Red Concentrate Connector
Port. is securely connected to its Concentrate
Connector Port.
1. Defective connection between the SWA 1. Verify the “SWA” parameter value displayed
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
board. With the opening and closing of the Red
Concentrate Connector, the state of the
“SWA” value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
Reason The Select Cart Holder Arms are in the wrong position or not closed securely.
1. The Select Cart Holder Arms are in the 1. Verify the correct position of the Select Cart
wrong position, or not closed securely. Holder Arms in relation to the machine
phase.
1. Defective connection between the SWAK 1. Verify the “SWAK” parameter value
switches, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Select
Cart Holder Arms, the state of the “SWAK”
value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.
2. The SWAK switch Hall sensor is defective. 2. Verify the “SWAK” parameter value
displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
screen.
With the opening and closing of the Select
Cart Holder Arms, the state of the “SWAK”
value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.
NOTE
To remove air from the Venous Patient Line, a negative pressure must be created into the Venous
chamber. Before troubleshooting the alarm, carefully read the following indications:
• The proper range (from -90 mmHg to -80 mmHg) will open the venous line clamp and
facilitate the removal of air from the venous line through the venous chamber;
• Position the manual clamps as described below in order to trap the air in the section of the
circuit between the two clamps;
• First remove the manual clamp on the Venous Patient line in order to maximize air removal
from the patient line;
During the negative venous pressure creation, do not decrease below -150 mmHg and do not
increase above + 40 mmHg in order to prevent any vascular complication or air injection in the
venous line respectively. If these pressures are reached the venous line clamp is closed again and
the procedure must be repeated.
NOTE
In case pressure alarms and “Air in Venous Line” (#4) alarm occur at the same time, pressure
alarms must be resolved first.
This is to ensure that the blood pump starts when the alarm #4 troubleshooting actions have been
completed.
1. Air in the Venous Patient Line. 1. Manually clamp the Venous Patient Line
under the Venous line clamp and below any
visible air.
2. Manually clamp the venous dialyzer line;
3. Attach a sterile luer-lock syringe to the
venous infusion line;
4. Open the clamp on the venous infusion line
and gradually create a negative venous
pressure (around -80 mmHg);
5. When the machine opens the Venous Line
Clamp and the pressure reaches the right
negative pressure, close the clamp on the
venous infusion line;
6. Remove the manual clamp from the Venous
Patient Line: air will be drawn into the
venous chamber;
7. If air is still present in the venous line,
repeat the procedure;
8. Start the Arterial pump by pressing the
“Blood Pump On/Off” key on the hard key
panel and immediately remove the manual
clamp from the venous dialyzer line;
9. If needed, adjust the chamber levels (See
NOTE 1)
NOTE 1
Refer to Chapter “Special Procedures” of the Operator’s Manual for better explanations on the
adjust chamber levels procedure.
1. Defective connection between the Air 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Detector, PIB board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.
Reason The Control System has detected a large spike or a large rapid change while
monitoring the Arterial Pressure Sensor.
1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The Arterial Line Clamp is open when it should be closed, or it is closed when it
should be open.
1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
line clamp, Arterial clamp board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.
NOTE
Verify that the actual position of the clamp and the “Art. Clamp Sts” parameter value, displayed in
the Page 1 of the Service Data screen are the same. Refer the Service Screen Section for further
information and a complete list of parameters.
1. The Arterial pump cover is open. 1. Close the Arterial pump cover.
Be sure the Arterial pump cover is securely
latched.
1. Defective connection between the Hall 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor board, Arterial pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and the Blood slave board. Verify that the actual position of the Arterial
pump cover and the “Art Pump Cover”
parameter value, displayed in the Page 1 of
the Service Data screen are the same.
Reason The Blood flow is higher than the Arterial Pump speed set value or than the
maximum permitted value.
1. The Arterial Pump speed is different from 1. Press the RESET button to restart the
the set value. Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Hall sensor board, Blood pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.
Reason The arterial pressure is beyond the upper or lower limit of the sensor.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The Arterial and Venous Pumps are stopped;
• The UF Rate is reduced to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• None
1. Restriction of blood flow from the Patient’s 1. Check for restriction of blood flow in the
Vascular Access or in the Arterial Patient Arterial Patient Line, i.e. kinks, clamps,
Line. clotted arterial needle, poor flow from the
Patient’s Vascular Access; The alarm
clears when the arterial pressure is in the
proper range.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
1. The pump segment is jamming the rotor of 1. Verify the correct placement of the pump
the Arterial Pump. segment into the rotor.
Press the RESET button to restart the
Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump board, Motherboard and Blood slave replace as required.
board.
2. The Arterial pump board is defective. 2. Replace the Arterial pump board.
1. The Arterial pump segment is not correctly 1. Verify that the Arterial pump segment is
inserted into the rotor. correctly inserted into the rotor.
Press the RESET button.
1. Defective connection between the Hall 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor board, Arterial Pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.
6. The Blood slave board is defective. 6. Replace the Blood slave board.
Reason The Blue Concentrate Connector is in the wrong position or is not fully inserted
into its Concentrate Connector Port.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The concentrate pumps (PA, PB, PSel) are stopped;
• The phase currently running stops;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
1. The Blue Concentrate Connector is in the 1. In Dialysis (BiCart and BiCart Select
wrong position. treatments):
Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
is connected to its Concentrate Connector
Port.
NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.
1. Defective connection between the SWB 1. Verify the “SWB” parameter value displayed
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
board. With the opening and closing of the Blue
Concentrate Connector, the state of the
“SWB” value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.
Reason The BiCart Cartridge is either empty or not connected properly; as a result the
Bicarbonate Pump cannot reach the set conductivity value.
1. The BiCart Cartridge is almost empty. 1. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change BiCart” option to
change the BiCart Cartridge.
Perform the Change BiCart procedure as
described in the “Change BiCart Cartridge”
section of the Operator’s Manual.
2. The Bicarbonate powder is not well 2. Tap the bottom of the BiCart Cartridge to
distributed in the BiCart Cartridge. evenly distribute the powder.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change BiCart” option to
change the BiCart Cartridge.
Perform the Change BiCart procedure as
described in the “Change BiCart Cartridge”
section of the Operator’s Manual.
3. The BiCart Cartridge is in the wrong 3. Check the correct position of the BiCart into
position. its holder.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change BiCart” option to
change the BiCart Cartridge.
Perform the Change BiCart procedure as
described in the “Change BiCart Cartridge”
section of the Operator’s Manual.
3. The PB pump is blocked or defective. 3. Verify the “PB Freq” encoder parameter
value displayed in the “Prot” column of the
Page 1 in the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.
4. The Bicarbonate control conductivity cell 4. Verify the “Cond B” in relation with the
(ΓcB) is not properly calibrated or is “Cond Sel.” parameter values, displayed in
defective. the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The BiCart Holder Arms are in the wrong position or not closed securely.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The phase currently running stops;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
1. The BiCart Holder Arms are in the wrong 1. Verify the correct position of the BiCart Holder
position, or not closed securely. Arms in relation to the machine phase.
1. Defective connection between the SWBK 1. Verify the “SWBK” parameter value
switches, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the BiCart
Cart Holder Arms, the state of the “SWBK”
value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.
2. The Hall sensors SWBK are defective. 2. Verify the “SWBK” parameter value
displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
screen.
With the opening and closing of the BiCart
Cart Holder Arms, the state of the “SWBK”
value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.
Reason The conductivity measured in the first stage of the dialysis fluid preparation is
above the permitted range.
1. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 1. Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
properly connected to its Safebag is properly connected to its Safebag
Connector. Connector.
2. Massive air leak from the Safebag KV 2. Replace the Safebag KV concentrate
concentrate solution. solution as described in the “Change
Safebag” section of the Artis AFB K
Treatment Operator’s Manual.
3. The BiCart Cartridge is not properly 3. Ensure the BiCart Cartridge is securely
positioned in its holder. placed in its holder.
NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.
3. The Control or Protective cell is out of 3. Perform a Control or Protective cell test as
calibration. required.
Replace the Protective or Control cells if
they are out of calibration.
BLOOD IN DIALYSATE 28
Reason Blood has been detected in the dialysis fluid by the Blood Leakage Detector.
Machine • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;
Actions • The Venous Line Clamp and Infusion clamp are closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.
BPM FAILURE 30
Machine • The Blood Pressure Monitoring system is stopped and the measurement is not
Actions available.
1. Temporary blockage of the device. 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.
Do not perform any other Blood Pressure
measurements. If the BPM Mode
parameter is set to Auto, set it to Manual. At
the end of the treatment:
• switch the machine OFF, wait a few
seconds and then switch the machine
back ON;
• take a Blood Pressure to verify if the BPM
device is functioning correctly: if the result
is negative, a service technician
assistance is required.
1. The BPM cuff tube is kinked, disconnected 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
or broken. replace as required.
2. Defective connection between BPM board, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Blood slave board. replace as required.
NOTE
Do not perform any other Blood Pressure measurements. If the BPM Mode parameter is set to
Auto, set it to Manual.
NOTE
At the end of the treatment switch the machine off and after five seconds turn it on again.
Reason • The BPM System may have been unable to record a blood pressure
measurement because of patient and/or Cuff conditions;
• The BPM Tubing may be kinked or disconnected;
• The BPM System may be leaking;
• There may be a Hardware/Communication failure on the BPM System.
• The measure of Systolic or Diastolic pressure or of Pulse Rate may be out of
range.
Machine • The Blood Pressure Monitoring System is stopped and the measurement is not
Actions available.
1. The tubing of the BPM cuff is kinked or 1. Verify that the external tubing of the BPM
disconnected. cuff is connected and that there are no
leaks or kinks.
Press the RESET button and retry the
measurement.
2. The patient moved his arm too many times 2. Press the RESET button and retry the
during the measurement. The BPM was measurement.
unable to measure the blood pressure.
3. The external tubing of the BPM cuff or the 3. Press the RESET button.
BPM cuff itself is leaking. Replace the tubing of the BPM cuff and the
BPM cuff with a new one.
5. The measure of Systolic or Diastolic 5. Verify that the cuff is correctly applied to the
pressure or of Pulse Rate may be out of patient and connected to the machine.
range. Press the RESET button.
Repeat the blood pressure measurement.
1. The BPM cuff tube is kinked, disconnected 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.
or broken.
2. Defective connection between BPM board, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Blood slave board. replace as required.
Reason LD1 Level Sensor failed its test during dialysis preparation or an ADR process.
The level sensor may have detected air, failed or needs to be cleaned.
1. Massive air leak from an empty concentrate 1. Check for empty concentrate canister. The
canister. alarm clears before patient connection.
3. The concentrate tube is not in the proper 3. Verify the proper placement of the
position for the current phase of the concentrate tube for the current phase of
machine. the machine.
4. The BiCart holder arms are not in the fully 4. Place the BiCart holder arms in the closed
closed position. position.
NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.
1. Defective connection between the LD1 level 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
2. Defective connection between the EVD1 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
valve, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
3. The tube between BT1, EVD1 and the drain 3. Repair or replace as required.
is occluded.
Reason The LP Level Sensor failed its test during dialysis preparation or an ADR process.
The level sensor may have detected air, failed or needs to be cleaned.
1. Defective connection between the LP level 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
detector, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
2. Defective connection between the EVP 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
valve, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
3. The tube between the BTP bubble trap, 3. Repair or replace as required.
EVP valve and the drain is occluded.
6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Repair or replace the Hydraulic slave board.
Reason The LD2 Level Sensor failed its test during dialysis preparation or a cleaning
process. The Level Sensor may have detected air, failed or needs to be cleaned.
NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.
1. Defective connection between the LD2 level 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
detector, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
2. Defective connection between the EVD2 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
valve, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
3. The tube between the BT2 bubble trap, 3. Repair or replace as required.
EVD2 valve and the drain is occluded.
6. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 6. Repair or replace the Hydraulic slave board.
1. The machine has run out of concentrates. 1. Replace the empty canister, then wait a few
seconds for the machine to stabilize.
2. There is an air leak from the Acid or 2. Verify there are no air leaks from the Acid
Bicarbonate Pick-up tube connector/BiCart. and Bicarbonate Pick-up tube connectors/
BiCart.
3. The Acid or Bicarbonate Pick-up tube 3. Rinse the accumulated debris from the Acid
connector has accumulated debris or salt and Bicarbonate Pick-up tube connector.
crystals.
4. The Acid or Bicarbonate Pick-up tube is not 4. Verify that the Acid and Bicarbonate Pick-up
properly connected to the concentrate tubes are securely connected and that no
canister. air bubbles are being drawn into the tube.
5. DURING TREATMENT
1. Stop the treatment and disconnect the
patient.
2. Perform a Rinse programme;
3. Change both the Ultrafilters performing
the procedure described in the “Ultrafilter
Change Procedure” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual.
6. The solution in the concentrate canister is 6. Stop the dialysis preparation and replace
not a solution correct for HD Treatments the Blood Cassette and the dialyzer with a
(Refer to the Chapter “Specifications”, in new Blood Cassette and a new dialyzer.
this Service Manual). Run a complete RINSE procedure. Replace
the solution with the correct solution and
then restart the dialysis preparation.
7. The solution in the concentrate canister is 7. Verify that the solution concentration is
not correct or diluted. correct and if needed replace it with a
correct solution.
8. The Acid Pick-up tube connector is not 8. Verify that the Acid Pick-up tube connector
securely connected to its concentrate is securely connected to its concentrate
connector port (if using concentrate from a connector port.
central delivery system). Ensure to hear a “clicking” sound when
connecting the Acid pick-up tube to its
concentrate connector port.
9. An incorrect type of dialysis fluid 9. Verify that the correct type of dialysis fluid
concentrate could be selected on the Fluid concentrate has been selected on the Fluid
Settings sub-screen. Settings sub-screen, otherwise select the
correct concentrate combination.
! WARNING
The “DIALYSATE PH HIGH (#40)” alarm could be triggered in case a chemical disinfectant has
been used instead of Acid concentrate during a dialysis treatment.
This may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury or
death.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.
DATA ERROR 43
Reason A data difference was detected inside the double image of the Protective System
in the Main board.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. A data difference was detected inside the 1. During power-on: Take note of the alarm
double image of the Protective System. code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
In DIALYSIS: Perform a Fast Recovery
procedure as described in the “Fast
Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.
In ADR: Switch the machine OFF, wait at
least five seconds, switch it ON again and
repeat the disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
Reason The dialysis fluid flow is higher than the set value or than the maximum permitted
flow.
1. Unstable dialysis fluid flow has been 1. Wait for a while, if the problem persists call
detected by the machine. for service.
1. Defective connection between the P1 pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
motor drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
Reason The diastolic pressure measurement made by the BPM device is outside the
configured limits.
Machine • The Blood Pressure Monitoring system is stopped and the measurement is not
Actions available.
1. The diastolic pressure measurement, made 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
by the BPM device, is outside the alarm alarm message.
limits set by the operator in BPM Settings Check in the BPM Settings sub-screen that
sub-screen. the “Diastolic upper” and ”Diastolic lower”
pressure limits are not too much restrictive.
1. The BPM cuff tube is kinked, disconnected 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
or broken. replace as required.
2. Defective connection between BPM board, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Blood slave board. replace as required.
Reason A problem was detected with the calibration coefficients in the Blood slave board
EEPROM. Default coefficients will be used to run the machine.
Machine • None
Actions
1. Error with the calibration parameters in the 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
Blood slave board EEPROM. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.
1. The Blood slave board EEPROM has lost 1. Perform a data restore from Disk to the
the calibration coefficients. Blood slave board.
Reason A problem was detected with the calibration coefficients in the Hydraulic slave
board EEPROM. Default coefficients will be used to run the machine.
1. Error with the calibration parameters in the 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
Hydraulic slave board EEPROM. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.
1. The Hydraulic slave board EEPROM has 1. Perform a data restore from Disk to the
lost the calibration coefficients. Hydraulic slave board.
1. The programmed “TARGET UF VOLUME” 1. Disconnect the patient or increase the set
has been reached. “TARGET UF VOLUME”, then select the UF
button.
Reason The heparin syringe has reached the upper limit or the Heparin Line is clamped.
1. The syringe holder has reached the upper 1. Disable the heparin program and use the
hardware limit while the heparin program is down arrow key to exit from the error
active. situation.
2. The syringe holder has reached the upper 2. Use the down arrow key to exit from the
hardware limit while the heparin program is error situation.
not active.
3. The syringe holder has reached the upper 3. Disable the heparin delivery program, use
hardware limit and the Heparin syringe is the down arrow key to exit from the error
empty. situation. Pull out the syringe from the
holder, refill the syringe and place it back on
the holder. Restart the program.
6. Incorrect position of the syringe. 6. Ensure that the syringe is properly placed
into the syringe holder.
1. Defective connection between the Heparin 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump board, Motherboard and Blood slave replace as required.
board.
3. The spring is too weak and the alarm occurs 3. Replace the Heparin pump assembly.
incorrectly.
1. The Heparin delivery program is complete. 1. Enter the Heparin Settings sub-screen.
Deactivate the heparin delivery program to
remove the alarm or in case the patient
needs more heparin, set a new value for
the heparin “Stop Time”, lower than the
previous one.
2. The programmed heparin “Stop Time” is 2. Set a new value either for the heparin “Stop
greater than the programmed “Treatment Time” or for the “Treatment Time”, lower
Time”. than the previous one.
1. Defective connection between the PT1000 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
temperature sensor, Over temperature replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.
Reason The remaining treatment time is not enough to reach the programmed “UF
Volume”.
Machine • None.
Actions
2. The “UF Volume” action button has been 2. Press the RESET button.
deactivated for too long, therefore the time Consider increasing the Treatment Time or
left after its activation is not enough for the decreasing the UF Volume.
achievement of the set “UF Volume”.
NOTE
When the Hemoscan is enabled, the #60 “UF target will not be achieved“ alarm is not displayed.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The CDF1 first ultrafilter lower connector microswitch (SWLOWUF1) is indicating
an error condition.
Machine In ADR
Actions • The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
In DIALYSIS
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion clamp is closed;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted.
1. The CDF1 ultrafilter lower connector 1. Check the correct position of the ultrafilter.
microswitch is indicating an error condition.
Reason The conductivity of the dialysis fluid is above the allowed limit.
2. The Acid or Bicarbonate pick-up tube 2. Verify that the connector(s) are properly
connector(s) are not properly positioned positioned into the proper canister(s).
into the concentrate canister(s). Wait for stability of the dialysis fluid flow.
3. Massive air leak from a concentrate 3. Check and replace the concentrate canister.
canister. Wait for stability of the dialysis fluid flow.
4. The Acid or Bicarbonate pick-up tube 4. Rinse the accumulated debris from the
connector(s) has accumulated debris or salt connector(s).
crystals.
NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.
3. The PA pump is blocked or is defective. 3. Verify the “PA Freq” encoder parameter
value displayed in the “Prot” column of the
Page 1 in the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.
4. The conductivity cell Acetate or Protective is 4. Verify the “Cond A” in relation with the
not properly calibrated or is defective. “Cond P” parameter values, displayed in
the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Calibrate or replace as required.
Reason The selected Disinfection (Chemical or Heat) or Rinse program is not started.
1. The operator did not start the process to be 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
performed. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
Reason This is a special alarm; please refer to the possible causes provided below for
different indications.
NOTE
If this alarm occurs during a treatment, after the patient connection, the machine will allow the
operator to perform a Fast Recovery procedure (See the “Fast Recovery” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual). This enables the operator to bypass many of the T1 tests so that the
machine can continue the treatment from Patient Connection.
1. A safe state condition is not satisfied. 1. Verify the “SSS Unsat” (safe state switch
request) parameter value displayed in the
Page 2 of the Service Data screen.
This parameter value, composed of
hexadecimal digit numbers, has to be
decoded to troubleshoot the condition that
has not been satisfied.
Match the displayed parameter value to one
of the following code numbers and
troubleshoot the specific section of the
machine:
Code N. Machine State that cannot
be performed
• 0x0004 “UF rate set to zero”;
• 0x0010 “Arterial pump stopped”;
• 0x0020 “Venous pump stopped”;
• 0x0080 “Venous line clamp closed”;
• 0x0100 “Venous pump stopped”;
• 0x0200 "Infusion clamp closed" (air
detector alarm);
• 0x0400 “Venous line clamp closed” (air
detector alarm);
• 0x0800 “Arterial pump stopped” (air
detector alarm);
• 0x1000 “Venous pump stopped” (air
detector alarm);
• 0x4000 “External bypass”.
2. A general safe state condition is not 2. Verify the “GSS Attrib” (Malfunction cause
satisfied, therefore a malfunction occurred. summary) parameter value displayed in the
Page 2 of the Service Data screen.
This parameter value is composed of
decimal digit numbers.
Match the displayed parameter value to one
of the following code numbers and
troubleshoot the specific section of the
machine:
Code N. Machine component malf.
procedure
•1 Power Supply failure;
•2 Disinfectant Pump failure;
•3 Venous Pump management
failure (during blood restitution
process);
•4 Protective System check failure
(CRC Task failure);
•5 Disinfectant Valves failure
(EVC, EVD, EVS);
•6 Arterial pump moving in wrong
direction;
•7 Incorrect Power supply
voltages on Protective slave
board;
•8 Alarm consistency check
failure;
•9 Venous pump moving in wrong
direction;
• 10 Autopriming failure;
• 11 pH probe failure ;
• 12 T1 Test Valves Failed;
• 13 blood detection failure;
• 14 SPI communication interrupted
between protective slave board
and master;
• 15 T1 Test on Venous Clamp
failed;
• 16 T1 Test on 24Volt power supply
failed.
• 17 Excessive Online bolus
volume;
• 18 Excessive Rinseback Volume;
• 19 Water Leakage T1 Test failed;
• 20 Water Leakage during dialysis
treatment;
• 21 HF wrong valves configuration;
• 22 Yellow/Clear Disinfectant
connectors check failed;
• 23 Excessive arterial volume -
“SN Blood Volume” check
failed;
• 24 Rinse failure;
• 25 Heparin delivery failure -
excessive infusion;
Reason The BPM heart rate measurement is outside the established limits.
Machine The Blood Pressure Monitoring system is stopped and the measurement is not
Actions available.
1. The BPM heart rate measurement is 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
outside the established limits. alarm message.
Check in the BPM Settings sub-screen that
the “Max Heart Rate” and “Min Heart Rate”
alarm limits are not too much restrictive.
1. The BPM cuff tube is kinked, disconnected 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
or broken. replace as required.
2. Defective connection between the BPM 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
board, Motherboard and Blood slave board. replace as required.
Reason A time-out occurred for temperature not reached during disinfection process.
1. The ADR process has been stopped due to 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
an internal software time out. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
procedure to perform.
If the allarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
2. The CleanCart has not been correctly 2. Check the correct puncture of the
inserted. CleanCart.
4. Defective connection between the Over 4. Verify if the voltage of the heating element is
temperature board, triac (solid state relay in correct. Otherwise, verify the connections,
the power supply), RCH (relay of the heater clean, repair or replace as required.
in the power supply), Motherboard and
Hydraulic slave board.
TMP HIGH 68
2. The ultrafiltration value is too high for the 2. Press the RESET button.
dialyzer used in the current operating Check the prescription (blood flow) and/or
condition. consider decreasing the "On-line
Substitution Rate" and/or the "UF Volume"
parameter values.
3. The QF/QB ratio or the QI/QB ratio could 3. Press the RESET button.
not be appropriate Check the prescription (blood flow) and/or
consider decreasing the "On-line
Substitution Rate" and/or the "UF Volume"
parameter values.
1. Defective connection between the Pi/Po 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
1. The syringe holder has reached the lower 1. Use the up arrow key to exit from the error
hardware limit. situation.
Press the CONFIRM button.
1. Defective connection between the Heparin 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump board, Motherboard and Blood slave replace as required.
board.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The heparin infusion was not enabled by the 1. In Heparin settings sub-screen:
operator.
• Press the “Heparin” action button to
enable the heparin delivery program and
• Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.
2. No heparin delivery program is needed. 2. Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.
Reason The Bicarbonatemia Surveillance System (Caddy) has detected that the infusion
prescription confirmed by the operator is not valid because it might result in a final
bicarbonatemia target not acceptable for the patient or the Infusion Flow rate + UF
Rate results to be out of the acceptable range established for this parameter.
1. The infusion prescription is not valid and 1. Check the infusion prescription parameters
might result in a final bicarbonatemia target (Blood Flow rate, Infusion Flow rate and UF
not acceptable for the patient. Rate) and modify them in order to obtain a
final bicarbonatemia target acceptable for
the patient.
2. The Infusion Flow rate + UF Rate results to 2. Modify the Infusion Flow rate so that the
be out of the acceptable range established. Infusion Flow rate + UF Rate falls in its
acceptable range.
LOW TEMPERATURE 81
Reason This alarm appears if, in Chemical Disinfection with heating, the hydraulic circuit
temperature falls below 32 °C.
Machine • The process time will stop until the temperature measured in the hydraulic circuit
Actions reaches 32 °C.
1. Defective connection between the Over 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
temperature board, Opto Triac (solid state replace as required.
relay in the power supply), RCH (relay of
the heater in the power supply),
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.
Reason Low flow has been detected for more than 6 seconds in the degassing sub-unit of
the hydraulic circuit.
1. Defective connection between LFP Heater 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flow sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
6. The PDG pressure sensor is out of 6. Perform a PDG pressure sensor calibration
calibration. as required.
7. Air in the inlet water or degassing loop. 7. Check for leak, repair or replace as
required.
Reason Pressure higher than what is allowed has been detected at the Dialyzer Inlet
Connector.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
1. The Red and Blue dialysis fluid tube 1. Verify that the Red and Blue dialysis fluid
connectors are in the wrong position. tube connectors are in the proper position for
the current phase of the machine, then press
the RESET button.
2. The Red and Blue dialysis fluid tube 2. Verify that the Red and Blue dialysis fluid
connectors are in the proper position, but not tube connectors are well fitted to the dialyzer
well inserted. or to the machine, depending upon the
phase of the machine at that time, then press
the RESET button.
3. The external dialysis fluid tubes are kinked. 3. Verify that the external dialysis fluid tubes
are not kinked, then press the RESET
button.
4. The blood flow is too high, producing an 4. Verify the correctness of the patient
overpressure within the hydraulic circuit. prescription (ultrafiltration rate).
Decrease the blood flow, using the blood flow
decrease key, if this operation is not in
disagreement with the patient prescription
then press the RESET button.
5. Clotting or clogging in the blood side of the 5. Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
dialyzer. side of the dialyzer.
Replace the dialyzer if necessary then press
the RESET button.
6. The dialysis fluid flow rate is not correct for 6. From the Fluid Settings sub-screen, reduce
the current dialyzer. the dialysis fluid flow rate then press the
RESET button.
2. Defective connection between PI pressure 2. Verify the “Press In” parameter value
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
5. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 5. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason Pressure higher than what is allowed has been detected at the Dialyzer Outlet
Connector.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
1. The blood flow is too high, producing an 1. Press the RESET button.
overpressure on the hydraulic side of the Verify the correctness of the patient
machine. prescription (ultrafiltration rate). Consider
reducing the blood flow if this operation is
not in disagreement with the patient
prescription.
2. Clotting or clogging in the blood side of the 2. Press the RESET button.
dialyzer. Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
side of the dialyzer. Replace the dialyzer if
necessary.
1. Defective connection between PO pressure 1. Verify the “Press Out” parameter value
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
4. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 4. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The temperature measured by TP is greater than the following maximum values:
• In DIALYSIS: 45 °C
• In Chemical Disinfection: 42 °C
• In Heat or Heat with CleanCart Cartridge A/C: 110 °C
1. The machine had a temporaneous unstable 1. Verify the patient safety. Wait for the
condition. temperature to drop; the heater is
automatically turned on.
2. The machine has malfunctioned. 2. Discontinue the dialysis treatment and call
for Service.
3. The incoming water temperature is too high. 3. Check the incoming water temperature
(Refer to the Chapter “Specifications” in this
Service Manual).
Reason The weight of the Hospasol infusion bags hung on the AFB K scale exceeds the
maximum value of 20 kg.
1. The weight of the Hospasol infusion bags 1. Reduce the weight on the AFB K scale.
hung on the AFB K scale exceeds 20 kg. Press the RESET button.
If the alarm persists, check the weight of
the Hospasol infusion bags, using a
different scale.
If the weight of the bags results to be less
than 20 kg, the scale connected to the
machine is defective.
2. The Hospasol infusion bags are not 2. Verify the proper installation of the Hospasol
properly installed. infusion bags on the AFB K scale.
Press the RESET button.
1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the scale calibration as required.
Reason Pressure lower than what is allowed has been detected at the Dialyzer Inlet
Connector.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
1. The UF Rate is too high for the dialyzer 1. Check the proper UF Rate for the dialyzer
used. used. Consider reducing the blood flow if
this operation is not in disagreement with
the patient prescription, then press the
RESET button.
2. Clotting or clogging in the blood side of the 2. Press the RESET button.
dialyzer. Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
side of the dialyzer. Replace the dialyzer if
necessary.
3. The dialysis fluid flow is not correct for the 3. Press the RESET button.
current dialyzer. Consider reducing the dialysis fluid flow rate.
1. Defective connection between PI pressure 1. Verify the “Press In” parameter value
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
4. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 4. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason Pressure lower than what is allowed has been detected at the Dialyzer Outlet
Connector.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
1. The dialysis fluid tube connectors are in the 1. Verify that the dialysis fluid tube connectors
wrong position. are in the proper position for the current
phase of the machine, then press the
RESET button.
2. The dialysis fluid tube connectors are in the 2. Verify that the dialysis fluid tube connectors
proper position, but not well inserted. are well fitted to the dialyzer or to the
machine, depending upon the phase of the
machine at that time, then press the
RESET button.
3. The external dialysis fluid tubes are kinked. 3. Verify that the external dialysis fluid tubes
are not kinked, then press the RESET
button.
4. Clotting or clogging in the blood side of the 4. Press the RESET button.
dialyzer. Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
side of the dialyzer. Replace the dialyzer if
necessary.
2. Defective connection between PO pressure 2. Verify the “Press Out” parameter value
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
5. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 5. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason A difference greater than 100 grams has been detected between the calculated
Infusion Volume, based on the Infusion Flow rate set, and the infusion fluid
effectively delivered, measured by the scale.
1. The Infusion flow is not correctly delivered. 1. Check that there are no obstructions or
external leakages in the infusion fluid flow
from the Hospasol infusion bags to the
Infusion cassette.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the “Change Hospasol Bag”
special procedure as described in the
“Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual
without actually changing the bags.
2. An Hospasol infusion bag has been hung or 2. Check for Hospasol infusion bags hung or
removed from the AFB K scale. removed.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the “Change Hospasol Bag”
special procedure as described in the
“Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.
1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.
4. The infusion flow is defective. 4. Check the occlusion of the venous pump
rotor. Replace as required.
1. Pressure drop in the water distribution 1. Verify that there is adequate water pressure
system. in the water distribution system.
2. The water inlet tube is disconnected. 2. Connect the water inlet tube to the proper
water valve.
1. The clinic hydraulic circut has been 1. Check if the water arrives to the machine
interrupted. with the appropriate pressure.
2. Defective connection between the SWP, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board. replace as required.
5. The incoming water filter is clogging. 5. Check the water filter in the machine for
clogging. A clogged filter will decrease the
amount of water flowing through the
system.
1. The Blood Flow rate is changed and results 1. To keep the current infusion prescription:
to be outside the current infusion Press the CONFIRM button on the Alarm/
prescription. Information Message Area.
Press the CONFIRM button on the Confirm
window.
2. The UF Rate is changed and results to be 2. To keep the current infusion prescription:
outside the initial infusion prescription. Press the CONFIRM button on the Alarm/
Information Message Area.
Press the CONFIRM button on the Confirm
window.
Reason The encoder on the P1 pump does not indicate the proper response to the
command to run the P1, thus indicating malfunctioning.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• All the pumps are stopped.
2. The Acid connector aspires air. 2. Check the correct insertion of the Acid
connector.
1. Defective connection between the P1 pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
motor drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
2. The P1 pump motor drive board is 2. Verify the “P1 Freq” parameter value is
defective. correctly displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
The pump motor drive board may be
defective if the motor is not turning. Replace
as required.
3. There is a leak in the circuit or a tube is 3. Verify the presence of flow through the D2c
obstructed. flowmeter.
Repair or replace as required.
Reason The encoder on the P2 pump does not indicate the proper response to the
command to run the P2, thus indicating malfunctioning.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
2. In ADR: failure on the command that drives 2. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
the P2 pump. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
3. Clotting in the blood side of the dialyzer. 3. Check for clotting. Replace the dialyzer if
required.
1. Defective connection between the P2 pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
motor drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
2. The P2 pump motor drive board is 2. Verify the “P2 Freq” parameter value is
defective. correctly displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
The pump motor drive board may be
defective if the motor is not turning. Replace
as required.
5. There is a leak in the circuit or a tube is 5. Verify the presence of flow through the D2c
obstructed. flowmeter.
Repair or replace as required.
1. Defective connection between the PA pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
concentrate drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
2. The PA pump motor drive board is 2. Verify the “PA Freq” parameter value is
defective. correctly displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
The PA pump concentrate drive board may
be defective if the motor is not turning.
Replace as required.
1. Defective connection between the PB pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
concentrate drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
2. The PB pump motor drive board is 2. Verify the “PB Freq” parameter value is
defective. correctly displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
The PB pump concentrate drive board may
be defective if the motor is not turning.
Replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The encoder on the PC pump does not indicate the proper response to the
command to run the PC, thus indicating a malfunction.
2. In ADR: failure on the command that drives 2. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
the PC pump. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
1. Defective connection between the PC pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
motor drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
2. The PC pump motor drive board is 2. Verify the “PC Freq” parameter value is
defective. correctly displayed in the Page 1 of the
Service Data screen.
The PC pump motor drive board may be
defective if the motor is not turning. Replace
as required.
3. The PDG pressure sensor is out of 3. Perform a PDG pressure sensor calibration
calibration. as required.
4. Defective connection between the PDG 4. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
NOTE
Verify in the Service Screen that the status of PC and the parameters PC_FREQ, PC_ACTIV
displayed agree. Refer to the Service Screen Section for further information and a complete list of
parameters.
Reason The pH value measured during chemical disinfection is above the configured “pH
Maximum” limit.
1. The pH value measured is greater than the 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
“pH Maximum” limit preset. seconds and switch it ON again.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
NOTE
The pH value range can be modified in Service Menu. For detailed information, refer to the Artis
Preset Service Manual.
Reason The pH value measured during chemical disinfection is below the configured “pH
Minimum” limit.
1. The pH value measured is lower than the 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
“pH Minimum” limit preset. seconds and switch it ON again.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
NOTE
The pH value range can be modified in Service Menu. For detailed information, refer to the Artis
Preset Service Manual.
Reason The dialyzer inlet pressure, measured by the PI pressure sensor, OR the dialyzer
outlet pressure, measured by the PO pressure sensor, has exceeded the
maximum limit.
1. The dialysis fluid tube connectors are not in 1. Verify that the dialysis fluid tube connectors
the proper position or are not well inserted. are in the proper position and are well fitted
to the dialyzer or to the machine, depending
upon the phase of the machine at that time.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.
2. The external dialysis fluid tubes are kinked. 2. Verify that the external dialysis fluid tubes
are not kinked.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.
3. Massive presence of air inside the hydraulic 3. Verify the presence of air into the external
circuit. dialysis fluid tube. Verify the dialysis fluid
connectors are well fitted to the dialyzer or
to the machine.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.
5. Clotting or clogging in the dialyzer and/or 5. Press the RESET button to remove the
Blood Cassette. alarm message.
Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
side of the dialyzer or in the Blood Cassette.
Replace the dialyzer and the Blood
Cassette if necessary.
6. The dialysis fluid flow rate is not correct for 6. Consider reducing the dialysis fluid flow
the current dialyzer. rate.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.
2. Defective connection between PI or PO 2. Verify the “Press In” and “Press Out”
pressure sensor, Motherboard and parameter value displayed in the Page 1 of
Hydraulic slave board. the Service Data screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
5. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 5. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The dialyzer inlet pressure, measured by PI sensor, OR the dialyzer outlet
pressure, measured by PO sensor, are below the minimum limit.
1. The dialysis fluid tube connectors not in the 1. Verify that the dialysis fluid tube connectors
proper position or are not inserted well. are in the proper position and are well fitted
to the dialyzer or to the machine, depending
upon the phase of the machine at that time.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.
2. The external dialysis fluid tubes are kinked. 2. Verify that the external dialysis fluid tubes
are not kinked.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.
3. Massive presence of air inside the hydraulic 3. Verify the presence of air in the external
circuit. dialysis fluid tubes. Verify the dialysis fluid
connectors are well fitted to the dialyzer or
to the machine.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.
4. The UF Rate is too high for the dialyzer 4. Verify the correctness of the patient
used. prescription (ultrafiltration rate). Consider
increasing the Arterial Pump speed if this
operation is not in disagreement with the
patient prescription.
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.
5. Clotting or clogging in the dialyzer or the 5. Press the RESET button to remove the
Blood Cassette. alarm message.
Check for clotting or clogging in the blood
side of the dialyzer or in the Blood Cassette.
Replace if necessary.
6. The dialysis fluid flow rate is not correct for 6. Press the RESET button to remove the
the current dialyzer. alarm message.
Consider increasing the dialysis fluid flow
rate.
2. Defective connection between PI or PO 2. Verify the “Press In” and “Press Out”
pressure sensor, Motherboard and parameter value displayed in the Page 1 of
Hydraulic slave board. the Service Data screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
5. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 5. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The Protection System is not able to communicate with the Main computer Board.
Reason The Main computer Board and the Blood modules are not communicating.
1. The blood slave internal moduls are not 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
communicating. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.
1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
slave board, Motherboard and Main board. replace as required.
Reason The Main computer Board and the Hydraulic modules are not communicating.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The hydraulic slave internal moduls are not 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
communicating. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.
1. Defective connection between the Hydraulic 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
slave board, Motherboard and Main board. replace as required.
Reason The systolic pressure measurement made by the BPM device is outside the
configured limits.
Machine • The Blood Pressure Monitoring System is stopped and the measurement is not
Actions available.
1. The systolic pressure measurement made 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
by the BPM device is outside the configured alarm message.
limits. Check in the BPM settings sub-screen that
the (“Systolic upper”/”Systolic lower”)
pressure limits are not too much restrictive.
1. The BPM cuff tube is kinked, disconnected 1. Clean, repair or replace as required.
or broken.
2. Defective connection between BPM board, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard, Blood board. replace as required.
Reason The temperature of the dialysis fluid is 2 °C above the value set by the operator.
1. A temporary instability of the dialysis fluid flow. 1. Wait for stability of the system.
2. The temperature of the dialysis fluid has 2. Check the incoming water temperature
exceeded the safety limits. (Refer to the Chapter “Specifications”, in
this Service Manual).
3. The machine has recently been turned on 3. If the machine temperature remains high or
and has not yet reached the operating low for more than 10 minutes, discontinue
temperature. the dialysis treatment.
4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Replace the Hydraulic slave board and
retest.
Reason The current TMP value is below the lowest TMP safety limit.
1. The dialyzer used is not correct for the 1. Press the RESET button.
current treatment. Verify the correctness of the patient
prescription (ultrafiltration rate).
Increase the blood flow, using the blood flow
increase key, if this operation is not in
disagreement with the patient prescription.
Comply with the specifications of the
dialyzer.
3. The Red and Blue dialysis fluid tubes are 3. Press the RESET button.
blocked. Check that the Red and Blue dialysis fluid
tubes are not kinked or clamped.
4. The Blood Cassette is not well positioned or 4. Press the RESET button.
a pressure pod diaphragm has collapsed. If the alarm condition persists, verify the
The Pressure Sensor cannot read properly. Blood Cassette position.
Verify that the pressure pod diaphragm is
not collapsed.
If required, perform a Cassette
Repositioning Procedure (Refer to the
chapter "Special Procedures", of the
Operator’s Manual).
NOTE
When replacing an arterial or venous pressure transducer, the calibration and verification are
required. Also calibrate the related T1 Test pressure sensor.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The ultrafiltration rate (UFR) is above the value confirmed by the operator or the
maximum permitted value.
2. Ultrafiltration rate higher than expected due 2. Adjust the Venous Pressure.
to high Venous Pressure Press the RESET button.
1. Defective connection between the D1c or 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
D2c flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
2. Defective connection between the D1p or 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
D2p flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
3. The D1c or D2c flowmeter may be out of 3. Perform a D1c or D2c flowmeter calibration
calibration. as required.
4. The D1p or D2p flowmeter may be out of 4. Perform a D1p or D2p flowmeter calibration
calibration. as required.
11. There is a leak in the mass balance 11. Repair or replace as required
hydraulic circuit.
12. There are deposits or debris inside the 12. Perform a Descaling procedure
flow meters of the machine. (Heat+CleanCart C, Peracetic, Low
Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Peracetic or
Bacteriostatic Low Peracetic).
13. There is an obstruciton or a kinking in the 13. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
hydraulic flow path before the P1 pump. replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The pressure in the Ultrafilter is higher than the permitted limit.
2. The Red and Blue dialysis fluid tube 2. Verify that the Red and Blue dialysis fluid
connectors are not properly positioned. tube connectors are properly positioned to
the dialyzer or to the machine, depending
upon the current machine phase.
Press the RESET button to restart the
current operation of the machine.
1. Defective connection between the PFS 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
2. The PFS pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a PFS pressure sensor calibration
calibration. as required.
4. A hydraulic tube can be obstructed or a 4. Check if the dialysis fluid flow is correct.
pump may be damaged. Repair or replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The Venous Line Clamp is open when it should be closed, or it is closed when it
should be open.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
line clamp, Venous clamp board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.
1. The Venous Pump Cover is open. 1. Close the Venous Pump Cover.
Be sure the Venous Pump Cover is
securely latched.
1. Defective connection between the Hall 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor board, Venous pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and the Blood slave board. Verify that the actual position of the Arterial
pump cover and the “Ven Pump Cover”
parameter value, displayed in the Page 1 of
the Service Data screen are the same.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The Arterial and the Venous Pumps are stopped;
• The Venous Line Clamp and the Infusion clamp are closed;
• The UF Rate is automatically set to zero;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The alarm limits are OPEN for both arterial and venous pressure.
In ADR:
• None.
1. Restriction of blood flow to the Patient’s 1. Carefully check the Blood Cassette
Vascular Access or in the Venous Patient connections and assess the Patient’s
Line. Vascular Access.
Check for restrictions, such as:
• kinks in the Venous Patient Line;
• closed clamps;
• clotted venous needle;
• poor flow to the Patient’s Vascular Access.
If necessary decrease the blood flow per
clinical policy.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
2. Venous pressure has increased somewhat 2. Attention should be given to the revaluation
during a treatment due to of the needle size, the blood flow rate and
hemoconcentration and/or inadequate the heparin dosage;
heparin delivery to the patient, resulting in a When the pressure stabilizes, select the
pressure increase for a given needle at a alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
fixed blood flow rate. Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The measured venous pressure is above the maximum venous treatment limit.
1. Restriction of blood flow to the Patient’s 1. Carefully check the Blood Cassette
Vascular Access or in the Venous Patient connections and assess the Patient’s
Line. Vascular Access.
Check for restrictions, such as:
• kinks in the Venous Patient Line;
• closed clamps;
• clotted venous needle.
If necessary decrease the blood flow per
clinical policy.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
2. The venous pressure has increased 2. Attention should be given to the revaluation
somewhat during a treatment due to of the needle size, the blood flow rate and
hemoconcentration and/or inadequate the heparin dosage;
heparin delivery to the patient, resulting in a When the pressure stabilizes, select the
pressure increase for a given needle at a alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
fixed blood flow rate. Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The venous pressure is above the Venous Pressure Threshold as displayed in the
Venous Pressure Alarm Window.
1. The venous pressure is above the allowed 1. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
limit. Access, the Cassette connections and
inspect for kinking of the Venous Patient
Line.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the treatment.
Press the “Close A/V Limits” button when the
arterial and venous pressures are stable.
2. If the alarm persists:
• attach a sterile syringe to the Venous
Infusion Line;
• open the clamp on the Venous Infusion
Line to decrease the pressure;
• when the pressure stabilizes, close the
clamp on the Venous Infusion Line and
remove the syringe;
• select the alarm in the Alarm/Information
Message Area and press the RESET
button to restart the Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
1. The pump segment is jamming the rotor of 1. Verify the correct placement of the pump
the venous pump. segment into the rotor.
Press the RESET button to restart the
venous pump.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump board, Motherboard and Blood slave replace as required.
board.
2. The Venous pump board is defective. 2. Replace the Venous pump board.
1. The Venous pump segment is not correctly 1. Press the RESET button.
inserted into the rotor. Verify that the Venous pump segment is
correctly inserted into the rotor.
1. Defective connection between the Hall 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor board, Venous Pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.
6. The Blood slave board is defective. 6. Replace the Blood slave board.
Reason The control system has detected a large spike or a large rapid change while
monitoring the Venous Pressure Sensor.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason A difference greater than 50 grams has been detected between the calculated
Infusion Volume, based on the Infusion Flow rate set, and the infusion fluid
effectively delivered, measured by the scale.
1. An Hospasol infusion bag has been hung or 1. Check for Hospasol infusion bags hung or
removed from the AFB K scale. removed.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the special procedure as described in
the “Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.
2. The Infusion Flow is not correctly delivered. 2. Check that there are no obstructions or external
leakages in the infusion fluid flow from the
Hospasol infusion bags to the Infusion
Cassette.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the special procedure as described in
the “Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual without
actually changing the bags.
3. The Hospasol Infusion Line is defective. 3. Replace the Infusion Cassette as described
in the “Change Circuit in AFB K treatments”
section of the Artis AFB K Treatment
Operator’s Manual.
2. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 2. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.
NOTE
DO NOT hang or remove Hospasol infusion bags without first confirming the Change Hospasol
Bag special procedure.
If during treatment the machine detects for four times a weight variation on the AFB K scale
exceeding 50 grams without that the Change Hospasol Bag special procedure has been
confirmed, the alarm “Infusion Volume Error (#626)” is triggered. The alarm “Infusion Volume Error
(#626)” requires to disconnect the patient.
Reason The calibration of the Optical Sensor for the Blood Leak Detector did not occur at
the correct time.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The machine has an internal malfunction. 1. During Preparation process: switch the
machine OFF, wait a few seconds and then
switch the machine back ON.
1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Leak Detector, Motherboard and Protective replace as required.
slave board.
Reason Deposits and/or debris collected on the Blood Leak Detector (BLD) are causing a
loss of sensitivity.
Machine None.
Actions
1. An excessively high value is present at the 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
receiver of the Optical Sensor, due to alarm.
deposits on the detector. Perform a Chemical Disinfection procedure
to clean the Sensor.
! WARNING
After a “BLD Sensitivity Loss (#170)” alarm perform a Chemical Disinfection program before
starting a new treatment.
1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Leak Detector sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.
Reason The control memory CRC test on the calibration data has failed. The calibration
data has been lost and standard defaults are used.
Machine • NONE.
Actions
1. The calibration data CRC test has failed on 1. Perform a software download.
the Protective slave board.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The power supply voltages are too low. 1. Check the power supply voltage on the
motherboard and ensure that it is above 4.7
volts. If not, reconnect the main power
cable in the power supply and on the
motherboard.
2. The circuit board on the Protective slave 2. Replace the circuit board and test.
board is defective.
3. The Protective slave board is defective. 3. Replace the Protective slave board.
Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Backup Battery has failed.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The battery in the Battery Backup Kit needs 1. Press the CONFIRM button to continue with
to be replaced. the treatment without the Battery Backup.
In case of Power Failure, refer to the “8.2.1
Power Failure with battery not charged”
section of this Operator’s Manual
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The Protection Module does not recognize the data sent.
Machine • None.
Actions
Reason The ADR process has been stopped due to an internal software time out.
1. The ADR process has been stopped due to 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
an internal software time out. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
procedure to perform ADR.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
1. An internal software time out occurred. 1. Check in the Service Data screen the
number of the hydraulic phase at the
moment the alarm occurs.
According to the hydraulic phase, check in
the Chapter 15 “Hydraulic Phase
Description” of this Service Manual the
configuration of the electro valves and verify
the required procedure to change the
hydraulic phase.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
Reason The Hemoscan sensor detects blood volume lower than the “Alarm Limit” set
value.
2. The Hemoscan “Alarm Limit” value is 2. Change the “Alarm Limit” value in the
incorrect for this patient. Hemoscan Settings sub-screen.
NOTE
This alarm occurs in order to signal to the operator possible patient’s health risk.
1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.
Reason The Arterial Pump has been running at less than 50 ml/min for more than 30
seconds.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Arterial Pump speed is less than 50 ml/ 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
min for more than 30 seconds. alarm.
Increase the Arterial Pump speed to more
than 50 ml/min.
Reason The Venous/Arterial Patient Line has been incorrectly inserted into the Venous/
Arterial Line Clamp.
1. The Venous Patient Line is not correctly 1. Remove and correctly re-insert the Venous
inserted into the Venous Line Clamp. Patient Line into the Venous Line Clamp.
2. The Arterial Patient Line is not correctly 2. Remove and correctly re-insert the Arterial
inserted into the Arterial Line Clamp. Patient Line into the Arterial Line Clamp.
3. The Arterial and Venous Patient Lines are 3. Remove and correctly re-insert the Arterial
bent because they have been closed in the and Venous Patient Lines into their
Arterial/Venous Line clamps for a too long respective line clamps.
time.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify that the connections are good. Repair
Patient Line optical sensor, Venous clamp or replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.
2. Defective connection between the Arterial 2. Verify that the connections are good. Repair
Patient Line optical sensor, Arterial clamp or replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.
3. The Venous or Arterial Patient Line optical 3. Replace the Venous or Arterial Line Clamp.
sensor is defective.
Reason There is an excessive pressure in the Drain Tube. (Due to Drain Tube kinking/
obstruction or bad connection).
1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.
1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.
1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.
1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.
Reason The actual value of equivalent dialysis fluid sodium concentration has deviated
from the path, calculated automatically by the system, by a quantity higher than
the Na tolerance set.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The actual value of equivalent dialysis fluid 1. Press the CONFIRM button to clear the
sodium concentration has deviated from the alarm.
path, calculated automatically by the If the alarm persists, correct the Equivalent
system, by a quantity higher than the Na Na value in the Hemocontrol Settings sub-
limits set. screen, as suggested by the indications
displayed.
Reason The actual value of equivalent dialysis fluid sodium concentration has deviated
from the path, calculated automatically by the system, by a quantity lower than the
Na tolerance set.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The actual value of equivalent dialysis fluid 1. Press the CONFIRM button to clear the
sodium concentration has deviated from the alarm.
path, calculated automatically by the If the alarm persists, correct the Equivalent
system, by a quantity lower than the Na Na value in the Hemocontrol Settings sub-
limits set. screen, as suggested by the indications
displayed.
Machine • None.
Actions
Reason Bypass conditions occurred too frequently during treatment; as a result the
effective treatment time is less than 90% of the total treatment time.
Machine • None
Actions
NOTE
The “AFBK: ByPass too Frequent (#291)” alarm is not triggered during the first hour of treatment.
2. The SelectBag is not properly connected. 2. Check that the SelectBag is properly
installed on its holder.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change SelectBag” option to
change the SelectBag container.
Perform the “Change SelectBag” special
procedure as described in the “Change
SelectBag container” section of the
Operator’s Manual.
Reason There was a communication problem detected between the Blood slave board and
the Main board.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Temporary data overload of the Blood slave 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
board, Motherboard and the Power Supply. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.
1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
slave board, Motherboard and Main board. replace as required.
Reason An internal communication problem between the Master Module and the Bio
Module occurred.
Machine • None.
Actions
2. If the alarm persists and the machine stops 2. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure during
functioning. a dialysis treatment as described in the
“Fast Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.
1. The power supply voltage is below the 1. Check that 5 volts are measured both on
allowed limit (+5 volt). the motherboard and in the Power Supply.
If the voltage is good in the Power Supply
but low on the motherboard, reconnect the
main power cable and retest. If the problem
still exists, replace the main power cable.
If the voltage is low in the Power Supply,
then troubleshoot for low voltage in the
Power Supply (less then +5 volts).
2. Defective connection between the Bio Slave 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
board, Motherboard and Main board. replace as required.
3. Connection problem with the Bio slave 3. Disconnect one at time both the Bio Slave
board or the Main board. Board and Main board; reconnect the
boards and retest.
4. The Bio slave board or the Main board are 4. Replace one at time both the Bio Slave
defective. Board and Main board and verify the
defective one. Repair or replace as
required.
Reason The Main computer board and the Bioslave2 modules are not communicating.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Bioslave2 slave internal module is not 1. Perform a Fast recovery procedure as
communicating. described in the "Fast Recovery" section of
the Artis Operator's Manual.
Reason The D1 flowmeter does not respond to changes in the dialysis fluid flow.
1. Massive air in the hydraulic circuit. 1. Check that all the connectors are securely
connected to the machine.
Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.
Reason The D2 flowmeter does not respond to changes in the dialysis fluid flow. Possible
Mass Balance alarms may precede this alarm.
1. Massive air in hydraulic circuit. 1. Check that all the connectors are securely
connected to the machine.
In DIALYSIS: Perform a Fast Recovery
procedure as described in the “Fast
Recovery” section of the Operator’s
Manual.
Reason The machine has been in BYPASS for more than 6 minutes, either because the
operator has deselected the “Dialysis Fluid” button, or due to an internal machine
malfunction that is blocking the machine in bypass condition.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Bypass has been selected and not cleared 1. Press the RESET button.
during the treatment. Take the machine out of BYPASS by
selecting the ”Dialysis Fluid” button.
3. The “Start Treatment” button has not been 3. Press the RESET button.
pressed. Confirm the mandatory parameters (UF
Volume and Treatment Time), if not already
done, and then press the “Start Treatment”
button.
4. Isolated UF function has not been properly 4. Press the RESET button.
stopped by the machine.
This might occur when the “Isolated UF IN HD-DN and HD-SN TREATMENTS:
Completed (#570)” alarm message is reset 1. Press the “UF” button
while the machine is performing the Auto 2. Reset the “Isolated UF Completed
Test. (#570)” alarm message
3. Confirm the “UF Volume Confirmation
Required” Confirm window to continue
the treatment
Reason Communication problem detected between the Hydraulic Slave Board and the
Main Board.
1. The hydraulic slave internal module is not 1. Perform a Fast recovery procedure as
communicating. described in the "Fast Recovery" section of
the Artis Operator's Manual.
Reason The measured arterial pressure is above the maximum arterial pressure threshold
as displayed in the Arterial Pressure Alarm Window.
1. The Arterial Pressure Alarm Window needs 1. In the A/V Limit Settings sub-screen adjust
to be set. the arterial pressure alarm limits;
Press “Close A/V Limits” button: the
machine automatically centralize the alarm
window values around the current patient’s
arterial/venous pressures.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
2. The Arterial Patient Line may have become 2. Carefully check the Cassette connections
disconnected from the patient. and the Patient’s Vascular Access;
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Protective board.
2. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 2. Check the “Art. Pressure” parameter value
calibration. in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Perform an Arterial pressure sensor
calibration as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The measured arterial pressure is below the minimum arterial treatment limit.
1. The Arterial Pump speed is too fast. 1. Consider decreasing the blood flow if this
operation is not in disagreement with the
patient prescription;
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
2. The Arterial Patient Line is kinked, clamped 2. Check the Arterial Patient Line and the
or restricted. Patient’s Vascular Access for restrictions,
such as:
• kinks in the Arterial Patient Line;
• closed clamps;
• clotted arterial needle;
• poor flow from the Patient’s Vascular
Access.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the CONFIRM button to
restart the Arterial Pump.
3. The arterial pressure decreased somewhat 3. Attention should be given to the revaluation
during a treatment due to of the needle size, the blood flow rate and
hemoconcentration and/or inadequate the heparin dosage;
heparin delivery to the patient, resulting in a When the pressure stabilizes, select the
reduced pressure for a given needle at a alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
fixed blood flow rate. Area and press the CONFIRM button to
restart the Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Protective board.
2. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 2. Check the “Art. Pressure” parameter value
calibration. in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Perform an Arterial pressure sensor
calibration as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The initial Arterial and Venous Pressure offset are out of range or they aren't yet
been calculated.
Machine • The machine will stop at this point and will not proceed any further into the test.
Actions
1. If the Blood Cassette is filled with saline, it is 1. Press the RESET button.
possible to have a pressure different from 0 Clamp the prime line, the Arterial infusion
mmHg. line and the Venous infusion line.
Open the Venous infusion line and the
Arterial infusion line to the atmosphere. The
pressures displayed on the Touch Screen
should decrease toward 0 mmHg.
1. The Arterial or Venous pressure sensor is 1. Check the correct working of the Arterial
defective. and Venous pressure sensors.
These T1 tests are performed during the Replace as required.
Preparation and the Blood Cassette had to
be disconnected.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
MALFUNCTION 320
When the “Malfunction 320” is triggered by the Artis Dialysis System the following pop-up window
appears on the Touch Screen:
Reason The protective test for the correct reading of the message sent by the Control
System has failed. The message has been lost and the last correct message is
used.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Defective connection between the Main 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
board, Motherboard and Protective slave replace as required.
board.
Reason The machine remains in PAUSE TREATMENT for more than 5 minutes.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The operator has maintained the selection 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
of PAUSE TREATMENT for more than 5 alarm. Interrupt the PAUSE TREATMENT
minutes. procedure and continue the treatment.
Reason The Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector is not in the position required for the
current operating phase.
1. The Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector is 1. Verify the correct position of the Blue
not in the position required for the current Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector for the
operating phase. current operating phase.
1. Defective connection between the Dialyzer 1. Clean, repair or replace the defective
Hall sensor board, the Motherboard and the connection.
Hydraulic slave board.
3. The Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector 3. Replace the Blue Dialysis Fluid Tube
magnetic sensor is defective. Connector.
4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Repair or replace the defective board.
Reason The Red Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector is not in the position required for the
current operating phase.
1. The Red Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector is 1. Verify the correct position of the Red
not in the position required for the current Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector for the
operating phase. current operating phase.
1. Defective connection between the Dialyzer 1. Clean, repair or replace the defective
Hall sensor board, the Motherboard and the connection.
Hydraulic slave board.
3. The Red Dialysis Fluid Tube Connector 3. Replace the Red Dialysis Fluid Tube
magnetic sensor is defective. Connector.
4. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 4. Repair or replace the defective board.
Reason The AC supply voltage has been interrupted in a machine equipped with the
BATTERY BACKUP KIT.
Machine In ADR:
Actions • The machine automatically switches OFF after 5 minutes.
Reason The Air Detector does not operate with the maximum sensitivity because the
Venous Patient line or the Air Detector is dirty.
1. The Venous Patient line is dirty or the Air 1. Open the Sensor Bar door;
Detector is defective. 2. Remove the Venous Patient line from the air
detector/blood sensor;
3. Clean the Venous Patient line and the air
detector/blood sensor;
4. Route again the Venous Patient line through
the air detector/blood sensor;
5. Close the Sensor Bar door;
6. Press the RESET button to clear the “Blood
Sensed in Venous Line (#359)” alarm;
7. If the “Blood Sensed in Venous Line (#359)”
persists, repeat the procedure.
Reason The Arterial Pump speed is lower than the set value.
1. The Arterial Pump speed is incorrect. 1. Press the RESET button to re-start the
Arterial Pump.
2. The Arterial Pump speed is too high for the 2. Decrease the Arterial Pump speed or
“SN Pressure Min” and “SN Pressure Max” consider changing the “SN Pressure Min”
parameter values set by the operator. and “SN Pressure Max” parameter values.
Press the RESET button to re-start the
Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Hall sensor board, Blood pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.
1. If the alarm is displayed for the first time. 1. Press the RESET button and continue the
process.
1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Hall sensor board, Blood pump board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.
Reason The machine is not detecting that the Venous Patient Line is present into the Air
Detector housing or into the Venous Line Clamp (ONLY after Patient Connection).
1. The Venous Patient Line is not properly 1. Verify that the Venous Patient Line has
inserted into the Air Detector housing or been inserted correctly into the Air Detector
into the Venous Line Clamp. housing and into the Venous Line Clamp.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the “VLine ABD” parameter value
Patient Line Presence switch, Motherboard, displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
Protective board. screen.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
Reason The conductivity measured in the first stage of the dialysis fluid preparation is
below the permitted range.
2. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 2. Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
properly connected to its Safebag is properly connected to its Safebag
Connector. Connector.
3. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 3. Verify that the Blue Concentrate Connector
properly connected to its Concentrate is properly connected to its Concentrate
Connector Port. Connector Port.
4. Massive air intake from the Safebag - K 4. Check the position of the Safebag KV
Compartment. concentrate solution on the Concentrate
bag hooks.
6. The BiCart Cartridge is not properly 6. Ensure the BiCart Cartridge is securely
positioned in its holder. placed in its holder.
NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.
1. The concentrate canisters are empty. 1. Verify that none of the concentrate canisters
are empty.
2. DURING TREATMENT
1. Stop the treatment and disconnect the
patient.
2. Perform a Rinse programme;
3. Change both the Ultrafilters performing
the procedure described in the “Ultrafilter
Change Procedure” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual.
3. The solution in the concentrate canister is 3. Verify that concentrates are being used and
not correct or diluted. are of the appropriate formulation for the
selected treatment type.
If using dialysis fluid concentrate solutions,
replace the concentrates as needed, then
wait a few seconds for the machine to
stabilize.
If using solutions other than concentrates
during the dialysis fluid preparation:
• Stop the dialysis preparation;
• Replace the Blood Cassette and the
Dialyzer;
• Run a complete RINSE procedure;
• Replace solutions;
• Restart the dialysis fluid preparation.
4. Air leak from the Red/Blue pick-up tube 4. If the alarm persists, verify that:
connectors or the Red/Blue pick-up tube is • the Red and Blue pick-up tube connectors
not connected to the Concentrate Canister and Red and Blue pick-up tubes are free
or the Red/Blue pick-up tube connector has of leaks/holes and debris.
accumulated debris or salt crystals. • the Red/Blue pick-up tube connectors are
securely connected to the appropriate
concentrate connector port/canister.
If necessary, rinse the accumulated debris
from the Connector(s).
! WARNING
The “DIALYSATE PH LOW (#368)” alarm could be triggered in case a chemical disinfectant has
been used instead of Acid concentrate during a dialysis treatment.
This may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury or
death.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason A discrepancy is indicated between the conductivity of the dialysis fluid both for
the dialysis fluid flow and the rotation speed of the associated Pump(s). The actual
Pump(s) speed does not match with the actual concentrate(s) used.
1. DURING TREATMENT
1. Stop the treatment and disconnect the
patient.
2. Perform a Rinse programme;
3. Change both the Ultrafilters performing
the procedure described in the “Ultrafilter
Change Procedure” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual.
2. The type of the Acid/Safebag Concentrate 2. Verify that the correct type of Acid/Safebag
solution used is incorrect. Concentrate solution is being used.
If the Acid canister/bag has to be replaced,
perform the “Change Acid” special
procedure as described in the “Change
Acid” section of the Artis Operator’s
Manual.
If the Safebag KV concentrate solution has
to be replaced, perform the “Change
Safebag” special procedure as described in
the “Change Safebag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.
Wait a few seconds for the machine to
stabilize.
3. The Acid/Safebag Concentrate solution 3. Verify that the correct type of Acid/Safebag
selected in the “Fluid Settings” sub-screen Concentrate solution has been selected on
is incorrect. the “Fluid Settings” sub-screen, then wait a
few seconds for the machine to stabilize.
4. The Red Concentrate Connector is not 4. Verify that the Red Concentrate Connector
securely connected to its port/canister or is securely connected to the appropriate
the machine has been switched from the port/canister.
Central Concentrate to an individual
Concentrate Canister.
6. The SelectCart powder has not been 6. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
properly diluted in the SelectCart Cartridge. Select the “Change SelectCart” option.
Perform the “Change SelectCart” special
procedure replacing the SelectCart
Cartridge with the new one as described in
the “Change SelectCart Cartridge” section
of the Artis Operator’s Manual.
7. The Acid Pump speed is incorrect. 7. If the machine does not stabilize, call for
Service.
! WARNING
The “A Concentrate Error (Acid/SelectCart/Safebag) (#369)” alarm could be triggered in case a
chemical disinfectant has been used instead of Acid concentrate during a dialysis treatment.
This may lead to improper dialysis to be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury or
death.
6. Defective connection between the D1c 6. Verify the “D1C flow” parameter value
flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
slave board. screen.
Replace as required.
7. The D1c flowmeter is defective. 7. Verify the “D1C flow” parameter value
displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
screen.
Replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason A discrepancy is indicated between the conductivity of the dialysis fluid both for
the dialysis fluid flow and the rotation speed of the associated Pump/Pumps. The
actual Pump(s) speed does not match with the actual concentrate(s) used.
3. The type of Safebag KV concentrate 3. Verify that the correct type of Safebag KV
solution used is incorrect. concentrate solution is being used.
Replace the Safebag as described in the
“Change Safebag” section of the Artis AFB
K Treatment Operator’s Manual.
Wait a few seconds for the machine to
stabilize.
4. The Safebag KV concentrate solution 4. Ensure that the correct type of Safebag KV
selected on the “Fluid Settings” sub-screen concentrate solution has been selected on
is incorrect. the "Fluid Settings" sub-screen, then wait a
few seconds for the machine to stabilize.
5. The BiCart Cartridge powder has not been 5. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
properly diluted in the BiCart Cartridge. Select the “Change BiCart” option.
Perform the “Change BiCart” special
procedure as described in the “Change
BiCart Cartridge” section of the Artis
Operator’s Manual.
6. The Bicarbonate Pump speed is incorrect. 6. If the machine does not stabilize, call for
Service.
5. Defective connection between the D1c 5. Verify the “D1c flow” parameter value
flowmeter, Motherboard and Protective displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
slave board. screen.
Clean repair or replace as required.
6. The D1c flowmeter is defective. 6. Verify the “D1c flow” parameter value
displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
screen.
Replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The dialysis fluid flow is lower than the set value or than the minimum permitted
flow.
1. Defective connection between the P1 pump 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
motor drive board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
Reason The conductivity of the dialysis fluid is below the allowed limit.
3. Inadequate Concentrates are being used. 3. If using dialysis fluid concentrate solutions,
replace concentrates as needed then wait
few seconds for the machine to stabilize.
If using solutions other than concentrates
during dialysis fluid preparation:
• stop the dialysis fluid preparation;
• replace the Blood Cassette and the
dialyzer;
• run a complete ADR: RINSE procedure;
• replace the solutions;
• re-start the dialysis fluid preparation.
4. The Acid or Bicarbonate Connector is not 4. Verify that the Acid or Bicarbonate
properly positioned into the Central Connector is properly positioned into the
Concentrate port. Central Concentrate port on the front panel.
3. An air leakage into the Acid Pick-up Tube or 3. Repair or replace as required.
the tube is kinked.
4. The PA pump is blocked or defective. 4. Verify the “PA Freq” encoder parameter
value displayed in the “Prot” column of the
Page 1 in the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.
5. The ΓcA or Γp conductivity cell is not 5. Verify the “Cond A” in relation with the
properly calibrated or is defective. “Cond P” parameter values, displayed in
the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Calibrate or replace as required.
NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.
Reason The temperature of the dialysis fluid is 2 °C below the value set by the operator.
1. A temporary instability of dialysis fluid flow. 1. Wait a few seconds for the system to
stabilize.
2. The temperature of the dialysis fluid has 2. Verify that the incoming water temperature
exceeded the safe limits. is between 5.0 °C - 32.2 °C (41-90 degrees
F).
If the incoming water temperature exceeds
the specified range, then adjust the
temperature of the water source per clinical
policy.
If this alarm persists, then discontinue the
dialysis treatment.
5. The Hydraulic slave board is defective. 5. Replace the Hydraulic slave board and
retest.
Reason The ultrafiltration rate (UFR) is below the value confirmed by the operator or the
minimum permitted value.
2. Defective connection between D1c or D2c 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
3. Defective connection between the D1p or 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
D2p flowmeter, Motherboard and Protective replace as required.
slave board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The measured venous pressure is either below +10 mmHg or below the venous
pressure threshold as displayed in the Venous Pressure Alarm Window.
1. If <10 mmHg, the Venous Patient Line may 1. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
have become disconnected from the Access, the Cassette connections and
patient. inspect for kinking of the Venous Patient
Line.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood board.
2. The Venous pressure sensor is out of 2. Check the “Ven. Pressure” parameter value
calibration. in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Perform a Venous pressure sensor
calibration as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The measured arterial pressure is below the minimum arterial pressure threshold,
as displayed in the Arterial Pressure Alarm Window.
1. The arterial pressure alarm window needs 1. In the A/V Limit Settings sub-screen adjust
to be set. the arterial pressure alarm limits;
Press “Close A/V Limits” button: the
machine automatically centralize the alarm
window values around the current patient’s
arterial/venous pressures.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
2. The Arterial Patient Line may have become 2. Carefully check the Cassette connections
disconnected from the patient. and the Patient's Vascular Access.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
3. The Arterial Patient Line is kinked, clamped 3. Check the Arterial Patient Line and the
or restricted. Patient's Vascular Access for restrictions,
such as:
• kinks in the Arterial Patient Line;
• closed clamps;
• clotted arterial needle;
• poor flow from the Patient’s Vascular
Access.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Protective board.
2. The Arterial pressure sensor is out of 2. Check the “Art. Pressure” parameter value
calibration. in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Perform an Arterial pressure sensor
calibration as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The T0 Test, related to the Air Detector sensor, has failed.
1. Defective connection between the Air 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Detector, PIB board, Motherboard, Blood replace as required.
and Protective slave board.
Machine • None.
Actions
Machine • None.
Actions
Machine • The machine continues the treatment with the previous conductivity set;
Actions • The new set conductivity is not stored in the machine memory.
1. One of the formula input (Na set, HCO3 set, 1. Change the value of the formula input.
Concentrate set) causes the results out of
range.
NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The ultrafilters should be replaced. 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
alarm.
If needed, replace the ultrafilters with new
ones (Refer to the Section “Ultrafilter
Change Procedure” of the Operator’s
Manual).
Reason The Green Concentrate Connector is in the wrong position, for the treatment type
set, or is not fully inserted into its Concentrate Connector Port.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The phase currently running stops;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass and the infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
2. The Green Concentrate Connector is not 2. In ADR and all the other treatments:
fully inserted in its Concentrate Connector Verify that the Green Concentrate
Port. Connector is securely connected to its
Concentrate Connector Port.
1. Defective connection between the SWAFB 1. Verify the “SWAFB” parameter value
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Green
Concentrate Connector, the state of the
“SWAFB” value (Open/Closed) must
change.
Clean repair or replace as required.
Reason The encoder on the PS does not indicate the proper response to the command to
run the PS, thus indicating a malfunction.
2. In ADR: failure of the command that drives 2. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
the PS Pump. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
2. The PS concentrate pump drive board or 2. Verify the PS pump encoder parameter
the encoder on PS pump is defective. value displayed in the Page 1 of the Service
Data screen.
The PS concentrate pump drive board or
the pump encoder may be defective if the
motor is turning.
Repair or replace as required.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
1. The Select Bag holder is in the wrong 1. Check the position of the Select Bag holder.
position.
Reason The venous blood flow is lower than the expected set value.
1. The Venous Pump speed is different from 1. Press the RESET button to restart the
the set value. Venous Pump.
Reason The venous blood flow is greater than the expected set value.
1. The Venous Pump speed is different from 1. Press the RESET button to restart the
the set value. Venous Pump.
Reason A power failure occurred and therefore the battery back-up is used.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
1. The Left Blue EvaClean door is open when 1. Verify that the door is closed.
it should be closed.
2. The Left Blue EvaClean door is closed 2. Verify that the door is OPEN.
when it should be OPEN.
1. Defective connection between the Left Blue 1. Verify the “SWCON1” parameter value
SWCON1 EvaClean1 connector door displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Left Blue
EvaClean door, the state of the “SWCON1”
value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
2. The EvaClean door magnetic sensor is 2. Replace the EvaClean door magnetic
defective. sensor.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops;
• All the pumps are stopped.
1. The Right Red EvaClean door is open when 1. Verify that the door is closed.
it should be closed.
2. The Right Red EvaClean door is closed 2. Verify that the door is OPEN.
when it should be OPEN.
1. Defective connection between the Right 1. Verify the “SWCON2” parameter value
Red EvaClean connector door switch, displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
Motherboard and Hydraulic board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Right
Red EvaClean door, the state of the
“SWCON2” value (Open/Closed) must
change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
2. The EvaClean door magnetic sensor is 2. Replace EvaClean door magnetic sensor.
defective.
Reason The acquired inlet pressure value is out of range respect to the set point.
Machine • None.
Actions
Reason The acquired flow value is out of range respect to the set point.
Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.
1. The T1 test failed during preparation. 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.
Perform an Extra Priming procedure.
1. Defective connection between the Air 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Detector, Motherboard and Protective slave replace as required.
board.
2. Defective connection between the Air 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Detector, PIB board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Blood slave board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
NOTE
This alarm appears also in case the Arterial Pump cover is OPEN and then closed while the
machine is performing the T1 Arterial Pump/ABD test. In this case, pressing the CONFIRM
button, the alarm message is removed but if the “Reset Prime” button is pressed, the priming
procedure gets stuck.
To restore the priming procedure, proceed as follows:
1. Open the Arterial Pump Cover;
2. Close the Arterial Pump Cover;
3. Press the “Auto-Prime” button to start again the priming procedure.
Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Protective Flow Meters has failed.
Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.
2. The T1 test Flowmeter failed. 2. Press the RESET button and wait for the
new flowmeter test.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
1. The Ultra Door is open when it should be 1. Verify that the door is closed.
closed.
2. The Ultra Door is closed when it should be 2. Verify that the door is OPEN.
OPEN.
1. Defective connection between the Ultra 1. Verify the “Online Door” parameter value
Door Hall sensor, Motherboard, Hydraulic displayed in the Page 2 of the Service Data
slave board and Blood slave board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Ultra
Door, the state of the “Online Door” value
(Open/Closed) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
Reason The sensor detected that the Sensor Bar Door is open.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Sensor Bar Door is open when it should 1. Verify that the door is closed.
be closed.
1. Defective connection between the Sensor 1. Verify the “ABD Door” parameter value
Bar door Hall sensor, Motherboard and displayed in the Page 2 of the Service Data
Blood slave board. screen.
With the opening and closing of the Sensor
Bar door, the state of the “ABD Door” value
(Open/Closed) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
2. The Sensor Bar door sensor is defective. 2. Replace the Sensor Bar door sensor.
Reason The dialysis fluid flow is lower than the set value or than the minimum permitted
flow.
1. There are deposits or debris inside the 1. Press the RESET button.
flowmeters of the machine. Perform a Chemical Disinfection.
1. Defective connection between the LFD 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Dialysis Fluid flow sensor, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
3. A tube may be disconnected or obstructed. 3. Check the correct water flow in the circuit.
Repair or replace as required.
2. In ADR: failure of the command that drives 2. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
the PWHO pump. seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
disinfection/rinse procedure.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
1. Defective connection between the PWHO 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
2. The PWHO Pump is defective. 2. Verify that the “PWho” parameter value
displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
screen is correct.
The PWHO pump board may be defective if
the motor is not turning.
Replace as required.
Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the BLD sensor has failed or it has
exceeded the maximum allowed time for the execution.
1. The T1 test on the Blood Leak Detector 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
(BLD) has failed. machine OFF and call for Service.
1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Leak Detector (BLD), Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Machine • None.
Actions
! WARNING
If both the Acustical Buzzer T1 Test and the Acustical Speaker T1 Test fail (both the auditory
signal sources are malfunctioning), a malfunction occurs so that it is not possible to use the Artis
Dialysis System. In this case, call for Service Technician.
If only one of the T1 Tests fails (only one of the auditory signal source is malfunctioning), it is the
operator’s responsibility to decide whether to proceed with the current treatment after having
checked that the machine is able to sound properly. Also in this case, call for Service Technician
to troubleshoot the problem as soon as possible.
Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Cut 24 Volts has failed.
1. The T1 test on the Cut 24 Volt has failed. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.
2. Defective connection between the Venous 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
line clamp sensor, Venous clamp board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Protective slave board.
Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Venous Line Clamp has failed.
1. The T1 test Venous Line Clamp has failed. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
clamp board, Motherboard and Protective replace as required.
slave board.
Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Valves command has failed.
1. The T1 test Valves has failed. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. During treatment the operator has 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
deselected the UF button (the machine alarm message (pay attention that UF
doesn't apply UF for six consecutive doesn't restart automatically).
minutes, so a alarm message will be
displayed).
Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Temperature has failed.
Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.
1. The T1 test Temperature failed. 1. Press the RESET button and wait the
machine to perform another Temperature
test.
2. Defective connection between the TcA Acid 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
temperature sensor board, Hydraulic I2C replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.
4. The TP, Tp or TcA temperature sensor is out 4. Perform a TP, Tp or Tca temperature sensor
of calibration. calibration as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Conductivity cells has failed.
Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.
1. The T1 test Conductivity failed. 1. Press the RESET button and wait the
machine to perform another Conductivity
test.
1. Defective connection between ΓcB or ΓcA 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Venous pressure has failed.
Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.
1. The T1 test Venous pressure failed. 1. Press the RESET button and perform
unload/load cassette for a new Venous
pressure test.
1. The T1T Venous pressure sensor is out of 1. Perform a T1T Venous pressure sensor
calibration. calibration as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the Arterial pressure has failed.
Machine • None.
Actions • If the alarm condition persists after the preparation phase, it will not be possible
to start the treatment.
1. The T1 test Arterial pressure failed. 1. Press the RESET button and perform
unload/load cassette for a new Arterial
pressure test.
1. The T1T Arterial pressure sensor is out of 1. Perform a T1T Arterial pressure sensor
calibration. calibration as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The communication between the Protective System and the conductivity cell Γp
has failed.
Reason The communication between the Protective System and the conductivity cell
ΓpSe has failed.
1. Defective connection between the ΓpSe 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell board, Protective I2C replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Protective slave
board.
! WARNING
If both the Acustical Buzzer T1 Test and the Acustical Speaker T1 Test fail (both the auditory
signal sources are malfunctioning), a malfunction occurs so that it is not possible to use the Artis
Dialysis System. In this case, call for Service Technician.
If only one of the T1 Tests fails (only one of the auditory signal source is malfunctioning), it is the
operator’s responsibility to decide whether to proceed with the current treatment after having
checked that the machine is able to sound properly. Also in this case, call for Service Technician
to troubleshoot the problem as soon as possible.
Reason The pressure of the dialysis fluid that is going to the drain, measured by the PD
pressure sensor, is higher than the permitted value.
4. The PWHO pump may be defective or 4. Check the correct working of the PWHO
disconnected. pump.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
5. The EVDRAIN valve may be defective or 5. Check the correct working of the EVDRAIN
disconnected. valve.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
Reason The pressure of the dialysis fluid that is going to the drain, measured by the PD
pressure sensor, is lower than the permitted value.
4. The PWHO pump may be defective or 4. Check the correct working of the PWHO
disconnected. pump.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
Reason The Hemoscan Cuvette is not inserted into the Sensor Bar door.
Machine • The appearance of the Auto-Prime Action button has been delayed.
Actions • None.
1. The cassette is loaded and the Sensor Bar 1. Insert the Arterial Patient Line with the
door is open and/or the cuvette is not Hemoscan cuvette into the Sensor Bar.
present. Firmly close the Sensor Bar door.
2. The Hemoscan cuvette is not present on the 2. Deactivate first the Hemocontrol function
Blood Tubing System used. (when activated) and then the Hemoscan
function.
1. Defective connection between the Line 1. Verify the “Blood Pres“ parameter value
presence sensor, Hemoscan sensor, displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
Motherboard and Protective slave board. screen.
By pressing the Hemoscan switch, the state
of the “Blood Pres“ value (On/Off) must
change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
NOTE
The Hemoscan system can be used only with a specific Blood Tubing System equipped
with a Hemoscan cuvette.
Refer to the “ Chapter 16: Specifications” of this manual for the list of Blood Tubing
Systems equipped with Hemoscan cuvette.
Use of different Blood Tubing Systems can cause alarms or wrong measurements of
Hemoscan Monitoring System due to differences in the characteristic of the line
(materials, geometry and so on).
Reason The measured arterial pressure is above the maximum arterial treatment limit.
1. The Arterial Patient Line may have become 1. Carefully check the Cassette connections
disconnected from the patient. and the Patient’s Vascular Access.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
2. The Arterial Pump speed is too low. 2. Consider increasing the blood flow if this
operation is not in disagreement with the
patient prescription.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The measured venous pressure is below the minimum venous treatment limit.
1. Restriction of blood flow to the Patient’s 1. Carefully check the Blood Cassette
Vascular Access or in the Venous Patient connections and assess the Patient’s
Line. Vascular Access.
Check for restrictions, such as:
• kinks in the Venous Patient Line;
• closed clamps;
• clotted venous needle.
If necessary decrease the blood flow per
clinical policy.
When the pressure stabilizes, select the
alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
2. The venous pressure has decreased 2. Attention should be given to the revaluation
somewhat during a treatment due to of the needle size, the blood flow rate and
hemoconcentration and/or inadequate the heparin dosage;
heparin delivery to the patient, resulting in a When the pressure stabilizes, select the
pressure decrease for a given needle at a alarm in the Alarm/Information Message
fixed blood flow rate. Area and press the RESET button to restart
the Arterial Pump.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Protective board.
2. The Venous pressure sensor is out of 2. Check the “Ven. Pressure” parameter value
calibration. in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Perform a Venous pressure sensor
calibration as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Pressures Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason A malfunction occurred on the air compressor and it cannot be used further.
1. Defective connection between the Air 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
compressor board, Motherboard and Blood replace as required.
slave board.
Reason Failure of the leakages test on the PO, PFS, PD pressure sensors: pressure
sensor out of calibration.
1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.
2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.
5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
1. The pressure inside the main circuit is not 1. Perform a PO, PFS or PD pressure sensor
the same among the PO, PFS and PD calibration as required.
pressure sensors
The PO, PFS or PD pressure reducer is out
of calibration.
2. One of the three pressure transducers is out 2. Check the correct working of all the
of calibration. pressure transducers.
Clean, repair, replace or calibrate as
required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason Failure of the leakages test on the R1 pressure regulator: pressure regulator out of
calibration.
1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.
2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.
5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
1. The pressure inside the Main Hydraulic 1. Perform a R1 pressure reducer calibration.
circuit has not reached the desired value.
The R1 pressure reducer is out of
calibration.
2. One of the five pressure transducers is out 2. Check the correct working of all the
of calibration. pressure transducers.
Clean, repair, replace or calibrate as
required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason Failure of the leakages test on the PDrain, PFS or PO pressure sensors: pressure
failure.
1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.
2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.
5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
2. Defective connection between the Main flow 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
tube, air evacuation tube and flushing tube. replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason Failure of the leakages test on the PO, PFS and PD pressure sensors: negative
calibration of pressure sensor.
1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.
2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.
5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
1. The PD, PDG or PO pressure sensor is out 1. Perform a PD, PDG or PO pressure sensor
of calibration. calibration.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Defective connection between Hgb sensor 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
and Bioslave board. replace as required.
Reason During preparation, the flow of the D1Control Flowmeter is not stable.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Massive air in the hydraulic circuit. 1. Check that all the connectors are inserted in
the machine. Then press the RESET
button.
2. Defective connection between the P1 pump 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
assembly, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason During preparation, the flow of the TcA Control Sensor is not stable.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Probable drift of the Tp or TcA temperature 1. Press the RESET button. If the problem
sensor. persist, switch off the machine and call for
service.
1. The TcA temperature sensor is out of 1. Perform the TcA temperature sensor
calibration. calibration.
Reason The dialysis fluid can not reach the condition required on the final stage of the
dialysis fluid preparation.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Massive air leak from the Red Concentrate 1. Check the Red Concentrate Connector.
Connector. Press the RESET button.
2. Massive air leak from the Green 2. Check the Green Concentrate Connector.
Concentrate Connector. Press the RESET button.
3. The Green Concentrate Connector is not 3. Check that the Green Concentrate
connected to its Safebag Connector or the Connector is properly connected to its
frangible pin of the Safebag - AFB Safebag Connector.
Compartment has not been broken. Verify that the frangible pin of the Safebag -
AFB Compartment has been broken.
Press the RESET button.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The dialysis fluid can not reach the condition required on the first stage of the
dialysis fluid preparation.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Massive air leak from the Blue Concentrate 1. Check the Blue Concentrate Connector.
Connector. Press the RESET button.
2. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 2. Check that the Blue Concentrate Connector
connected to its Safebag Connector or the is properly connected to its Safebag
frangible pin of the Safebag - K Connector.
Compartment has not been broken. Verify that the frangible pin of the Safebag -
K Compartment has been broken.
Press the RESET button.
NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.
Reason The dialysis fluid cannot reach the required conductivity after the mixing with the
SelectBag.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Massive air leak from the SelectBag 1. Check that the SelectBag container is
container. properly installed in its holder.
Then press the RESET button.
2. The type of SelectBag that has been set 2. Ensure that the proper SelectBag has been
does not match with the installed one. installed and that the proper type of
SelectBag has been set.
Then press the RESET button.
Reason Isolated UF process has not been deactivated more than 2 minutes after the
"Isolated UF Time" has expired.
1. Isolated UF process has not been 1. Press the RESET button of the “Reminder -
deactivated more than 2 minutes after the Still in Isolated UF (#479)” alarm.
"Isolated UF Time" has expired or the
“Isolated UF Volume” has been reached.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. At the machine start up there is a missing 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
synchronization between the Protective seconds and switch it ON again.
System and the Main Board. If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
Reason The periodical alignment between the flowmeters has not been performed.
1. Defective connection between the D1C and 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
D2C Control flowmeters, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason The T1 test performed by the machine on the FPGA component has failed.
1. The T1 test on the FPGA component has 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
failed. machine OFF and call for Service.
2. The T1 test on the FPGA component has 2. Check the connection of the FPGA device.
failed. Repair or replace as required the defective
FPGA component or component
connection.
2. The PSe concentrate motor driver board 2. Verify that the “PSel Freq” parameter value
may be defective if the motor is not turning. is correctly displayed in the “Prot” and “Hyd”
columns of the Page 1 in the Service Data
screen.
Repair or replace as required.
3. The PSe stepper motor is defective. 3. Repair or replace the stepper motor.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“ of
the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
1. A Bubble trap is not working. 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
preparation process.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
1. A level sensor is damaged. 1. Verify that the level sensors read correctly,
check them in a cup of water.
Replace as required.
2. Defective connection between level sensor, 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board. replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
2. Massive air leak from the Acid Concentrate 2. Check and if necessary replace the Acid
Canister. Concentrate Canister.
3. Acid pick-up tube connector not connected 3. Verify the Acid pick-up tube connector is
to the Concentrate Canister. well fitted into the proper Canister.
4. Bicarbonate not correctly supplied. 4. Replace the BiCart according to the BiCart
Change procedure.
5. The Bicarbonate powder is not well 5. Tap the bottom of the BiCart Cartridge to
distributed in the BiCart Cartridge. evenly distribute the powder. Wait for stable
condition.
6. The BiCart Cartridge is in the wrong 6. Ensure the BiCart is securely placed into its
position. holder.
Repeat the BiCart Change procedure.
2. An air leakage into the Acid Pick-up Tube or 2. Repair or replace as required.
the tube is kinked.
3. The PA pump is blocked or defective. 3. Verify the “PA Freq” encoder parameter
value displayed in the “Prot” column of the
Page 1 in the Service Data screen.
Repair or replace as required.
4. The ΓcA conductivity cell is not properly 4. Verify the “Cond A” in relation with the
calibrated or is defective. “Cond P” parameter values, displayed in
the Page 1 of the Service Data screen.
Calibrate or replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Conductivity Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
1. The test on the control flowmeter has failed. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.
1. Defective connection between the Control 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeters, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
Reason Failure of the leakages test on delivery of dialysis fluid in the hydraulic circuit and
control of the patient weight loss.
1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.
2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.
5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason Failure of the leakages test on delivery of dialysis fluid in the hydraulic circuit and
control of the patient weight loss.
1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.
2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.
5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Reason Failure of the leakages test on the PDrain, PFS or PO pressure sensors: negative
pressure failure.
1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages test.
2. Venous and/or Arterial Dialyzer Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Dialyzer
not properly connected. Lines are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
3. Infusion and/or Service Line clamps are 3. Verify that the Infusion and Service Line
open. clamps are securely closed.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
4. In case the Ultra Cassette is installed and 4. Verify the Ultra Inlet Line is properly
the Ultra Inlet Line is connected to the Ultra connected to the Ultra port.
port, the Ultra Inlet Line is not properly Press the RESET button to repeat the
connected. leakages tests.
5. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 5. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
ports. Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
6. The priming connectors are not properly 6. Verify that the priming connectors are fully
connected to the patient lines or to the inserted into the patient lines. Verify that the
EvaClean ports. priming connectors are properly connected
to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
leakages tests.
3. Defective connection between the Main flow 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
tube, air evacuation tube and flushing tube. replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “T1 Technical Investigation Procedure“ of the
Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The machine is not properly configured. 1. Press the RESET button. If the alarm
persists, switch off the machine and call for
service.
1. The machine is not properly configured. 1. Check the Dip Switch configuration,
configure as required from the Protective
slave in doc Dip Switch position.
Reason This alarm occurs after that the alarm #525 has been triggered and not resolved
within the due time (120 seconds for all Treatments type).
The arterial and venous pressure treatment limits are open for a long time interval.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The “Close A/V Limits” button has not been 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
pressed within the due time. alarm message.
2. The A/V pressure limits have not been 2. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
automatically closed within the due time. Access and inspect the Arterial and Venous
Patient Lines;
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.
3. The A/V pressures have exceeded the 3. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
upper/lower intervals. Access and inspect the Arterial and Venous
Patient Lines;
Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm message.
Reason The CleanCart dilution is not properly performed. In case of CleanCart C, the
decalcification may not be effective; in case of CleanCart A, the protein removal
may not be effective. However, the disinfection performed by means of the heat
effect is guaranteed.
Machine • None
Actions
1. The CleanCart Cartridge Holder Arms are in 1. Verify the correct position of the CleanCart
the wrong position or not securely closed. Cartridge Holder Arms in relation to the
machine phase.
Press the RESET button.
Only if necessary, repeat the disinfection
program in order to perform decalcification
or protein removal.
1. The Acid/Bicarbonate pick-up tube is kinked 1. Check that the acid inside the CleanCart
or has a leak. Cartridge has been correctly diluted.
Clean repair or replace as required.
2. Defective connection between the ΓcB 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.
UF DEVIATION 505
1. Error in the Ultrafiltration control system. 1. Perform a “Switch off ULTRA” special
procedure;
Press “Stop Treatment”;
Perform a saline rinseback;
Disconnect the patient.
1. Defective connection between the Control 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeters, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
1. Defective connection between the Control 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeters, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
8. “SAFE STATE ACTIVATED” #64, Cause 8. There is a leak in the EVDS1, EVDS2 or
“EVDS1/EVDS2/EV2 Internal Leakage” is EV2 valve.
triggered after the #506 alarm is reset. Replace as required.
NOTE
For additional information, refer to the Section “Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure“
of the Chapter “Special Checkout Procedures” in this Service Manual.
1. The Blood Cassette was not loaded 1. Load the Blood Cassette.
properly by the operator. If after the loading of the Blood Cassette the
error persists, call for Service.
2. The Blood Cassette does not fit the 2. Repeat the loading procedure for the Blood
pressure transducer. cassette.
1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the “Blood Pres“ parameter value
Cassette presence switch, Motherboard displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
and Blood slave board. screen.
By pressing the Blood Cassette presence
switch, the state of the “Blood Pres“ value
(On/Off) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
1. The Ultra Cassette was not loaded properly 1. Load the Ultra Cassette.
by the operator. If after the loading of the Ultra Cassette the
error persists, call for Service.
2. The Ultra Cassette does not fit the pressure 2. Repeat the loading procedure for the Ultra
transducer. cassette.
NOTE
This alarm can be triggered also if the following sequence is performed:
1. “Switch off OnLine” special procedure;
2. “Change Circuit” special procedure;
3. Blood Cassette priming;
4. Reset Priming.
In this case, the machine gets stuck and to solve the problem it is necessary to switch the
machine OFF and then ON again.
1. Defective connection between the Ultra 1. Verify the Ultra Cassette presence switch
Cassette presence switch, Motherboard parameter value displayed in the Service
and Blood slave board. Data screen.
By pressing the Ultra Cassette presence
switch, the state of the switch value (On/Off)
must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
1. The Blood lines are clamped or kinked. 1. Verify that the blood lines are not clamped
or kinked, then press the RESET button to
continue the process.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The EVPB valve could be blocked. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.
1. Defective connection between the EVPB or 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
EVPRIM valve, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
7. Defective connection between the P1 pump, 7. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board. replace as required.
9. Defective connection between the D1c 9. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The EVPA valve could be blocked. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.
1. Defective connection between the EVPA or 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
EVPRIM valve, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
7. Defective connection between the P1 pump, 7. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board. replace as required.
9. Defective connection between the D1c 9. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeter, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
Reason Smartscan has detected a Blood Flow value (QB) too low during the last 5
minutes, which may affect treatment efficiency.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The QB value, measured during the last 5 1. Verify the Blood Flow parameter value and if
minutes, is lower then 50 ml/min. necessary adjust the prescription
parameter values.
Press the CONFIRM button.
Reason During HD-DN or HD-DNDP treatment, Smartscan has detected a dialysis flow
rate (QD) lower than the optimal setting for the current Blood Flow during the last
10 minutes.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The dialysis flow rate value (QD) has been 1. Check the prescription and/or consider
lower than the optimal setting for the increasing the dialysis fluid flow rate value.
current Blood Flow during the last 10 Press the CONFIRM button.
minutes.
Reason During HD-DN or HD-DNDP treatment, Smartscan has detected a dialysis flow
rate (QD) higher than the optimal setting for the current Blood Flow during the last
10 minutes.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The dialysis flow rate value (QD) has been 1. Check the prescription and/or consider
higher than the optimal setting for the decreasing the dialysis fluid flow rate value.
current Blood Flow during the last 10 Press the CONFIRM button.
minutes.
Reason The machine does not detect saline solution inside the Venous Patient Line during
priming phase.
1. The machine does not detect saline inside 1. Check the Saline Bag clamp is open, then
the Venous Patient Line. press the RESET button.
2. The machine does not detect saline inside 2. Check that the Venous Line Clamp is open,
the Venous Patient Line. then press the RESET button.
3. The machine does not detect saline inside 3. Check that the pin of the Saline Bag is
the Venous Patient Line. correctly broken, then press the RESET
button.
1. Defective connection between the Blood 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Sensor, PIB board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Protective slave board.
2. The Blood Sensor is out of calibration. 2. Perform calibration of the Blood Sensor
LED and then of the Blood Sensor.
Reason The Venous Patient Line is clamped or kinked; or the Saline Bag is either empty or
not properly perforated by the spike of the Prime Line; or the Venous Infusion Line
is clamped; or the Prime Line is either closed or obstructed.
1. The Venous Patient Line is clamped or 1. Check that the Venous Patient Line is not
kinked. clamped or kinked, then press the RESET
button.
3. The Saline Bag is not properly perforated by 3. Ensure that the spike of the Prime Line is
the spike of the Prime Line. deeply inserted in the Saline Bag;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.
4. The Venous Infusion line is clamped or the 4. Open the clamp on the Venous Infusion line
clamp on the Prime Line is closed. or on the Prime line;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.
5. The Prime Line is obstructed. 5. Adjust the Prime Line position to avoid
obstructions;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.
1. The Arterial Patient Line is clamped or 1. Check that the Arterial Patient Line is not
kinked. clamped or kinked, then press the RESET
button.
1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.
Reason Line not connected or not correctly connected to the EvaClean Ports.
1. Line Not Connected to the EvaClean Ports. 1. Check that the arterial and Venous Patient
Lines are correctly connected to the
EvaClean port, then press the RESET
button.
1. There is a leak in the EvaClean hydraulic 1. Verify in the Service Data screen if the value
circuit. displayed for the PD pressure sensor
reaches a pressure of -400 in the priming
sequence.
Repair or replace as required.
3. Defective connection between the PWHO 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
ARTERIAL INFUSION LINES OPEN OR PATIENT LINES NOT CONNECTED TO EVACLEAN 519
Reason The clamp on the Arterial Infusion line is open or patient lines are not properly
connected to the EvaClean ports.
1. One of the clamps on the Arterial Infusion 1. Check that the clamps on the Arterial
Lines is open. Infusion Lines are securely closed, then
press the RESET button.
2. Arterial and Venous Patient lines are not 2. Check that the Patient lines are properly
properly connected to the EvaClean ports. connected to the EvaClean ports.
Press the RESET button.
1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pressure sensor, PIB board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.
Other treatments:
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass.
1. The Venous Pump is stopped. 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump board, Motherboard and Protective replace as required.
slave board.
2. The Venous pump board is defective. 2. Replace the Venous pump board.
Reason The SN pressure is beyond the upper or lower limit of the sensor.
1. A safety condition has not been satisfied 1. Adjust the pressure by using a sterile
when an alarm occurred. syringe until it falls in the permitted range.
Press the RESET button.
If necessary, perform a Cassette
Repositiong procedure as described in the
“Cassette Repositioning” section of the
Operator’s Manual.
Reason The SN pressure sensor did not perform the analog digital conversion within the
specific timeout.
1. A safety condition has not been satisfied 1. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
when an alarm occurred. described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.
1. Defective connection between PIB board, 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Motherboard and Blood slave board. replace as required.
Reason During HDF Post treatment, the QF/QB ratio is higher than the value preset for the
"QF/QB Volume Control" parameter, if in Volume Control mode, or for the "QF/QB
Pressure Control" parameter, if in Pressure Control mode.
During AFB K treatment, the QF/QB ratio is higher than the value preset for the
"QF/QB” parameter.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The QF/QB ratio is Out of Range due to an 1. Press the RESET button.
incorrect prescription. Consider increasing the Arterial Pump
speed or decreasing the Venous Pump
speed.
2. The QF/QB ratio is Out of Range due to an 2. Press the RESET button.
inconsistency between the Ultra connector Ensure that the Treatment Type set is
position and the Treatment type set. consistent with the Ultra connector position.
NOTE
The “Hemoconcentration Risk (#524)” alarm occurs the first time that the QF/QB ratio exceeds its
allowed range.
Once the RESET button is pressed, it will not occur again (even if the QF/QB ratio remains out of
range) unless the user:
• Stops and resumes manually the Substitution process by pressing the "Substitution Fluid"
button in HDF/HF or the "UF" button in HF treatment;
• Stops and resumes manually the Arterial Pump in HDF/HF treatment;
• changes the Arterial Pump speed;
• changes one of the following parameters:
- Treatment Time
- UF Volume
- On-Line Substitution Rate in HDF/HF treatment.
- Infusion Flow in AFB K treatment.
Reason • The operator has not pressed the “Close A/V Limits” button to close the pressure
alarm limits within the due time (120 seconds for all Treatments type).
• After a change of the blood flow rate, the machine was not able to automatically
close the A/V pressure limits within the due time (120 seconds for all Treatments
type) because the new A/V pressure values set are not consistent with the
change of the blood flow rate, compared to the previous A/V pressure values set.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The “Close A/V Limits” button has not been 1. Press the “Close A/V Limits” button: the
pressed within the due time. machine automatically centralizes the
alarm window values around the current
patient’s arterial/venous pressures.
2. The A/V pressure limits have not been 2. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
automatically closed within the due time. Access and inspect the Arterial and Venous
Patient Lines;
Press the “Close A/V Limits” button: the
machine automatically centralizes the
alarm window values around the current
patient’s arterial/venous pressures.
3. The arterial or venous pump has been 3. Carefully check the Patient’s Vascular
stopped by the operator or due to an alarm Access and inspect the Arterial and Venous
condition and restarted again. The A/V Patient Lines;
pressures have therefore exceeded the Press the “Close A/V Limits” button: the
upper/lower intervals. machine automatically centralizes the
alarm window values around the current
patient’s arterial/venous pressures.
Reason During HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre treatments, the Substitution fluid button
remains deactivated for more than 5 min.
Machine • None.
Actions
NOTE
This alarm is triggered in the following cases:
• At the beginning of the HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre treatments, if the Substitution fluid
button is not pressed within five minutes. When the alarm is Reset the alarm disappears even if
the Substitution fluid button is not activated.
• Each time the Substitution fluid button is activated and then deactivated if it remains deactivated
for 5 minutes. The alarm disappears when the RESET button is pressed to confirm the alarm.
1. The Substitution fluid button is still disabled. 1. Press the RESET button to confirm the
alarm;
Press the Substitution fluid button to restart
the Substitution process.
Reason During treatment phases, the TMP value exceeds the permitted upper limit.
1. The TMP value is beyond the permitted 1. Check the following parameter values:
TMP upper limit. “Treatment Time”, “UF Volume”, “UF Rate”,
“On-line Substitution Rate” and “Blood
Flow”.
Ensure that the QF/QB ratio or the QI/QB
ratio is appropriate for the current treatment
and/or consider decreasing the "On-line
Substitution Rate" and/or the "UF Volume"
parameter values.
Press the RESET button.
2. The Ultra connector position is not 2. Ensure that the Treatment Type set is
consistent with the Treatment Type set. consistent with the Ultra connector position.
Press the RESET button.
Reason The DIASCAN autocalibration has failed: the autocalibration coefficient is out of
the allowed range.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Defective connection between the Diascan 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell board, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Diascan has not been able to complete 1. To proceed with the Diascan measurement,
a measurement. press the RESET button.
2. The Diascan has not been able to complete 2. To stop the Diascan measurement, disable
a measurement. the Diascan deselecting the Diascan
button.
1. Defective connection between the Diascan 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell board, Hydraulic I2C replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.
Reason Smartscan has detected a Clearence value lower than 55% of the Blood Flow
value or lower than the Clearence Low Limit set value.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Dialysis Fluid Flow rate is low. 1. Consider increasing the Dialysis Fluid Flow
if this operation is not in disagreement with
the patient prescription.
Press the CONFIRM button.
2. The Dialyzer has not been properly primed 2. Verify that the Dialyzer has been properly
or it is clotting. primed.
If the Dialyzer is clotting, determine reason
for clotting.
Press the CONFIRM button.
If necessary, perform a Change Circuit
procedure as described in the “Chapter
Special Procedures” of the Operator’s
Manual.
3. Problem with patient’s access or needle 3. Check the patient’s access for correct
placement. The level of recirculation is needle placement. Consider decreasing the
increased. Blood Flow if this operation is not in
disagreement with the patient prescription.
Press the CONFIRM button.
4. Low Real Blood Flow value resulting from 4. Carefully inspect for kinking of the line.
kinking of a line in the blood circuit. Press the CONFIRM button.
5. Co-current connection of the Dialysis Fluid. 5. Verify that the Dialysis Fluid tube
connectors are in the proper posistion.
Press the CONFIRM button.
Reason Smartscan has detected a Forecast Kt/V value lower than 0,8 or lower than the
Target Kt/V set value.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The current Clearance value is lower than 1. Verify that the current Clearance value is
55% of the Blood Flow value. adequate to the treatment, according to the
dialyzer used and to the patient’s vascular
access.
Press the CONFIRM button.
2. An incorrect Distribution Formula has been 2. Verify that the “Distribution Volume” parameter
set. value is properly set for the patient.
Press the CONFIRM button.
3. The Treatment Time set value is lower than 3. Increase the “Treatment Time” parameter
the prescription set value. value if this operation is not in
disagreement with the patient prescription.
Press the CONFIRM button.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Temporary problem with the network. 1. Reload the prescription, then press the
RESET button. If the alarm persists, switch
off the machine.
2. Defective connection between WIFI board or 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Ethernet port, Ethernet board and Main board. replace as required.
Reason Chemical Disinfection process not correctly performed because the disinfectant
tank is empty. Repeat the Chemical Disinfection process.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The disinfectant tank is empty. 1. Check the level of the disinfectant tank:
• If the disinfectant tank is empty, press the
RESET button and, at the end of the
chemical disinfection procedure, replace
the disinfectant tank with a new one.
Repeat the disinfection procedure.
• If the disinfectant tank is full, press the
RESET button and call for service.
1. Defective connection between the EVC, 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
EVD or EVS valve, Motherboard and replace as required.
Hydraulic slave board.
! WARNING
When this alarm is triggered, the Chemical Disinfection process has not been correctly performed
because the disinfectant tank is empty.
Repeat the Chemical Disinfection process using a tank containing enough disinfectant solution.
Reason The programmed disinfection process set by the operator has not been correctly
performed because it was interrupted before the process completion or the
disinfectant tank got empty during the disinfection process.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. Alarm 533 has been triggered and 1. Press the RESET button and start the
confirmed during a disinfection process. process.
If the alarm persists, call for service.
Reason During the flow meters alignment procedure, in treatment, the Protective System
did not give feedback.
1. Defective connection between the Control 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeters, Motherboard and Hydraulic replace as required.
slave board.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Diascan has not been able to complete 1. Press the RESET button and wait for the
a measurement. next Diascan measurement.
Reason The T1 Test performed by the machine on the Wet sensor has failed.
1. The T1 test on the Wet sensor has failed. 1. Take note of the alarm code, switch the
machine OFF and call for Service.
1. There is a leakage in the Hydraulic circuit. 1. Check the level of the water in the Wet
sensor. If there is some water in the tank,
check for leakage in the hydraulic circuit.
Repair or replace as required.
3. Defective connection between the Wet 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
Reason The water temperature inside the hydraulic circuit during a Heat or Heat with
Clean Cart A/C Cartridge process has not reached the expected value.
1. Temperature drop inside the hydraulic 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
circuit during the recirculation phase of a seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
CleanCart Cartridge or Heat Process. procedure to perform.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
1. Defective connection between the TcA 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Conductivity cell board, Hydraulic I2C replace as required.
board, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave
board.
Reason A leakage was detected by the Water Leakage sensor in the hydraulic circuit.
1. A water leakage was detected in the 1. If possible, start with the Rinseback
hydraulic circuit. procedure, otherwise switch off the
machine.
1. There is a leakage in the Hydraulic circuit. 1. Check the level of the water in the Wet
sensor. If there is some water in the tank,
check for leakage in the hydraulic circuit.
Repair or replace as required.
3. Defective connection between the Wet 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
Reason The pressure in the Ultrafilter is lower than the permitted limit.
2. The Dialysis fluid connectors are not 2. Verify that the Dialysis fluid connectors are
properly positioned. properly positioned to the dialyzer or to the
machine, depending upon the phase of the
machine at that time.
Press the RESET button to restart the
current operation of the machine.
2. The PFS pressure sensor is out of 2. Perform a PFS pressure sensor calibration.
calibration.
Reason The Ultra/Blood Cassette Line connections or the Ultra/Blood Cassette Line
Clamps status is incorrect.
1. The Venous/Arterial Patient Lines have not 1. Check that the Venous/Arterial Patient Lines
been inserted in the EvaClean Ports. are inserted in the EvaClean Ports.
Then press the RESET button to remove
the alarm.
2. The Venous/Arterial Dialyzer Line is not 2. Check that the Venous/Arterial Dialyzer
securely connected to the dialyzer. Lines are firmly connected to the dialyzer.
Then press the RESET button to remove
the alarm.
3. The Ultra Inlet Line is not securely 3. Check that the Ultra Inlet Line is firmly
connected to the Ultra Port. connected to the Ultra Port.
Then press the RESET button to remove
the alarm.
4. A line on the Ultra/Blood Cassette (Ultra 4. Check that the clamps on the Ultra Service
Service Line, Rinseback Service Line or Line, Rinseback Service Line and Venous/
Venous/Arterial Infusion Lines) may be Arterial Infusion Lines are securely closed.
unclamped. Then press the RESET button to remove
the alarm.
1. There is a leak in the EvaClean hydraulic 1. Verify in the Service Data screen if the value
circuit. displayed for the PD pressure sensor
reaches a pressure of -400 in the priming
sequence.
Repair or replace as required.
2. Defective connection between the PWHO 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
pump, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board. replace as required.
4. The PWHO pump is defective. 4. Verify in the Service Data screen that the
PWHO pump is correctly driven by the
Hydraulic board.
The pump board may be defective if the
motor is not turning.
Replace as required.
Reason The Ultra Scan has been aborted: the TMP Set and the Upper Limit have been
consequently updated.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Ultra Scan has been aborted: the TMP 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
set and the Upper Limit have been alarm.
consequently up-dated.
Reason The Ultra Scan has been completed: the TMP Set and the Upper Limit have been
consequently updated.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Ultra Scan has been completed: the 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
TMP set and the Upper Limit have been alarm.
consequently up-dated.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Ultra Scan has been completed. 1. Perform a new scan and press the
CONFIRM button to remove the alarm.
Reason In On-line Rinseback, the maximum allowed On-Line Fluid Volume has been
reached.
Reason The position of the Venous Patient Line is incorrect. Probably during priming the
Venous Patient Line has not been inserted under the Venous Line Clamp.
1. The Venous Patient Line has not been 1. Carefully check that the Venous Patient
inserted under the Venous Line Clamp. Line is under the Venous Line Clamp.
Then press the RESET button and continue
the process.
1. Defective connection between the Venous 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
clamp, Venous clamp board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.
LEAKAGES H 548
Reason Failure of the leakages test on the PDrain, PFS or PO: negative pressure failure
on the internal bypass circuit.
1. The Red and Blue Dialisys Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialisys Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
current leakages test.
2. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
port. Press the RESET button to repeat the
current leakage test.
LEAKAGES I 549
Reason Failure of the leakages test on delivery of dialysis fluid in the hydraulic circuit and
control of the patient weight loss.
1. The Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid Tubes are 1. Verify that the Red and Blue Dialysis Fluid
not properly connected. Tubes are properly connected.
Press the RESET button to repeat the
current leakages test.
2. The Venous and Arterial Patient Lines are 2. Verify that the Venous and Arterial Patient
not properly connected to the EvaClean Lines are properly connected.
port. Press the RESET button to repeat the
current leakage test.
Reason A Power Failure occurred during HDF Post, HDF Pre and HF Pre treatments.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. A Power Failure occurred during HDF Post, 1. Check the Power Supply, in case no
HDF Pre and HF Pre treatment or during an recovery is possible:
On-line Rinseback. • Press the RESET button to remove the
alarm.
• Perform a “Switch OFF ULTRA” special
procedure;
• Perform a rinseback procedure in Saline
mode;
• Switch off the machine.
Reason During On-line Bolus or Treatment the on-line volume has reached the 90% of the
maximum on-line volume allowed for Treatment.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The on-line volume has reached the 90% of 1. Press the RESET button.
the maximum on-line volume allowed for
Treatment.
Reason The machine has stopped the substitution/infusion process in order to keep the
remaining one litre for performing on-line restitution.
Machine • The substitution/infusion process is permanently stopped for the rest of the
Actions Treatment in order to allow on-line Rinseback;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
1. The on-line volume has reached the 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
maximum on-line volume allowed for alarm.
Treatment.
1. A failure on the Hemocontrol has been 1. Deactivate the Hemocontrol, then press the
verified. RESET button.
Reason The AFB K scale can not reach the required stability condition after the “Change
Hospasol Bag” special procedure has been performed.
Machine • None
Actions
1. The Hospasol infusion bags are not 1. Verify the proper installation of the Hospasol
properly installed on the AFB K scale. infusion bags on the AFB K scale.
Verify that Hospasol infusion bags do not
move when hung on the AFB K scale.
Press the RESET button.
2. An Hospasol infusion bag has been hung or 2. Check for Hospasol infusion bags hung or
removed from the AFB K scale after the removed.
“Change Hospasol Bag” special procedure Press the RESET button.
has been performed.
REMINDER: 558
Reason Notification: the set time has elapsed for the note entered on the keyboard
window.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The set time has elapsed for the note 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
entered on the keyboard window. alarm.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The preparation process has been 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
completed. alarm.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Priming sub-process has been 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
completed. alarm.
Machine • None.
Actions
NOTE
This alarm will be triggered each time the machine is switched on during the day in which the
scheduled process has not been performed (although the alarm message has been confirmed).
The alarm will be definitely removed the day after the one the process has been scheduled, only
if the alarm message has been confirmed, otherwise it will continue to be triggered also in the
subsequent days.
1. The CDF2 ultrafilter lower connector 1. Check the correct position of the ultrafilter.
microswitch is indicating an error condition.
1. The ultrafilter cover is not placed correctly. 1. Check the correct position of the ultrafilter
cover.
Reason The Hydraulic Centralise Acetate Connector Type One is not placed correctly.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops.
1. The Hydraulic Centralise Acetate Connector 1. Check the correct position of the Hydraulic
Type One is not placed correctly. Centralise Acetate Connector Type One.
1. Defective connection between the SWAC1 1. Verify the “SWAC1” parameter value
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Insert and then remove the Red
Concentrate Connector into/from the Red
Female Connector type 1, the state of the
“SWAC1” value (Open/Closed) must
change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
Reason The Hydraulic Centralise Acetate Connector Type Two is not placed correctly.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion flow is interrupted;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops.
1. The Hydraulic Centralise Acetate Connector 1. Check the correct position of the Hydraulic
Type Two is not placed correctly. Centralise Acetate Connector Type Two.
NOTE
If the Artis Dialysis System is in AFB K configuration, do not select the “Two Concentrate
Connector” option in the CCK Configuration selectpad, since this concentrate connector is not
available on the AFB K Concentrate Connector Panel.
If the “Two Concentrate Connector” option is selected, the “Hydraulic Centralise Acetate
Connector Type Two (#566)” alarm will be triggered and the rinse process will not be performed.
1. Defective connection between the SWAC2 1. Verify the “SWAC2” parameter value
switch, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave displayed in the Page 1 of the Service Data
board. screen.
Insert and then remove the Red
Concentrate Connector into/from the Red
Female Connector type 2, the state of the
“SWAC2” value (Open/Closed) must
change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
Reason During dialysis, the TMP set is lower than the actual TMP measured.
1. The TMP set is lower than the actual TMP 1. Increase the TMP set value.
measured.
2. The TMP set is too low when the Venous 2. Increase the TMP set value.
Pump set is lower than 10 ml/min for 5
seconds in TPM therapy.
Machine In DIALYSIS:
Actions • The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The infusion flow is interrupted;
• The concentrate pumps are stopped;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
In ADR:
• The phase currently running stops.
1. The Red Concentrate Connector is not 1. Check the correct position of the Red
placed correctly. Concentrate Connector.
1. Defective connection between the SWA2 1. Verify the "SWA2" parameter value
switch, Motherboard and Protective slave displayed in the Service Data screen.
board. With the opening and closing of the Red
Concentrate Connector, the state of the
"SWA2" value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean, repair or replace as required.
Machine In ADR:
Actions • The phase currently running stops.
1. The Blue Concentrate Connector is not 1. Check the correct position of the Blue
placed correctly. Concentrate Connector.
NOTE
The use of liquid Bicarbonate concentrate is not currently available.
1. Defective connection between the SWB2 1. Verify the "SWB2" parameter value
switch, Motherboard and Protective slave displayed in the Service Data screen. With
board. the opening and closing of the Blue
Concentrate Connector, the state of the
"SWB2" value (Open/Closed) must change.
Clean repair or replace as required.
Reason The machine alerts that the Isolated UF process has been completed.
1. The Isolated UF process has been 1. Press the RESET button to proceed with the
completed. next phase.
NOTE
DO NOT perform any special procedure or press the “Stop Treatment” button before having
pressed the RESET button to reset the “Isolated UF Completed (#570)” alarm message.
If a special procedure is performed or the “Stop Treatment” button is pressed before resetting the
“Isolated UF Completed (#570)” alarm message, when the treatment is resumed, the machine
might not be able to retrieve the proper prescription parameters. In this case, perform a Fast
Recovery procedure to reestablish the proper prescription parameters.
TREATMENT CAN NOT BEGIN UNTIL THE ULTRAFILTERS HAVE BEEN REPLACED 571
Reason The machine notifies that the ultrafilters have to be replaced, otherwise the
treatment cannot be performed.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The ultrafilters have to be replaced. 1. Replace the ultrafilters with new ones
(Refer to the “13.19 Ultrafilter Change
Procedure” section of the Operator’s
Manual). Check the Time and Date
displayed on the Main Screen and call for
Service if they are not correct.
1. The ultrafilters have to be replaced. 1. Replace the ultrafilters with new ones
(Refer to the "13.19 Ultrafilter Change
Procedure" section of the Operator's
Manual).
2. A HW/SW failure affects the parameters for 2. Check the Date/Time and if it's not correct
ultrafilters replacement. change it (Refer to "1.5.8. Date/Time"
section of the Service Manual)
Reason The volume of the Heparin infused is lower than the expected value.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The volume of the Heparin infused is lower 1. Press the RESET button remove the alarm.
than the expected value.
Reason The Protective Subsystem has detected the Arterial and Venous line clamps open
at the same time.
1. The Protective Subsystem has detected the 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
Arterial and Venous line clamps open at the alarm.
same time.
1. Defective connection between the Arterial 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
line clamp, Arterial clamp board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.
2. Defective connection between the Venous 2. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
line clamp, Venous clamp board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Blood slave board.
1. A Zero Adjustment Procedure failed. 1. Switch the machine OFF and call for
service.
Reason The preparation can not proceed until the machine dressing procedure has been
completed.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The machine dressing procedure is not 1. Complete the machine dressing procedure,
been completed. then press the CONFIRM button on the
Confirm window.
Reason The actual Blood Flow rate value is less than 90% of the Arterial Pump speed set
value for more than three minutes.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The actual Blood Flow rate value is less 1. Verify the set Arterial Pump speed and the
than 90% of the Arterial Pump speed set arterial pressure.
value for more than three minutes. Decrease the arterial pressure or decrease
the Arterial Pump speed.
Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
alarm.
Reason A wrong conductivity has been detected during a Chemical disinfection process
with peracetic/low peracetic. The machine assumes that a disinfection with
hypochlorite has been performed and decreases of one the “Remaining Hypchlrt
Disinfs” parameter value.
Machine • None
Actions
1. A wrong conductivity has been detected 1. Press the RESET button to remove the
during a Chemical disinfection program alarm and let the disinfection program end.
with peracetic/low peracetic.
1. A conductivity cell is damaged or not well 1. Perform a conductivity test to identify the
calibrated. conductivity cell that does not work
properly.
Clean, repair and replace as required.
Reason During the On-line Rinseback the Blood cassette is not properly configured
(Incorrect Blood Cassette line connections or clamps status).
1. Arterial patient line not properly connected 1. Ensure that the Arterial patient line is
to the Rinseback connector. properly connected to the Rinseback
connector;
Press the RESET button.
4. Rinseback connector or Arterial patient line 4. Check that the Rinseback connector or the
clamped. Arterial patient line are not clamped;
Press the RESET button.
Reason The Blood Tubing System is not properly configured for on-line priming.
Reason The remaining Isolated UF time is not enough to reach the programmed Isolated
UF target loss.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Isolated UF target loss may not be 1. Press the RESET button.
achieved. Consider increasing the Isolated UF Time
or decreasing the Isolated UF Volume.
2. The "UF" action button has been 2. Press the RESET button.
deactivated for too long, therefore the time Consider increasing the Isolated UF Time
left after its activation is not enough for the or decreasing the Isolated UF Volume.
achievement of the set "Isol UF Vol".
Reason Notification: A test for residues of disinfectant has to be performed just before
connecting the patient to the machine or before attaching the concentrates to the
machine.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. After chemical disinfection with peracetic 1. Perform a test for residuals of disinfectant
and just before connecting the patient to the on the dialysis fluid (Refer to the “Residual
machine, a test for residuals of disinfectant Test after Chemical Disinfection” section of
on the dialysis fluid has to be performed. the Operator’s Manual).
2. After chemical disinfection with hypochlorite 2. Perform a test for residuals of disinfectant
and before attaching the concentrates to on the dialysis fluid (Refer to the “Residual
the machine, a test for residuals of Test after Chemical Disinfection” section of
disinfectant on the dialysis fluid has to be the Operator’s Manual).
performed.
Reason The Air Detector does not work with the maximum sensitivity because the Venous
Patient line or the Air Detector is dirty.
1. The Venous Patient Line is dirty or the Air 1. Open the Sensor Bar door;
Detector is defective.
2. Remove the Venous Patient line from the air
detector/blood sensor: an “Air in venous
line (#4)” alarm will be triggered;
3. Carefully check that there is not air in the
Venous Patient line;
4. Clean the Venous Patient line and the air
detector/blood sensor;
5. Route again the Venous Patient line through
the air detector/blood sensor;
6. Close the Sensor Bar door;
7. Solve the “Air in Venous Line (#4)” alarm as
described in the related troubleshooting of
this chapter;
8. Press the RESET button to clear the “Air
detector cleaning required (#583)” alarm;
9. If the “Air detector cleaning required (#583)”
alarm persists, stop the treatment and
perform a Manual Rinseback procedure.
1. Possible presence of accumulated dirt on 1. Check that the AD sensor is clean. If not,
the Venous Patient Line or on AD sensor, or change the sensor.
AD sensor is broken.
2. Insert a new line full of water in the AD
sensor holder.
3. Check that the AD sensor detects water
(verify in the Page 2 of the Service Data
screen the “SENSOR 1/2” parameter value
as described below).
4. Empty the new line without removing it from
the AD sensor holder and check that the
AD sensor detects air (verify in the Page 2
of the Service Data screen the “SENSOR 1/
2” parameter value as described below). If
not, change the sensor.
Example:
A4C4h (water is detected)
A 4 C 4
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
A 6 A 9
1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1
2. Verify the state of the 3rd bit from the right: 1 - the sensor detects water
0 - the sensor detects air
Reason The Air Detector does not work with the maximum sensitivity because the Venous
Patient line or the Air Detector is dirty.
1. The Venous Patient Line is dirty or the Air 1. Open the Sensor Bar door;
Detector is defective.
2. Remove the Venous Patient line from the air
detector/blood sensor: an “Air in venous
line (#4)” alarm will be triggered;
3. Carefully check that there is not air in the
Venous Patient line;
4. Clean the Venous Patient line and the air
detector/blood sensor;
5. Route again the Venous Patient line through
the air detector/blood sensor;
6. Close the Sensor Bar door;
7. Solve the “Air in Venous Line (#4)” alarm as
described in the related troubleshooting of
this chapter;
8. Press the RESET button to clear the “Air
Detector Inspection Required (#584)”
alarm;
9. If the “Air Detector Inspection Required
(#584)” alarm persists, stop the treatment
and perform a Manual Rinseback
procedure.
1. Possible presence of accumulated dirt on 1. Check that the AD sensor is clean. If not,
the Venous Patient Line or on AD sensor, or change the sensor.
AD sensor is working out of specification.
2. Insert a new line full of water in the AD
sensor holder.
3. Check if the D14 led on the back side of the
PIB board is lit up. If the LED is lit
up,VTX>12.5 Volt, change the AD sensor.
Reason The Saline Bag is either empty or not properly perforated by the spike of the Prime
Line; or the Venous Infusion Line is clamped; or the Prime Line is either closed or
obstructed.
Machine • None.
Actions
2. The Saline Bag is not properly perforated by 2. Ensure that the spike of the Prime Line is
the spike of the Prime Line. deeply inserted in the Saline Bag;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.
3. The Venous Infusion line is calmped or the 3. Open the clamp on the Venous Infusion line
clamp on the Prime Line is closed. or on the Prime line;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.
4. The Prime Line is obstructed. 4. Adjust the Prime Line position to avoid
obstruction;
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.
1. The venous pressure does not change as 1. Calibrate the Venous Pressure Sensor.
expected during priming procedure.
2. The AD sensor detects air instead of water 2. Check for air in the Venous Patient Line. If
in the Venous Patient Line. the air is not present but the “SENSOR 1/2”
parameter indicates the presence of air
(verify the value in the Page 2 of the
Service Data screen as described below)
change the AD sensor.
Example:
A4C4h (water is detected)
A 4 C 4
1 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 0
A 6 A 9
1 0 1 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 0 1
2. Verify the state of the 3rd bit from the right: 1 - the sensor detects water
0 - the sensor detects air
Reason The Arterial Pump Segment has not been properly loaded in the pump rotor or the
clamp on the Arterial Infusion line is open.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Arterial Pump Segment has not been 1. Press the RESET button to clear the alarm;
properly loaded in the pump rotor.
2. Press the “Unload Cassette” button;
3. Press the CONFIRM button to start the
unloading procedure;
4. Unload the cassette;
5. Perform again the loading cassette
procedure.
2. The clamp on the Arterial Infusion line is 1. Close the clamp on the Arterial Infusion line;
open.
2. Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.
1. During the “Arterial Pump Segment Test” 1. Check the arterial pressure sensor.
the arterial pressure doesn’t change in the
2. Check that the blood pump rotor is not
arterial chamber.
broken.
Machine • The Arterial and Venous pumps stop and are not enabled until the alarm is
Actions Reset.
1. The clamp on the Venous Infusion line is 1. Close the clamp on the Venous Infusion
open. line;
2. Press the CONFIRM button to clear the
alarm.
1. In the Patient Connection phase, when the 1. Check the venous pressure sensor.
blood pump starts, the venous pressure
2. Check that the blood pump rotor is not
doesn’t change in the venous chamber.
broken.
Reason The chemical disinfection program set by the operator has not been properly
performed because a wrong disinfectant solution was used.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The Venous Patient Line is kinked, clamped 1. Carefully check the Venous Patient Lines
or restricted. and the patient’s vascular access for kinks,
clamps or other restrictions.
2. The diaphragm of the SN Cassette does not 2. Press the RESET button.
well stick to the SN pressure transducer. Perform a SN Cassette Repositioning
Procedure (Refer to the “Special
Procedures” chapter, in the Operator’s
Manual).
Reason PSel pupm speed is different from the expected value for more than 5%
1. The PSel pump speed is different from the 1. If during treatment, switch the machine off,
expected value. wait a few seconds and switch it on again.
Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
described in the “Fast Recovery” section of
the Operator’s Manual.
If the alarm persists, manually perform
blood restitution to the patient.
1. The "Air in Hydraulic Pathway (LD2)" alarm 1. If during treatment, switch the machine off,
rose several times or for a long time during wait a few seconds and switch it on again.
treatment. Perform a Fast Recovery procedure as
described in the “Special Procedures” in
the Operator’s Manual).
2. If the alarm persists, manually perform
blood restitution to the patient.
3. The tube between BT2, EVD2 and the drain 3. Repair or replace ORD and OWD as
is occluded. required.
4. The level sensor LD2 is dirty or defective. 4. Clean LD2, if still defective replace it as
required.
Reason During a Single Needle treatment the SN pressure is not increasing as expected.
3. The Blood Cassette and/or the SN Cassette 3. Check the line connections to the cassettes
have some leakeages and ensure that the related clamps are
closed.
Reason During a Single Needle treatment the SN pressure is not decreasing as expected.
1. The pressure pods of the SN Cassette are 1. Check that the SN Cassette is properly
not properly connected to the related loaded on the Cassette holder and that the
pressure transducers. pressure pods are properly connected to
the pressure transducers.
2. The Venous Patient Line is kinked, clamped 2. Check the Venous Patient Line and the
or restricted. patient’s vascular access for kinks, clamps
or other restrictions.
Press the RESET button to restart the
Venous Pump and remove the alarm.
Reason During the priming process in Single Needle treatment, one of the SN Service
lines is not clamped.
1. One of the clamps of the SN Service Lines 1. Check that the SN Service Lines are
is open. securely clamped.
Reason During the Arterial Phase of a Single Needle treatment, the maximum blood
volume is reached before passing from the arterial to the venous phase.
1. The set Stroke Volume has been changed 1. Reduce the Stroke Volume parameter
directly from maximum to minimum value or value.
from minimum to maximum value. Press RESET button to restart the Arterial
Pump and remove the alarm.
Gradually increase the Stroke Volume and
the Blood Flow parameter values.
NOTE
If this alarm occurs in HD-SN treatment and with the Isolated UF function activated, press the
RESET button until the proper SN Pressure Max. limit is reached.
2. The SelectCart Cartridge is not properly 2. Check that the SelectCart Cartridge is
installed. properly installed on its holder.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change SelectCart” option to
change the SelectCart Cartridge.
Perform the “Change SelectCart” special
procedure as described in the “Change
SelectCart Cartridge” section of the
Operator’s Manual.
Reason The protective system of the machine has detected that the Hospasol infusion bag
is empty.
1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.
4. The infusion flow is defective. 4. Check the occlusion of the venous pump
rotor. Replace as required.
Reason The Change BiCart Cartridge special procedure has not been successfully
accomplished.
Reason The Change SelectCart Cartridge special procedure has not been successfully
accomplished.
Reason The SelectBag is not properly installed or the SelectBag has been re-used.
1. The SelectBag is not properly installed. 1. Verify that the SelectBag is properly
installed on its holder.
Press the RESET button.
Reason The Select Conductivity Check performed by the Protective Subsystem has failed
1. The type of SelectBag that has been set 1. Ensure that the correct type of SelectBag is
could not match with the installed one. being used.
Ensure that the correct type of SelectBag
has been selected in the “Fluid Settings”
sub-screen.
Perform a “Change SelectBag” special
procedure.
Reason The conductivity of the dialysis fluid solution after mixing of the bicarbonate and
the SelectBag concentrates is below the expected value.
2. Massive air leak from the BiCart Cartridge; 2. Ensure the BiCart Cartridge is securely
the BiCart Cartridge is not properly placed in its holder.
positioned in its holder.
3. The SelectBag container currently used is 3. Replace the wrong SelectBag container
not the proper one. with the proper one.
Perform a Change SelectBag procedure as
described in “Change SelectBag container”
section of the Operator’s Manual.
4. The SelectBag is not properly connected. 4. Check that the SelectBag is properly
installed on its holder.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change SelectBag” option to
change the SelectBag container.
Perform the “Change SelectBag” special
procedure as described in the “Change
SelectBag container” section of the
Operator’s Manual.
3. Wrong ceramic pumps stroke volume 3. Check ceramic pumps stroke volume.
stored.
Reason The conductivity of the dialysis fluid solution after mixing of the bicarbonate and
the SelectBag concentrates is above the expected value.
2. Massive air leak from the BiCart Cartridge; 2. Ensure the BiCart Cartridge is securely
the BiCart Cartridge is not properly placed in its holder.
positioned in its holder.
3. The SelectBag container currently used is 3. Replace the wrong SelectBag container
not the proper one. with the proper one.
Perform a Change SelectBag procedure as
described in “Change SelectBag container”
section of the Operator’s Manual.
3. Wrong ceramic pumps stroke volume 3. Check ceramic pumps stroke volume.
stored.
Reason The "Sodium" parameter set value has been higher than 155 mmol/L for more
than 90 minutes, consecutively.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. The "Sodium" parameter has been set to a 1. Check that the current setting is in
value higher than 155 mmol/L for more than agreement with the patient prescription or
90 minutes, consecutively. set the "Sodium" parameter to a value
equal to or lower than 155 mmol/L.
Press the CONFIRM button.
Reason The protective system has detected a scale weight measurement error.
1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.
Reason The K Compartment of the Safebag KV concentrate solution is either empty or not
properly connected to the Blue Concentrate Connector.
As a result the PB concentrate pump can not reach the set conductivity value.
3. The Bicarbonate Pump speed is incorrect. 3. If the machine does not stabilize, call for
Service.
Reason The AFB Compartement of the Safebag KV concentrate container is either empty
or not properly connected to the green concentrate connector.
As a result the PA concentrate pump can not reach the set conductivity value.
1. The AFB Compartment of the Safebag KV 1. Press the “Special Procedures” button.
concentrate container is empty. Select the “Change Safebag” option.
Perform the “Change Safebag” special
procedure as described in the “Change
Safebag” section of the AFB K Treatment
Operator’s Manual.
2. The Green Concentrate Connector is not 2. Check that the Green Concentrate
connected to its Safebag Connector or the Connector is properly connected to its
frangible pin of the Safebag - AFB Safebag Connector.
Compartment has not been broken. Verify that the frangible pin of the Safebag -
AFB Compartment has been broken.
Reason The Bicarbonatemia Surveillance System (Caddy) has detected that either no
action has been taken by the user within 60 seconds from the occurence of the
“Infusion Settings Outside Prescription (#102)” Information Message or, following
a change to the Blood Flow rate or to the Infusion Flow rate, the Blood Flow rate or
the Infusion Flow rate results to be outside the final bicarbonatemia target
acceptable for the patient, but the machine can suggest an Infusion Flow rate.
1. No action has been taken by the user within 1. To keep the current infusion prescription:
60 seconds from the occurence of the Press the RESET button on the Alarm/
“Infusion Settings Outside Prescription Information Message Area.
(#102)” Information Message. Press the CONFIRM button on the Confirm
window.
2. The Blood Flow rate is changed and results 2. To keep the current infusion prescription:
to be outside the patient final Press the RESET button on the Alarm/
bicarbonatemia acceptable for the patient, Information Message Area.
but the machine can suggest an Infusion Press the CONFIRM button on the Confirm
Flow rate. window.
3. The Infusion Flow rate is changed and 3. To keep the current infusion prescription:
results to be outside the patient final Press the RESET button on the Alarm/
bicarbonatemia acceptable for the patient, Information Message Area.
but the machine can suggest an Infusion Press the CONFIRM button on the Confirm
Flow rate. window.
1. The Blood Flow rate is changed and the 1. To keep the current infusion prescription:
system can not suggest an Infusion Flow Decrease or Increase the Blood Flow rate
rate. in opposite direction to the Blood Flow rate
change just done.
Solve the “Infusion Settings Outside
Prescription (#102) Information Message or
the “Infusion Settings Still Outside
Prescription (#612)” Alarm Message.
2. The Infusion Flow rate is changed and the 2. To set a new infusion prescription:
system can not suggest an Infusion Flow Press the “Infusion Settings” button to enter
rate. the Infusion Settings sub-screen.
Modify the Infusion Flow rate.
Press the “Confirm Prescription” button.
Reason The AFB K Connection Line of the Infusion Cassette is not connected to the
Service Line of the Venous Dialyzer Line.
1. The AFB K Connection Line of the Infusion 1. Verify the connection between the Infusion
Cassette is not connected to Service Line and the Blood Cassette.
of the Venous Dialyzer Line. If necessary, connect the AFB K
Connection Line of the Infusion Cassette to
the Service Line of the Blood Cassette.
Press the RESET button.
2. The clamp on the Service Line of the 2. Verify that the clamp on the Service Line of
Venous Dialyzer Line is closed. the Venous Dialyzer Line is open.
If necessary, open the clamp on the Service
Line of the Venous Dialyzer Line.
Press the RESET button.
1. The clamps on the Hospasol Infusion Lines 1. Verify that the clamps on the Hospasol
connected to Hospasol Bags are closed. Infusion Lines are open; if necessary open
them.
Press the RESET button.
2. The Hospasol Infusion Line is obstructed or 2. Carefully check the Hospasol Infusion Line
kinked. for kinks.
Check that the Hospasol Infusion Line is
properly inserted in its guides on the
machine.
If necessary, insert the Hospasol Infusion
Line in its guides.
Press the RESET button.
1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.
Reason The Infusion Cassette is not filled with the infusion fluid.
1. The clamp on the Degassing Line of the 1. Verify that the clamp on the Degassing Line
Infusion Cassette is closed. of the Infusion Cassette is open.
If necessary, open the clamp on the
Degassing Line.
Press the RESET button.
1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.
Reason The Left Blue EvaClean door position is wrong; or the Right Red EvaClean door
position is wrong; or both the EvaClean doors are in a wrong position.
Machine The machine waits until the EvaClean Door is closed, in the meantime:
Actions In DIALYSIS:
• All the hydraulic pumps are stopped;
• The dialysis fluid goes into Bypass;
• The Infusion clamp is closed.
1. The Left Blue EvaClean door is open when 1. Verify that the door is closed.
it should be closed. Press the RESET button.
2. The Left Blue EvaClean door is closed 2. Verify that the door is OPEN.
when it should be OPEN. Press the RESET button.
3. The Right Red EvaClean door is open when 3. Verify that the door is closed.
it should be closed. Press the RESET button.
4. The Right Red EvaClean door is closed 4. Verify that the door is OPEN.
when it should be open. Press the RESET button.
5. Both the EvaClean doors are open when 5. Verify that the doors are closed.
they should be closed. Press the RESET button.
6. Both the EvaClean doors are closed when 6. Verify that the doors are open.
they should be open. Press the RESET button.
. .
Reason The reading acquired from the AFB K scale has an invalid value.
1. The operator, while handling with the 1. Pay attention to not bump and push up the
Hospasol infusion bags, bumps the AFB K AFB K scale, while handling with the
scale pushing it up. Hospasol infusion bags.
Press the RESET button.
2. The operator, while moving the machine, 2. Pay attention to not bump and push up the
bumps the AFB K scale pushing it up. AFB K scale, while moving the machine.
Press the RESET button.
3. A failure in the AFB K scale has occured. 3. Press the RESET button.
If the alarm persists, call for Service.
Reason The control system has detected that the Hospasol infusion bag is empty.
2. The AFB K Connection Line is clamped 2. Unclamp the AFB K Connection Line.
Press the RESET button.
1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.
4. The infusion flow is defective. 4. Check the occlusion of the venous pump
rotor. Replace as required.
Reason The Hospasol infusion bag is empty or the clamp on the Hospasol Infusion Line,
connected to the Hospasol infusion bag, is closed or the Hospasol Infusion Line is
kinked.
2. The clamp on the Hospasol Infusion Line is 2. Verify that the clamp on Hospasol Infusion
closed. Line, connected to the Hospasol Infusion
bag, is open.
If necessary, open the clamp on the
Hospasol Infusion Line.
Press the RESET button.
3. The Hospasol Infusion Line is kinked. 3. Carefully check the Hospasol Infusion Line
for kinks.
Check that the Hospasol Infusion Line is
properly inserted in its guides on the
machine.
If necessary, insert the Hospasol Infusion
Line in its guides.
Press the RESET button.
1. The Hospasol infusion bag is squeezed. 1. Pay attention while hanging the Hospasol
infusion bags on the AFB K scale.
Handle the Hospasol infusion bags without
squeezing them.
Press the RESET button.
Reason The protective system has detected a discrepancy in the actual potassium profile
curve.
Reason During the machine dressing procedure, prior to perform the priming procedure,
the connection of the Hospasol Infusion Lines with the Hospasol infusion bags has
been confirmed, but any Hospasol infusion bag has been hung on the AFB K
scale.
Machine • None
Actions
1. The Hospasol Infusion bags have not been 1. Press the RESET button.
hung on the AFB K scale. Hang the Hospasol infusion bags on the
scale as described in the “Install Hospasol
Infusion Bags” paragraph of the Artis AFB K
Treatment Operator’s Manual.
1. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 1. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.
Reason The weight of the Hospasol infusion bags hung on the scale is below the minimum
value set in the Service 2 menu.
Machine • None
Actions
1. The Hospasol infusion bag is almost empty. 1. Press the CONFIRM button.
Press the “Special Procedures” button.
Select the “Change Hospasol Bag” option.
Perform the “Change Hospasol Bag”
special procedure as described in the
“Change Hospasol Bag” section of the Artis
AFB K Treatment Operator’s Manual.
1. The Hospasol infusion bag is almost empty 1. Verify the value of the preset parameter
according to the preset value. "End Of Bag Alarm" in according to the
clinical policy.
1. The “Scale Measurement Error (#161) and/ 1. Press the “Stop Treatment” button to stop
or the “Infusion Flow Rate Error (#99) alarm the treatment.
have been triggered several times. Perfom the rinseback and the patient
disconnection procedures as described in
the “Rinseback mode” and “Patient
Disconnection” sections of the Artis AFB K
Treatment Operator’s Manual.
2. The Hospasol infusion bag has been hung 2. Press the “Stop Treatment” button to stop
or removed several times without the treatment.
performing the “Change Hospasol Bag” Perfom the rinseback and the patient
special procedure. disconnection procedures as described in
the “Rinseback mode” and “Patient
Disconnection” sections of the Artis AFB K
Treatment Operator’s Manual.
2. The AFB K scale is out of calibration. 2. Perform the AFB K scale calibration as
required.
Reason The scheduled preparation starts wrongly at the end of the treatment.
Machine • None
Actions
1. The “Auto Start” table scheduled in the Switch the machine OFF, wait a few
“Disinfect/Rinse Settings” sub-screen is seconds and then switch the machine back
incorrect. ON.
1. The “Auto Start” table scheduled in the 1. Check in the “Disinfect/Rinse Settings” sub-
“Disinfect/Rinse Settings” sub-screen is screen that the preparation process is
incorrect. correctly scheduled in the “Auto Start” table.
Reason Some saline solution has entered in the Hospasol Bag and the Bicarbonate
concentration could be changed.
Machine • None
Actions
1. During the loading of the Infusion Cassette, 1. Check that the venous pump rotor is not
the venous pump rotor is not able to load broken.
the pump segment.
Machine • None
Actions
1. Defective connection between ΓcB or ΓcA 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
conductivity cell, Hydraulic I2C Board, replace as required.
Motherboard and Hydraulic slave board.
Machine • None
Actions
2. The Date of Installation of the U9000 2. Check and replace the CMOS battery
ultrafilters is wrong - Set the machine's Date and Time to a
value greater than the Date of Installation of
the U9000 ultrafilters
- Simulate a replacement of the U9000
ultrafilters by entering the appropriate
function
- Set the machine's Date and Time to the
current Date and Time
- Replace the U9000 ultrafilters by entering
the appropriate function
NOTE
Each time the Date Correctness Check fails, the Artis Dialysis System can perform the
complete sequence of Function Checks and the Diascan Auto-Calibration.
Reason The SN pressure is out of allowed limits due to an improper position of the SN
Cassette diaphragm or to the breakdown of the pressure sensor.
1. The SN pressure is out of allowed limits due 1. Adjust the SN pressure by using a sterile
to an improper position of the SN Cassette syringe until it reaches about 100 mmHg.
diaphragm or to the breakdown of the Press the RESET button to clear the alarm
pressure sensor. and to restart the Arterial and Venous
Pumps.
Perform a “SN Cassette Repositioning”
procedure as described in the “SN Cassette
Repositioning” section of the Operator’s
Manual.
Reason During HD-DNDP, the Venous Flow is greater than allowed limits.
1. During HD-DNDP, the Venous Flow is 1. Press the Blood Flow Decrease key, to
greater than allowed limits. decrease the blood flow.
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm
and to restart the Arterial and Venous
Pumps.
Reason The SN pressure is out of allowed limits due to an improper position of the SN
cassette diaphragm or to the breakdown of the pressure sensor.
1. The SN pressure is out of allowed limits due 1. Press the RESET button to clear the alarm
to an improper position of the SN cassette and to restart the Arterial and Venous
diaphragm or to the breakdown of the Pumps
pressure sensor. Perform a “SN Cassette Repositioning”
procedure as described in the “SN Cassette
Repositioning” section of the Operator’s
Manual.
Reason During HD-DNDP, venous flow is below allowed range due to possible leakages in
the SN cassette.
1. During HD-DNDP, venous flow is below 1. Ensure that the SN Service Lines are
allowed range due to possible leakages in clamped.
the SN cassette. Ensure that the Dialyzer lines are firmly
connected to the dialyzer.
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm
and to restart the Arterial and Venous
Pumps.
If the alarm persists, check for clotting or
clogging in the blood side of the dialyzer.
Press the RESET button to clear the alarm
and to restart the Arterial and Venous
Pumps.
Perform a Change Circuit procedure, if
necessary.
Reason SmartScan detected a BV% reduction lower than expected, leading to a higher
Accumulated UF Volume.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. SmartScan detected a BV% reduction lower Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
than expected, leading to higher Information Message.
Accumulated UF Volume. If this message reoccurs, consider one of
the following options.
Carefully evaluate the patient’s clinical
condition before adjusting the prescription
parameters. Pay particular attention to the
patient’s blood pressure.
OPTION 1
STABLE BP, NO HYPOTENSION AND
DRY WEIGHT TO BE MAINTAINED:
Consider increasing Final BV.
OPTION 2
STABLE BP AND NO HYPOTENSION:
Consider increasing UF Volume.
OPTION 3
AFFECTED BP AND/OR HYPOTENSION:
Consider increasing Final BV, or Stand by
(if infusion is required), or deactivate
HemoControl.
NOTE
It takes up to 30 minutes to see the full effect of a Hemocontrol prescription adjustment.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. SmartScan detected a BV% reduction and 1. Perform the Hemoscan Sensor calibration
an Accumulated UF Volume higher than as required.
expected.
Reason SmartScan detected a BV% reduction higher than expected, leading to a lower
Accumulated UF Volume.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. SmartScan detected a BV% reduction 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
higher than expected, leading to a lower Information Message.
Accumulated UF Volume. If this message reoccurs, consider one of
the following options.
Carefully evaluate the patient’s clinical
condition before adjusting the prescription
parameters. Pay particular attention to the
patient’s blood pressure.
OPTION 1
STABLE BP, NO HYPOTENSION AND
DRY WEIGHT TO BE MAINTAINED:
Consider decreasing Final BV.
OPTION 2
AFFECTED BP AND/OR HYPOTENSION:
Consider decreasing UF Volume, or Stand
by (if infusion is required), or deactivate
HemoControl.
NOTE
It takes up to 30 minutes to see the full effect of a Hemocontrol prescription adjustment.
Machine • None.
Actions
1. SmartScan detected that the UF Volume 1. Press the CONFIRM button to remove the
may not be reached. Information Message.
Carefully evaluate the patient’s clinical
condition before adjusting the prescription
parameters. Pay particular attention to the
patient’s blood pressure.
Consider increasing Max Initial UF.
NOTE
It takes up to 30 minutes to see the full effect of a Hemocontrol prescription adjustment.
Reason Notification: after patient disconnection, the Blue Dialysis Fluid tube is not
connected to its safety coupling on the machine within 2 minutes after the operator
message requiring to connect it is displayed.
1. The Blue Dialysis Fluid tube is not 1. Connect the Blue Dialysis Fluid tube to its
connected to its safety coupling within 2 safety coupling on the machine.
minutes after the operator message
requiring to connect it is displayed.
Reason During the treatment, the blood level in the Arterial Chamber is too low or the
pressure readings are inaccurate.
! WARNING
When the "Arterial Chamber: Level Adjustment Required (#642)" alarm occurs, check the blood
level in the Arterial chamber while the Arterial pump is still stopped.
Figure 1 Figure 2
• If the blood level is below the frosted line, as shown in Figure 1, proceed with alarm
troubleshooting to adjust the Arterial chamber level.
Incorrect blood level may result in in microbubbles smaller than 20 µ L reaching the patient
increasing the risk of air embolism.
• If the blood level is above the frosted line, as shown in Figure 2, grease the Pressure
Transducers at the end of the treatment as described in the “Cassette Panel O-Rings Inspection
and Greasing” section of the Artis Operator’s Manual.
Improper greasing of Pressure Transducers may result in wrong arterial pressure measurements
caused by ineffective PressureTransducer and cassette coupling.
1. During the treatment, the blood level in the 1. Ensure that the Infusion lines are clamped.
Arterial Chamber is too low. Ensure that the saline bags or bottles
connected to the cassette are not empty.
Proceed with the level adjustment
performing the following tasks:
- Ensure that the Arterial Infusion Line is
clamped.
- Remove the cap from Arterial Infusion
Line.
- Take a sterile syringe. Ensure that its
plunger is completely down.
- Attach the syringe to the Arterial Infusion
Line.
- Press the RESET button to start the
Arterial and Venous Pumps.
- Decrease the Arterial Pump speed.
- Unclamp the Arterial Infusion Line.
If in HD-SN, unclamp the Arterial Infusion
Line when the automatic arterial clamp
opens.
- Aspirate to increase the level.
DO NOT INJECT AIR.
- Adjust the level above the frosted line on
the chamber.
- Clamp the Arterial Infusion line.
- Remove the syringe and replace the cap.
- Adjust the Arterial Pump speed.
2. The blood level in the Arterial Chamber is 2. To continue the treatment, perform a
correctly at the frosted line. "Cassette Repositioning" special
The “Arterial Chamber: Level Adjustment procedure, as described in the related
Required (#642)” alarm is caused by section of the "Chapter Special Procedures"
inaccurate readings of the Arterial pressure in the Operator’s Manual.
due to an improper greasing of the At the end of the treatment, check for the
Pressure Transducer or due to debris/ presence of debris/particles on the
particles between the Blood Cassette and Pressure Transducers, clean and grease
the Arterial Pressure Transducer. the Pressure Transducers as described in
the “Cassette Panel O-Rings Inspection
and Greasing” section of the “Disinfection/
Rinse/Cleaning” chapter in the Operator’s
Manual.
Reason During the treatment, the blood level in the Arterial Chamber is lower than
expected or the pressure readings are inaccurate.
Machine • None
Actions
1. During the treatment, the blood level in the 1. Ensure that the Infusion lines are clamped.
Arterial Chamber is lower than expected. Ensure that the saline bags or bottles
connected to the cassette are not empty.
Proceed with the level adjustment
performing the following tasks:
- Ensure that the Arterial Infusion Line is
clamped.
- Remove the cap from Arterial Infusion
Line.
- Take a sterile syringe. Ensure that its
plunger is completely down.
- Attach the syringe to the Arterial Infusion
Line.
- Press the RESET button to clear the
alarm.
- Decrease the Arterial Pump speed.
- Unclamp the Arterial Infusion Line.
If in HD-SN, unclamp the Arterial Infusion
Line when the automatic arterial clamp
opens.
- Aspirate to increase the level.
DO NOT INJECT AIR.
- Adjust the level above the frosted line on
the chamber.
- Clamp the Arterial Infusion line.
- Remove the syringe and replace the cap.
- Adjust the Arterial Pump speed.
2. The blood level in the Arterial Chamber is 2. Press the RESET button.
correctly at the frosted line. To continue the treatment, perform a
The “Low Arterial Chamber Level (#643)” “Cassette Repositioning” special
alarm is caused by inaccurate readings of procedure, as described in the related
the Arterial pressure due to an improper section of the "Chapter Special Procedures”
greasing of the Pressure Transducer or due in the Operator’s Manual.
to debris/particles between the Blood At the end of the treatment, check for the
Cassette and the Arterial Pressure presence of debris/particles on the
Transducer. Pressure Transducers, clean and grease
the Pressure Transducers as described in
the “Cassette Panel O-Rings Inspection
and Greasing” section of the "Chapter
Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning” in the
Operator’s Manual.
Reason The Arterial and/or Venous and/or SN pressure readings might be inaccurate
because the Pressure Transducers do not work properly.
Machine • None
Actions
Reason The Infusion Clamp is open when it should be closed, or it is closed when it should
be open.
1. Defective connection between the Infusion 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
clamp, Infusion clamp board, Motherboard replace as required.
and Blood slave board.
Reason During HDF Post or HDF Pre treatment, the Smartscan has detected a dialysis
fluid flow rate through the dialyzer (equal to QD-QINF) lower than the value preset
for the "HDF diffusive flow limit" parameter, during the last 5 minutes.
Machine • None
Actions
1. The set QD is not optimal for the set QSUB. 1. Check the prescription and/or consider
increasing the dialysis fluid flow rate.
Press the CONFIRM button.
Reason During HDF Pre or HF Pre treatment, the QI/QB ratio is lower than the value
preset for the "QI/QB Low Limit" parameter
Machine • None
Actions
1. The set QSUB is not optimal considering 1. Press the RESET button.
the current blood flow. Check the prescription (blood flow) and/or
consider increasing QSUB parameter if
possible.
Reason During HDF Pre or HF Pre treatment, the QI/QB ratio is higher than the value
preset for the "QI/QB High Limit" parameter.
Machine • None
Actions
1. The set QSUB is not optimal considering 1. Press the RESET button.
the current blood flow. Check the prescription (blood flow) and/or
consider decreasing QSUB parameter if
possible
Reason The On-line Bolus has been aborted because one of the following lines is
clamped: Ultra line, Ultra connector, Venous connector, Arterial connector.
1. The On-line Bolus has been aborted 1. Press the RESET button.
because one of the following lines is Verify the clamp status.
clamped: Ultra line, Ultra connector,
Verify that one of these lines is not kinked or
Venous connector, Arterial connector.
obstructed in any way.
If needed, repeat the On-line Bolus delivery
procedure.
7. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 7. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.
7. Defective connection between the Control 7. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
flowmeters, Blood and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
8. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 8. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.
Reason In HDF Post Volume mode or HDF Pre Volume mode or HF Pre Volume mode,
one of the following lines is clamped:
- Ultra line
- Ultra connector
- Venous connector
- Arterial connector
1. The Ultra line is clamped. 1. Ensure that the Ultra line is not clamped.
Press the RESET button
2. The Ultra connector is clamped. 2. Ensure that the Ultra connector is not
clamped.
Press the RESET button.
3. The Venous connector is clamped. 3. Ensure that the Venous connector is not
clamped.
Press the RESET button.
4. The Arterial connector is clamped. 4. Ensure that the Arterial connector is not
clamped.
Press the RESET button.
3. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 3. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.
Reason During HDF or HF treatment, the machine has detected a TMP value higher than
the percentage of the TMP Upper Limit set in the "TMP Upper Limit percentage"
preset parameter.
Machine • None
Actions
1. The Ultra connector position is not 1. Ensure that the Treatment Type set is
consistent with the Treatment Type set. consistent with the Ultra connector position.
Press the RESET button.
2. The "On-line Substitution Rate" set value is 2. Check the prescription (blood flow) and the
too high considering the current blood flow dialyzer and/or consider decreasing the
or dialyzer. "On-line Substitution Rate" parameter
value, if possible.
Press the RESET button.
3. The "TMP Upper Limit" set value is too low 3. Check the "TMP Upper Limit" parameter
considering the current treatment. value and/or consider increasing it, if
possible.
Press the RESET button.
1. The T1 Test related to Ultra Port Sensor has 1. Open the Ultra door.
failed. Clean the Ultra collector.
Close the Ultra door.
Press the RESET button.
1. Defective connection between the Ultra Port 1. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
Sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
1. A leakage from the Ultra port has been 1. Screw tight the green Ultra line connector to
detected. the Ultra port avoiding rotating the Ultra
line.
Clean the Ultra collector.
Press the RESET button.
3. Defective connection between the Ultra port 3. Verify the connections, clean, repair or
sensor, Motherboard and Hydraulic slave replace as required.
board.
Reason During the On-line Rinseback the Blood cassette is not properly configured
(Incorrect Blood Cassette line connections or clamps status).
1. Arterial patient line not properly connected 1. Ensure that the Arterial patient line is
to the Rinseback connector. properly connected to the Rinseback
connector.
Press the RESET button.
4. Rinseback connector or Arterial patient line 4. Check that the Rinseback connector or the
clamped. Arterial patient line are not clamped;
Press the RESET button.
5. Venous pressure is too high. 5. Ensure that the Arterial patient line is
properly connected to the Rinseback
connector.
Decrease the Venous pressure below 80
mmHg, proceeding as follows:
• attach a sterile syringe to the Venous
Infusion line;
• open the clamp on the Venous Infusion
line to decrease the pressure;
• when the pressure stabilizes, close the
clamp on the Venous Infusion line and
remove the syringe.
Press the RESET button.
Reason The Ultra Connector has been incorrectly inserted into the Infusion clamp
1. The Ultra connector is not correctly inserted 1. Remove and correctly re-insert the Ultra
into the Infusion clamp connector into the Infusion clamp.
If other alarms are displayed first solve
them and then insert the line into the
Infusion clamp.
If the Infusion clamp remains closed
perform a change circuit.
2. The Ultra Connector is bent because it has 2. When the infusion Line clamp opens,
been closed in the infusion Line clamp for a slightly move updward and downward the
too long time. Ultra Connector into the Infusion Line
clamp. Do not remove the Ultra Connector
from the Infusion Line clamp when the
clamp is closed.
Reason The alarm 651 "Ultra line or Arterial/Venous/Ultra connector Clamped" can not be
resolved.
1. The alarm 651 "Ultra line or Arterial/Venous/ 1. A "Switch off ULTRA" special procedure
Ultra connector Clamped" can not be must be performed to proceed with the
resolved. treatment.
3. The D1c or D2c flowmeter is defective. 3. Verify the “D1c flow” and “D2c flow”
parameter values displayed in the Page 1
of the Service Data screen.
Replace as required.
Machine • None
Actions
1. A descaling procedure has not been 1. Press the CONFIRM button to clear the
performed during the last 17 treatments. Information Message.
Press the <Disinfect/Rinse> button.
Select and start one Descaling procedure
(Heat+CleanCart C, Peracetic, Low
Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Peracetic or
Bacteriostatic Low Peracetic) to clean the
machine.
Machine • None
Actions
1. One or more calibration coefficients have 1. Verify that the machine holds the correct
not been set for one or more flowmeters. calibration coefficients for each flowmeter.
2. The PC Board has been replaced and the 2. Peform a Coefficients transfer from Slaves
Calibration Coefficients have not been to Compact Flash.
transferred from Slaves to Compact Flash.
Reason The preparation can not start because 20 consecutive treatments have been
completed without performing a Descaling procedure (Heat+CleanCart C,
Peracetic, Low Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Peracetic or Bacteriostatic Low
Peracetic).
1. A descaling procedure has not been 1. Press the RESET button to clear the alarm.
performed during the last 20 treatments. Press the <Disinfect/Rinse> button.
Select and start one Descaling procedure
(Heat+CleanCart C, Peracetic, Low
Peracetic, Bacteriostatic Peracetic or
Bacteriostatic Low Peracetic) to clean the
machine.
Machine • None
Actions
1. Incorrect Dip Switch Configuration in the 1. Verify that the Dip Switch configuration of
Protective or Hydraulic Slave Board. the Protective or Hydraulic Slave Board is
set according to the type of Flowmeter in
use.
Reason The signal coming from one of the four electromagnetic flow meters is stuck at the
same value.
1. One or more electromagnetic flowmeters 1. Verify the “D1c flow”, “D2c flow”, “D1p flow”
are damaged. and “D2p flow” parameter values displayed
in the Page 1 of the Service Data screen to
identify the defective component.
Replace as required.
Reason The fluid flow circulating during the disinfection or rinse program is outside the
permitted range.
1. Massive air leak from Concentrate 1. Verify that the Concentrate Connectors are
Connectors Tubes or the Concentrate securely connected to their related ports.
Connectors are not securely connected to Press the RESET button.
their Ports.
2. The BiCart and SelectCart holder arms are 2. Verify that BiCart and SelectCart holder
not in the fully closed position. arms are closed.
Press the RESET button.
3. The Dialysis Fluid Tubes connectors are in 3. Verify that Dialysis Fluid Tubes are properly
the proper position, but not well inserted. connected to their safety couplings.
Press the RESET button.
4. The EvaClean doors are not properly 4. Verify that EvaClean doors are firmly
closed. closed.
Press the RESET button.
5. The CleanCart has not been correctly 5. If CleanCart is used, verify that the
inserted. CleanCart is correctly inserted in its holder.
Press the RESET button.
6. The SelectBag holder arm is not in the fully 6. Verify that the SelectBag holder arm is
closed position. closed.
Press the RESET button.
1. Ultrafilters partially obstructed 1. Verify that the Ultrafilters are not dirty or
partially filled with air. Perform a Fill up
process in the Service 2 Environment.
2. Defective connections between the PFS 2. Verify that no connections are disconnected
pressure sensor or P1 Pump or P2 Pump between the PFS pressure sensor or P1
towards the Motherboard connectors. Pump or P2 Pump towards the
Motherboard connectors.
Verify that the connections are not dirty or
corroded and that there are no
disconnected pins.
3. PFS Pressure sensor is defective or out of 3. Perform the PFS Test to verify that it is
calibration. correctly calibrated.
Calibrate or replace as required.
5. Kinked and obstructed tubes in the main 5. Verify that no kinked tubes obstruct the flow
hydraulic path. through the P1 or P2 Pumps.
If P2-P1 frequency is lower than 2500 Hz
and PFS - expected PFS > 180 the
obstruction can be downstream PFS.
If P2-P1 frequency is lower than 2500 Hz
and PFS - expected PFS < -80 the
obstruction can be upstream PFS.
If P1 - P2 frequency is higher than 2500 Hz
the obstruction can be upstream P2
(usually concentrate connectors are not
properly connected or EVPA/EVPB are
broken).
Verify that the electro valves are correctly
activated and that the hydraulic filters are
not occluded.
1. EVDS1 or EVDS2 is not working properly. 1. Switch the machine OFF, wait at least five
seconds, switch it ON again and repeat the
preparation process.
If the alarm persists, take note of the alarm
code, switch the machine OFF and call for
Service.
2. The LFD dialysis fluid flow sensor is 2. Verify and replace as required.
defective.
Reason The Artis Dialysis System has detected an hardware failure in the Hydraulic circuit
(on the Dialysis Fluid Path).
1. Hardware failure in the Dialysis Fluid Path. 1. Press the “Stop Treatment” button to stop
the treatment.
Perfom the rinseback and the patient
disconnection procedures as described in
the “Rinseback” and “Patient
Disconnection” sections of the Operator’s
Manual.
Switch off the machine and call for service.
2. The blood level in the Arterial Chamber 2. To continue the treatment, perform a
is correctly at the frosted line. "Cassette Repositioning" special
The alarm is caused by inaccurate procedure, as described in the related
readings of the Arterial pressure due to section of the "Chapter : Special
an improper greasing of the Pressure Procedures" in the Operator's Manual.
Transducer or due to debris/particles At the end of the treatment, check for
between the Blood Cassette and the the presence of debris/particles on the
Arterial Pressure Transducer. Pressure Transducers, clean and
grease the Pressure Transducers as
described in the "Cassette Panel O-
Rings Inspection and Greasing" section
of the "Chapter : Disinfection/Rinse/
Cleaning". Remove debris/particles if
present in the Operator's Manual.
Reason The Artis Dialysis System has detected an improper PI, PO sensors measurement
during the Hydraulic Pressure Alignment
NOTE
Do not insert through the Venous Line Clamp a portion of line already used during a previous
test.
To avoid any mistakes, mark with a permanent felt-tip pen the portion of the line already used
during the test.
A defective ART and VEN. Calibration Tool may be the cause of a bad test. Verify its integrity
before troubleshooting the Venous Line Clamp. If the ART and VEN. Calibration Tool is
damaged replace it, and repeat the test.
NOTE
The ART. and VEN. Calibration Tool is a not-sterile product. Do not use it for patient treatment.
NOTE
Do not apply a pressure above 1200 mmHg to the venous chamber.
A defective cassette may be the cause of a bad test. Verify that it is not damaged before
troubleshooting the Arterial Pump Rotor. If the cassette for the Arterial Rotor Occlusion Test is
damaged replace it, and repeat the test.
NOTE
The cassette for the Arterial Pump Rotor Occlusion Test is a not-sterile product. Do not use it for
patient treatment.
NOTE
Do not apply a pressure above 1200 mmHg to the venous chamber.
A defective cassette may be the cause of a bad test. Verify that it is not damaged before
troubleshooting the Venous Pump Rotor. If the cassette for the Venous Rotor Occlusion Test is
damaged replace it, and repeat the test.
NOTE
The cassette for the Venous Pump Rotor Occlusion Test is a not-sterile product. Do not use it
for patient treatment.
Test
• Press the ON/OFF button to stop the arterial pump.
• Using a 50 microlitres syringe, withdraw the plunger to read 20 microlitres air volume.
NOTE
Use a Gaschromatography syringe with a volume of 50 microlitres and a volume resolution of at
least 1 microlitre. Use a 22 or a 23 gauge needle of either a beveled non-coring needle point
style or a 10°-12° beveled needle point style.
• Inject the air into the port of the cassette for the AD Alarm Verification.
NOTE
If the air bubble breaks into smaller sized bubbles during injection, remove the air bubbles and
repeat the injection process.
• Make sure that the air bubble is in the upper portion of the line, between the AD sensor and the
injection port.
• Press the RESUME button to restart the arterial pump to the previous speed. When the arterial
pump starts rotating the air bubble passes through the AD sensor.
• Verify that the Venous Line Clamp closes, the blood pump stops and the ! AIR IN VENOUS LINE
alarm occurs.
NOTE
If the !AIR IN VENOUS LINE alarm is not generated, verify that the air bubble has not broken in
smaller sized bubbles. Repeat the test if necessary.
• Reset the ! AIR IN VENOUS LINE alarm and verify that the Venous line clamp opens and the arte-
rial pump restarts.
• Remove the blood cassette and restore the initial machine configuration.
NOTE
The cassette for the AD Alarm Verification is a not-sterile product. Do not use it for patient
treatment.
NOTE
The safety tester must meet IEC 60601-1 standard specifications.
• Remove the drain line from the drain and place it in a plastic container to electrically isolate the
drain.
• Turn on the main power.
• Start Dialysis Preparation.
• When the heater is on (LED V48 in the Hydraulic module is flashing), verify that leakage current is:
- for Artis/Evosys 230/240V: N.C. ≤400 µA; S.F.C. ≤800µA
NOTE
To accomplish this measurement, connect one lead of the resistance meter to the earth pin in
the plug and the other lead to the frame of the machine.
• Remove the tester and restore machine back to the original configuration.
NOTE
Perform the Power Failure and Battery Test procedure after the machine has started a
simulated dialysis treatment with blood detection.
NOTE
During the Battery T1Test, the machine checks also the battery wiring connections. In case of
Battery T1Test failure, verify also the battery wiring.
1. Remove the concentrate container shelf and the transparent battery cover.
2. Verify that there are not concentrate deposits on the concentrate container shelf and on the
transparent battery cover. If necessary clean as needed.
3. Disconnect the plug from the electrical outlet. The “NO POWER - USING BATTERY BACKUP”
#415 alarm triggers.
4. Verify that the machine continues to operate.
5. Allows 5 minutes of power failure, after that use a voltage meter to measure the voltage generated
by both batteries:
• If the measured voltage is equal or above 24.0V volts, the test has passed. Proceed from point
7).
• If the measured voltage is below 23.4V, both batteries have to be replaced. If the batteries
have to be replaced, repeat the “Power Failure and Battery Test” procedure to ensure the
batteries are fully functional.
• If the measured voltage is between 23.4V and 24.0V volts, the residual capacity needs to be
furthermore evaluated. Continue with point 6).
6. Allow 10 more minutes of power failure (to have the machine reaching an overall power failure
time of 15 minutes):
• If the machine does not trigger the “Safe State Activated” (#64) malfunction before the
completion of the 10 additional minutes, the residual battery capacity is sufficient to guarantee
the correct function of the battery backup. Proceed from point 7).
• If the machine triggers “Safe State Activated” (#64) malfunction before the completion of the 10
additional minutes, both batteries need to be replaced. If the batteries have to be replaced,
repeat the “Power Failure and Battery Test” procedure to ensure the batteries are fully
functional.
7. Connect the plug to the electrical outlet.
8. The machine continues to operate and the #415 alarm disappears.
9. Re-position the concentrate container shelf and the transparent battery cover.
NOTE
When replacing a battery follow local regulations for proper disposal.
Test
• Switch OFF the machine.
• Remove the concentrate container shelf and the transparent battery cover.
• Use a voltage meter connected to the positive pole (red) and the negative pole (black) of the first
Battery to verify that the voltage is greater to or equal than 12.9 V. Repeat the measurement on the
second Battery.
• Switch ON the machine.
• Start a simulated treatment, allows the machine to enter in the dialysis treatment.
• Disconnect the plug from the electrical outlet. The “NO POWER - USING BATTERY BACKUP”
#415 alarm triggers.
• Verify that the machine continues to operate.
• Allows 5 minutes of power failure, and then connect the plug to the electrical outlet.
• The machine continues to operate and the #415 alarm disappears.
If the above test fails and the power supply generates a continuous low volume signal:
• Verify the UPS-ON signal between Power Supply, Mother board and Hydraulic Slave Board.
• If no malfunction has been detected continue the batteries test.
NOTE
During the Battery T1Test, the machine checks also the battery wiring connections. In case of
Battery T1Test failure, verify also the battery wiring.
NOTE
When replacing a battery, follow local regulations for proper disposal.
NOTE
In case of replacement of some parts, it is mandatory to perform a disinfection process.
Verify that no water is present in the Ultra Collector. If present, using a syringe remove the water from
the Ultra Collector, remove the remaining water with a dry cloth and then clean the Optical sensor surface.
1. Switch OFF the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
2. Open the Main Hydraulic Compartment of the machine by following the instructions provided in
the “8.3.4 Main Hydraulic Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions” section of this service
manual.
3. Verify that the Main Hydraulic Compartment is completely OPEN.
4. Remove the Base Compartment from the machine by pushing it straight up on the both sides,
as indicated by the arrows in the Figure 10- 01.
or
Figure 10 - 01
5. Verify that no water is present in the wet sensor tank (see the yellow arrow in the Figure 10-02).
Figure 10 - 02
Figure 10 - 03
8. Verify that the water reaches the wet sensor tank and that there are no obstructions.
9. Verify that there is no water under the Base Compartment of the machine due to a leakage in
the wet sensor assembly.
10. With the same syringe remove the water from the wet sensor tank, remove the remaining water
with a dry cloth and then clean the wet sensor’s optical surface.
11. Verify that no water is present in the wet sensor tank.
12. Switch ON the machine and verify that the “Water Presence T1 Test” is performed without any
alarm. If the test fails, the machine will generate a General Safe State:‘’Safe State Activated.
Cause: Wet Sensor self-test failure ’’.
13. Switch OFF the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
14. Re-assamble the machine by performing the same procedure in reverse order.
1. Switch OFF the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
2. Close the Main Hydraulic Compartment of the machine by following the instructions provided in
the "8.3.4 Main Hydraulic Compartment Opening/Closing Instructions" section of the service
manual.
3. Close the machine. Verify that the Main Hydraulic Compartment is completely CLOSED and all
the panels are CLOSED and remove the ultrafilter cover.
4. Fill a syringe with 30 ml of RO Water.
5. Slowly inject the 80 ml of RO Water into the Ultrafilter Cover base hole from the back side of the
machine as indicated in the Figure 10-04.
Figure 10 - 04
6. Remove the Base Compartment from the machine by pushing it straight up on the both sides,
as indicated by the arrows in the Figure 10- 05
Figure 10 - 05
7. Verify that the water reaches the wet sensor tank and the Ultrafilter Cover hole is not
obstructed. (see the yellow arrow in the Figure 10-06).
Figure 10 - 06
8. Verify that there is no water under the Base Compartment of the machine due to a leakage in
the wet sensor assembly.
9. With the same syringe remove the water from the wet sensor tank, remove the remaining water
with a dry cloth and then clean the wet sensor's optical surface.
10. Verify that no water is present in the wet sensor tank.
11. Open the main hydraulic compartment. With a dry cloth remove the remaining water.
12. Re-install the ultrafilter cover, switch ON the machine and verify that the "Water Presence T1
Test" is performed without any alarm. If the test fails, the machine will generate a General Safe
State: ''Safe State Activated. Cause: Wet Sensor self-test failure ''.
13. Switch OFF the machine and unplug the power cord from the supply mains.
14. Re-assemble the machine by performing the same procedure in reverse order.
Recovery procedure as described in the “Fast Recovery” section of the Operator’s Manual.
In case the proper working conditions of the Touch Screen are not reestabished after the Fast Recovery
procedure, proceed as follows:
1. Perform a Manual Rinseback procedure as described in the related sections of the Operator’s
Manual;
2. Switch the machine OFF.
10.20.3 Diagnostics
10.20.3.1 T1 Test(s) Under Investigation
a Check all T1 Tests under investigation.
b Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred outside of dialysis treat-
ment and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware of
any such incidents, enter NONE.
c Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred during dialysis treatment
and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware of any such
incidents, enter NONE.
10.20.4 Investigation
a When troubleshooting alarm conditions, begin with the Troubleshooting section in this Service
Manual. Continue recording the data on the checklist. (Refer to the 3.2 section of the checklist)
b After consulting this Artis Service Manual, refer to the Root Cause Flow Charts and the associ-
ated step-by-step instructions located in Appendix A of this procedure for further troubleshoot-
ing guidance and resolution. The Artis Service Manual and relevant Spare Part Installation
Instructions contain detailed information for problem resolution. (Refer to the 5.3 section of the
checklist)
c Record investigation findings and system performance data in the indicated sections of the
Checklist.
10.20.5 Repair
10.20.5.1 Disinfect flowpath prior to opening it
Perform an Automatic Disinfect and Rinse (ADR) process prior to accessing the flowpath and record the
type of process on the Checklist.
10.20.6 Verification
10.20.6.1 Calibration Coefficients
If the repair involved calibration or replacement of any components then record the resulting calibration
coefficients on the Checklist, ensuring they are within the acceptable range.
467 Leakage Test (A) Failure Leakage Test (A) Failure LTA
468 Leakage Test (B) Failure Leakage Test (B) Failure LTB
500 Leakage Test (G) Failure Leakage Test (G) Failure LTG
Indicates a
section within a Data
Instructs user to collect and record
reference to data and information
SM
Labels a step in the flow
Off-Page Connector
chart to correspond with the AB.1.2: Instructions Connects multi-page flow
step-by-step instructions charts to continuing page.
Checklist 1.2
Spares
I.I. BB.4: Replace the
BB.2.1: Yes Batteries
Voltages Checklist
OK? 4.1.1/4.3/5.2/5.3
N
SM
BB.5: Repair SM
Power Supply BB.6: Perform a Simulated
per the Artis Dialysis Treatment to verify
Service Manual system integrity
Checklist Checklist 6.1.1/6.3
4.3/5.2/5.3
SM 7.4.10
PF.3.1: PF.3.2: No PF.4: Calibrate SN
Yes
Stability Pressures Pressure
achieved? within spec? Checklist 4.1.2
No Yes
1
PF.5: Monitor both values (Prot, Blood) No PF.4.1: Yes
for pressure drift > +10. Now within
spec?
PF.6: Switch
the SN and
PF.5.1: venous pressure PF.6.1:
Yes Still No
All problematic? sonsor wires on Spares I.I.
the PIB board problematic?
and retest pre- PF.7: Replace
No dialyzer Press. the SN pressure
Yes sensor
PF.5.2: Checklist
Blood Yes 4.3/5.2/5.3
problematic? Spares I.I.
PF.8: Replace the PIB Board
No Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3
Spares I.I.
PF.9: Replace the Blood Board
Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3
Spares I.I.
PF.10: Replace the Prot. Board
Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3 SM 12.9
PF.11: Perform a Simulated
Dialysis Treatment to verify
1 system integrity
Checklist 6.1.2 /6.3
Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate an alarm issued with a required
confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm ''(448) T1 Test SN Pressure''.
Possible causes for the T1 SN Pressure Test alarm:
• Faulty SN pressure sensor
• Incorrect Power Supply voltages
• Faulty Blood Board
• Faulty Protective Board
T1 Test Arterial
Pump/AD
(Code 419)
AA.1: Inspect the AD, art pump, art pump board &
mother board for loose electrical connections
No AA.1.1: Yes
SM Bad connection
found?
AA.2: Verify Power AA.7: Repair the bad connection
Supply Voltages Checklist 4.3/5.2
Checklist 4.2
AA.2.1: No
Yes
Voltages
OK? SM
AA.3: Initiate the T1 Test by
completing preparation AA.8: Repair Power
(Hyd phase 16). Supply per the Artis
Service Manual
Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3
AA.4: Verify actual pump direction is
CW during prime and CCW after prime.
Checklist 4.1.3
AA.4.1:
Yes No
AP direction
OK? Spares I.I.
AA.5. Test AD for air & liquid, confirm AA.9: Replace the Art. Pump
system data page readout is correct. Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3
Checklist 4.1.3
Spares I.I.
AA.5.1: No AA.10: Replace AD
AD OK? Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3
Yes
Spares I.I.
AA.5.2: AA.11: Replace the
Pump stops No
protective board
when air is Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3
present? SM
AA.13: Perform a Simulated
Yes Dialysis Treatment to verify
No system integrity
AA.6: Monitor Art Blood values on Checklist 6.1.3/6.3
the system data page. Divide: Art AA.6.1: Yes
Blood Set/ Art Blood Flow. AP speed
Checklist 4.1.3 Within 8%
AA.12: Continue high level
troubleshooting with the Boards
Checklist 4.3/5.2/5.3
• Verifies that the blood pump will stop when there is in air in blood signal.
• Verifies that the blood pump will not start if the air in blood signal clears.
• Verifies that the control system can shut off the pump.
The Protective System issued a command to the control system to start the blood pump with a primed
disposable and then the Protective System drives the AD sensor test pin to force the detection of air inside
the venous line in order to check that the reaction of the machine at the air detection works correctly. At the
first step of the test, the Protective System requires to the control system to have:
• Blood Flow set of 100 ml/min;
• Venous Line Clamp closed;
• Arterial Line Clamp open.
After a short period of time the Protective System checks that the flow rate of the pump is in the range +/
-8% respect to the blood flow set command. This command causes the blood pump to rotate in the
clockwise direction. The speed is detected through detecting the rotor position sensors.
The Protective System drives the AD sensor test pin and checks the detection of the air and checks that
the flow rate of the pump is in the range +/-8% respect to the set point and that the direction of the pump is
clockwise. Then checks if the air presence signal is to the level LOW.
At the next step the Protective System masks the air bubble sensor pause in order to stop the arterial
pump and after a short period of time checks that the blood pump is stopped (the blood flow is lower than 10
ml/min). Then the Protective System restores the pause of the air bubble detection. Then checks that the
flow rate of the pump is in the range +/-8% respect to the set point and that the direction of the pump is
clockwise. If the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a
Warning alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue. Then to perform again the
test, selects the ''Extra-Prime'' option. Generates the alarm ''(419) T1 Test Arterial Pump/ABD''.
• NO. AD is disfunctional.
- Continue to AA.10.
AA.5.2. Does the aterial pump stop when liquid is present?
• YES. The pump stops when AD reads liquid.
- Continue to AA.6.
• NO. The pump does not stop when AD reads liquid.
- Continue to AA.11.
AA.6. Monitor Art Blood values on the system data page. Divide: Art Blood Set/ Art Blood Flow. Record
the data on the Checklist in section 4.1.3.
AA.6.1.Was the measured speed within 8% of the set rate?
• YES. The pump speed is within specification.
- Continue to AA.12.
• NO. The pump speed is outside specification.
- Continue to AA.11.
AA.7. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3 &
5.2.
- Continue to AA.13.
AA.8. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
-Continue to AA.13.
AA.9. Replace the Arterial Pump by following the spare installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
-Continue to AA.13.
AA.10. Replace the AD by following the spare installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to AA.13.
AA.11. Replace the Protective Board by following the spare installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to AA.13.
AA.12. Continue high level troubleshooting with the Boards. Record the root cause, repair and the
replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- End
AA.13. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
the Artis Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section 6.1.3/6.3.
-End
• detects the presence of a fluid leakage in the hydraulic flow circuit. The KD1D2P coefficient is calcu-
lated and the protective drift shall not be higher than 864 ml/h.
• detects an exchange between control and protective flowmeters.
• the test is also necessary in order to have an alignment between the Protective Flowmeters through
the calculation of the KD1D2P factor. If the test fails or an exchange between Control and Protective
flowmeters is detected, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate
an alarm message issued with a required confirmation from the operator to repeat the test. Gener-
ates the alarm '' (422) T1 Test Flow Meters''. If the test flowmeters on the Control Flowmeters fails
for three times the Protective System generates the alarm: ''(497) MALFUNCTION”.
Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
-Continue to FM.12.
FM.6. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2
& 5.3
-Continue to FM.12.
FM.7. Replace the P1 pump by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and
5.3.
- Continue to FM.12.
FM.8. .Replace the P2 pump by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
- Continue to FM.12.
FM.9. Replace the Control Flow Meters by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to FM.12.
FM.10. Replace the Protective Flow Meter, which has a value furthest from D1C, by following the
spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and
the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to FM.12.
FM.11. Refer to the relative flow chart for troubleshooting.
FM.12. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checlist in section 6.1.5/6.3
- END
on the BLD and then the Protective System activates the magnet to insert the optical filter in between the
blood leak detector and the infrared detector. The Protective System then looks for a reduction in the signal
indicating that the blood leak detector and the protective system are working properly. The Protective
System deactivates the magnet to remove the optical filter from the BLD. At the end checks the absence of
the blood from the BLD. If the test fails, the machine will generate a “MALFUNCTION 434”.
Possible causes for the BLD alarm (code 434):
• BLD optical sensor is dirty
• Air is in the line which is detected as blood
• Optical filter solenoid is sticking
• Bad electrical connection
• Defective BLD sensor
- Continue to BLD.5.
• NO, BLD no longer detects blood.
- Continue to BLD.8.
BLD.5. Verify power supply voltages: described in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record
voltage measurements on the Checklist in section 4.2.
BLD.5.1.Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to BLD.10.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to BLD.9.
BLD.6. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2.
& 5.3.
- Continue to BLD.11.
BLD.7. Locate and repair the leak or resolve degassing in BT2.Record the root cause, repair and
replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to BLD.11.
BLD.8. The sensor was dirty. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3 & 5.2.
- Continue to BLD.11.
BLD.9. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to BLD.11.
BLD.10. Replace the BLD sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
- Continue to BLD.11.
BLD.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the checklist in section 6.1.6/6.3.
- END
position sensor, that the clamp position is open. Then Protective System switch off the 24 Volts power supply
and it checks that the clamp position is closed and that the 24 Vp is lower than 6 Volts. Then the Protective
System switches on the 24 Volts power supply and checks that the clamp position is open. The 24 Vp must
be greater than 21.9 Volts. If the test fails, the machine will generate a “Safe State Activated. Cause: 24 Volt
self-test failure”.
when the Protective System opens the Venous Line Clamp and verifies if the clamp correctly opens again. If
the test fails, the T1 Test is terminated with negative result and the machine will generate a “Safe State
Activated. Cause: Venous Clamp self-test failure”.
Possible causes for Venous Clamp T1 Test alarm:
• Obstruction in the Clamp
• Bad electrical connection
• Venous Clamp assembly failure
• Venous Clamp Board failure
• Power supply not within specification
- Continue to VC.13.
VC.7. Check for 5V +\- 1V supplied to the clamp from the venous clamp board after startup. Record the
data on the Checklist in section 4.1.8.
VC.7.1 Is there a proper voltage found at the terminal?
• YES. A proper voltage is supplied to the venous clamp.
- Continue to VC.10.
• NO. A proper voltage is not supplied to the venous clamp.
- Continue to VC.8.
VC.8. Replace the Venous Clamp Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to VC.13.
VC.9. Look for an obstruction in the Venous Clamp in front and in the back of the Clamp.
VC.9.1. Is the Venous Clamp Obstructed?
• YES. An obstruction was found.
- Continue to VC.11.
• NO. An obstruction was not found.
- Continue to VC.10.
VC.10. Replace the Venous Clamp by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to VC.13.
VC.11. Clear the obstruction from the clamp. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in
section 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3
- Continue to VC.13.
VC.12. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3
- Continue to VC.13.
VC.13. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section 6.1.8/6.3.
- END
- Continue to T.12
T.7. Increase the water supply pressure. Record the root cause and the repair on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2. & 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.8. Replace SWP by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.9. Repair LFP. Record the root cause and the repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.10. Replace LFP by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.11. Repair the power supply according to section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the root
cause and the repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.12. Look for a continuous red LED on the Over Temp Board.
T.12.1.Red LED is on continuous?
• NO, the LED is off or flashing.
- Continue to T.13
• YES, the LED is on.
- Continue to T.14
T.13. Replace the Over Temp. Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3,
5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.14. Perform a temperature test for Tp and TpSe by following section "7.4.19 Conductivity ΓcA,Γp and
Temperature Sensors Test" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the data on the checklist in section
4.1.10.
T.14.1Is the water being heated above 42 °C?
• YES, the temperature increases above 42 °C during the test.
- Continue to T.14.2
• NO, the temperature does not increase above 42 °C during the test.
- Continue to T.15.
T.14.2.Is Tp & TpSe within 0.5 °C of the meter?
• YES, the temperature is within specification.
- Continue to T.15.
• NO, the temperature is not within specification.
- Continue to T.16.
T.15. Verify the heater relay opens & closes.
T.15.1.Is the relay OK?
• YES, the relay opens and closes.
- Continue to T.18.
• NO, the relay does not open and close.
- Continue to T.17.
T.16. Perform a temperature calibration by following the instructions in section "7.4.18 Temperature" of
the Artis Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section 6.1.10.
T.16.1.Was the calibration successful?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to T.16.2
• NO, the calibration was not successful.
- Continue to T.21.
T.16.2.Record the root cause and the repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.17. Replace the heater realay by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.18. Test the heater optotriac.
T.18.1.Was the optotriac supplying power?
• YES, power is being supplied to the heater
- Continue to T.20.
• NO, power was not reaching the heater
- Continue to T.19.
T.19. Replace the optitriac by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.20. Check the electrical continuity of the heater.
T.20.1.Was the electrical continuity OK?
• YES, the heater element is OK.
- Continue to T.23.
• NO, the heater element is bad.
- Continue to T.22.
T.21. Replace the Tp or TpSe by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.22. Replace the heater by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to T.24.
T.23. Perform high level troubleshooting of the boards.
T.24. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section
6.1.10/6.3.
- END
C.5. Clear or replace obstruction in the flowpath. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2. and 5.3.
- Continue to C.17.
C.6. Check for air in the concentrate uptake lines when the machine is drawing concentrate.
C.6.1. Are there any leaks in the uptake lines?
• YES, leaks were detected.
- Continue to C.7.
• NO, leaks were not detected.
- Continue to C.8.
C.7. Locate and repair the leak allowing air in the flowpath. Record the root cause and repair on the
Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2. and 5.3.
- Continue to C.17.
C.8. Check for air in the main hydraulic flowpath.
C.8.1.Was air detected?
terminated with negative result and the machine will generate an alarm message issued with a required
confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm ''(446) T1 Test Venous Pressure''.
Message alarm issued with a required confirmation from the operator to continue. Generates the alarm
''(447) T1 Test Arterial Pressure''.
Possible causes for the T1 Bubble Trap Test Alarm (Code 493):
• Bad electrical connection
• Obstruction in the airway or ORD
• Failure of LP, LD1 or LD2
• Leak in the air or hydraulic systems
• Incorrect degassing pressure
- Continue to BT.8.
BT.6. Clean the lens on the optical sensor and retest the sensor using the cup of water.
BT.6.1.Does the level sensor now function properly?
• NO, it still does not work.
- Continue to BT.7.
• YES, it now functions properly.
- Continue to BT.11.
BT.7. Replace the respective bubble trap level sensor by following the spare's installation instructions
provided in the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the
Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to BT.11.
BT.8. Look for an obstruction in the airway including ORD, OWD and the reducer fittings from EVP,
EVD1 and EVD2.
BT.8.1.Was an obstruction found?
• NO, an obstruction was not found.
- Continue to BT.10.
• YES, an obstruction was found.
- Continue to BT.9.
BT.9. Clear the Obstruction. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 4.3 & 5.2.
- Continue to BT.11.
BT.10. Troubleshoot for a bad Hydraulic board. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on
the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to BT.11.
BT.11. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to BT.12.
BT.12. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section 6.1.14/6.3.
- END.
LTA.8. Test all pressure sensors as described in section 7.4 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.1.15.
LTA.8.1.Are all pressure sensors within the limits?
• NO, pressure is not within limits.
- Continue to LTA.10.
• YES, pressure is within limits.
- Continue to LTA.12.
LTA.9. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and
5.3.
- Continue to LTA.13.
LTA.10. Calibrate the pressure sensor related to the failure by following the instructions in section 7.4 of
the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.14
LTA.10.1.Is the pressure sensor now within the limits?
• NO, pressure is not within limits.
- Continue to LTA.11.
• YES, pressure is within limits.
- Continue to LTA.13.
LTA.11. Replace the pressure sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTA.13.
LTA.12. Troubleshoot for a bad Board by measuring specifications discribed in section 4.0 of the Artis
Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTA.13.
LTA.13. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the
Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTA.14.
LTA.14. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.15/ 6.3
- END.
- Continue to LTB.10.
LTB.7. Replace the faulty component by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTB.10.
LTB.8. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and
5.3.
- Continue to LTB.10.
LTB.9. Replace the pressure sensor as described in the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTB.10.
LTB.10. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to LTB.11.
LTB.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.16/ 6.3.
- END.
LT.7. Replace the faulty component by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LT.10.
LT.8. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LT.10.
LT.9. Replace the pressure sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2
and 5.3.
- Continue to LT.10.
LT.10. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to LT.11.
LT.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of this
Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.17/ 6.3
- END
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTG.10.
LTG.8. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections 4.3, 5.2 and
5.3.
- Continue to LTG.10.
LTG.9. Replace the pressure sensor as described in the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 and 5.3.
- Continue to LTG.10.
LTG.10. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to LTG.11.
LTG.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.18/ 6.3
- END
drives a power output in order to simulate the disconnection of the sensor. In this condition the sensor shall
read "WATER". If the test fails the Protective Subsystem generates the General Safe State: ''Safe State
Activated. Cause: Wet Sensor self-test failure''.
WL.8. Repair the bad connection. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in sections 4.3,5.2
& 5.3.
- Continue to WL.13.
WL.9. Clean the lens on the optical sensor and retest the sensor using the cup of water, Checklist 6.1.19
WL.9.1.Does the level sensor now function properly?
• NO, it still does not work.
- Continue to WL.10.
• YES, it now functions properly.
- Continue to WL.13.
WL.10. Replace the liquid presence sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in
the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in
sections 4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to WL.13.
WL.11. Replace the Protective Board by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2, 5.3 & 4.1.19.
- Continue to WL.13.
WL.12. Follow instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual to resolve the problem with the
power supply. Record the root cause, repair and the replacement on the Checklist in sections
4.3, 5.2 & 5.3.
- Continue to WL.13.
WL.13. Perform an ADR Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual.
- Continue to WL.14.
WL.14. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of
this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.1.19 /6.3.
- END
Please complete this form whe n the Artis is unable to complete the T1 Test(s) successfully.
Refer to the T1 Test Technical Invest igation Procedure and the Artis Service Manual Secti on 7 to perform the cali bration,
verification and other procedures listed below.
1. General Information
Work Order #: _________________ Customer #: _____________Customer Name: ______________________________
Service Request Date: ___________ Current Date: ____________Service Technician name: ______________________
Serial #: ___________Hours: __________________Software Revi sion: ____________Hardware Revision___________
Reference Tool Info Brand Na me Model Serial Number Next Cal Date
Pressure Met er
Voltage Meter
Conductivity Meter
Temperature Meter
2. Reported Condition
Were you made aware of any patient injury or any type of medical intervention?____________________________
If YES, please inform your local Ga mbro Quality Assuranc e, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical
information, such as Treatment settings, Patient age, weight, gender, blood tests results may be requested.
3. Diagnostics
Temperature Test
Electro Valves Test
Arterial Pump/ABD Test
Venous Clamp Test
Flow Meters Test
Battery Test
Cut 24 Volt Test
Arterial Pressure Test
Venous Pressure Test
BLD Test
Lines Switch Test
Conductivity Cells Test
Bubble Trap Test
Leakage Test
Water Stop
SN Pressure Sensor
Please describe any related incident(s) that occurred outside dialysis treatment
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
Please describe any related incident(s) that occurred during dialysis treatment
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
Download successful?____Y____N
4. Investigation
T1 Tests
Complete the appropriate table(s) for the T1 Test under investigation only.
Calibration
Last Calibration Date (as it appears on screen): _____________________________________________
Performance
Parameter Value
Art Blood Set
ART Blood Flow
Art Blood Set/Art Blood Flow %
Commanded Direction = Actual
Direction?
AD Test
42°C achieved at the reference meter during hydraulic phase PREP_DISTRIB_1 of the T1 Test? Yes No
Calibration
Last Calibration Dates (as they appear on screen): A_____________B_____________Sel_____________
Calibration
Last Calibration Date (as it appears on screen): _____________________________________________
Calibration
Last Calibration Date (as it appears on screen): _____________________________________________
Initial pressure calibration coefficients (prior to intervention).
Calibration Coefficients 1st Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
PA Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PA Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Performance
4.3 Root Cause (refer to ARTIS T1 Test Technical Investigation Procedure for Root Cause Flow Charts)
Record the ID number of the final Root Cause Flowchart cell corresponding to the source of the problem________
If the source of the problem is not included in the Root Cause Flowchart, please describe it here:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
5. Repair
5.1 Perform an ADR process and note the one used: Specify______________
5.2 Repair
Description___________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
Record the identification number on the barcode label for all spare parts used in the repair, as well as that for the
component being replaced (if different).
6.Verification
T1 Tests
Complete the appropriate verification table(s) for the T1 Test under investigation only.
Cause of problem
Calibration
Performance
Parameter Value
Art Blood Set
ART Blood Flow
Art Blood Set/Art Blood Flow %
Commanded Direction = Actual
Direction?
AD Test
Cause of problem
Cause of problem:
Cause of problem
Obstruction YES NO
Electrical connection YES NO
Defective Switch YES NO
Defective clamp YES NO
Other (describe)_______________________________________________________________________________
Cause of problem
Obstruction YES NO
Electrical connection YES NO
Defective Switch YES NO
Defective clamp YES NO
Other (describe)_______________________________________________________________________________
Cause of problem
Calibration
Last Calibration Date (as it appears on screen): _____________________________________________
Calibration coefficients (post intervention).
Calibration Coefficients 1st Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
PV Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PV Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Performance
Calibration
Cause of problem:
Cause of problem:
10.22.3 Diagnostics
10.22.3.1 Last Service Intervention (Due to Mass Balance errors)
a) Indicate whether the last intervention related to the Mass Balance under investigation was performed
by a Gambro service technician. Enter YES, NO or UNKNOWN.
b) Record the date of the last service intervention related to Mass Balance discrepancies, based on
clinical service records or those stored in Artis Dialysis System.
c) Confirm whether or not the date and time on the Artis Dialysis System is aligned with the actual
current date and time, and correct them if necessary.
• Prescribed Weight Loss (kg): Patient fluid removal goal as recorded by clinic.
• Prescribed Treatment Time (h:min): Planned treatment time.
• Treatment Time Achieved (h:min): Actual duration of therapy delivery achieved.
10.22.4 Investigation
a When troubleshooting Mass Balance alarm conditions listed in Appendix A, begin with the
Troubleshooting section in the Artis Service Manual. Continue recording the data on the ckeck-
list.
b After consulting the Artis Service Manual, refer to the Root Cause Flow Charts and the associ-
ated step-by-step instructions located in Appendix A of this procedure for further troubleshoot-
ing guidance and resolution of non-alarm symptoms. These Flow Charts are intended as a
supplement to the Artis Service Manual, to aid in identifying the root cause of the problem and
its resolution. The Artis Service Manual and relevant Spare Part Installation Instructions contain
detailed information for problem resolution.
c Record investigation findings and system performance data in the indicated sections of the
Checklist, including a reference to the unique identifier for the flow chart box (MB.#.) corre-
sponding to the root cause of the problem.
10.22.5 Repair
10.22.5.1 Disinfect flowpath prior to opening it
Perform an Automatic Disinfect and Rinse (ADR) process prior to accessing the flowpath and record the
type of process on the Checklist.
10.22.6 Verification
10.22.6.1 Calibration Coefficients
If the repair involved calibration or replacement of any mass balance flow meter(s), then record the
resulting flow meter calibration coefficients on the Checklist, ensuring they are within the acceptable range.
Service Manual and record results in section 6.2 of the Checklist, recording data from the test.
Appendix A: Troubleshooting
Use the following tables to locate the correct flow chart for the machine symptoms and alarms listed
below.
Mass Balance Error Troubleshooting Links
Error Code Error Condtion Flow Chart
N/A Incorrect fluid removal Mass Balance Troubleshooting
Please complete this form for all complaints mass balance discrepancies are observed:
• Patient Weight Loss differs from the set value by 50 g/h or more for UF rates less than 2.0 kg/h.
• Patient Weight Loss differs from the set value by 2.5% or more for UF rates greater than 2.0 kg/h.
• Mass Balance alarms with no patient weight loss errors outside the 50 g/h tolerance
Refer to the Mass Balance Technical Investigation Procedure for instructions on completing this Checklist and
troubleshooting guidance. The Checklist and Procedure are only intended for use with the Artis Service Manual, which
provides detailed information regarding calibration, verification and other procedures referenced herein.
1. General Information
Work Order #: _________________ Customer #: _____________Customer Name: ______________________________
Service Request Date: ___________ Current Date: ____________Service Technician name: ______________________
Serial #: ___________Hours: __________________Software Revision: ____________Hardware Revision___________
Reference Tool Info Brand Name Model Serial Number Next Cal Date
Conductivity Meter
Voltage Meter
2. Reported Condition
2.1 How did you become aware of the Mass Balance discrepancy?
Please describe:______________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
2.2 Were you made aware of any patient injury or any type of medical intervention? Yes No
If YES, please inform your local Gambro Quality Assurance, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical
information, such as Treatment settings, Patient age, weight, gender, blood tests results may be requested
3. Diagnostics
3.1 Last Service Intervention Due to Mass Balance errors___________________________________________
a. Was the last mass balance service intervention performed by a Gambro technician? Yes No
b. R ecordthe date of the last service intervention related to a mass balance error, based on the Artis Service
Mode Log. ___________________________________________________________________________
c. Are the date and time stored in the machine aligned with actual date and time? Yes No
If NO, record the date indicated by the machine:______________________________________________
Date/Time corrected? Yes No
3.2 Blackbox
Download the data set from the Artis Blackbox, and mark the box to indicate whether the data was successfully
obtained.
Calculate:
Weight Loss Error Rate = Total Weight Loss Error/Actual Treatment Time
Other (describe)
_______________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________
4. Investigation
4.1 T1 Tests
T1 Flow Meters Test Passed? Yes No
Failure code_______________
5. Repair
5.1 Prior to Repair Perform an ADR process and note the one used:
Specify_____________
5.2 Mass Balance Repair
Description_________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Record the identification number on the barcode label for all spare parts used in the repair, as well as that for the
component being replaced (if different).
5.4 Root Cause (refer to ARTIS Conductivity Drift Technical Investigation Procedure for Root Cause Flow
Charts)
Record the code of the final Root Cause Flowchart cell corresponding to the source of the problem________
If the source of the problem is not included in the Root Cause Flowchart, please describe it here:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6.Verification
6.1 T1 Tests
T1 Flow Meters Test Passed? Yes No
10.24.3 Diagnostics
10.24.3.1 Related Alarms/Incidents
a) Record any alarms related to the discrepancy under investigation. Record the alarm number
and description. If there were no relevant alarms, please indicate so by recording NONE in the
provided field.
b) Record any additional alarms related to the condition or record NONE in the provided field.
c) Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred outside of dialysis
treatment and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware
of any such incidents, enter NONE.
d) Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred during dialysis treatment
and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware of any
such incidents, enter NONE.
b) Record the date of the last service intervention related to conductivity drift, based on clinical
service records or those stored in Artis.
c) Confirm whether or not the date and time on the Artis is aligned with the actual current date and
time and correct them if necessary.
10.24.4 Investigation
a) When troubleshooting alarm conditions, begin with the Troubleshooting section in the Artis
Service Manual.
b) After consulting the Artis Service Manual, refer to the Troubleshooting Flow Charts and the
associated step-by-step instructions located in Appendix A of this procedure for further
troubleshooting guidance and resolution of non-alarm symptoms. These Flow Charts are
intended as a supplement to the Artis Service Manual, to aid in identifying the root cause of the
problem and its resolution. The Artis Service Manual and relevant Spare Part Installation
Instructions contain detailed information for problem resolution.
c) Record investigation findings and system performance data in the indicated sections of the
Checklist.
10.24.5 Repair
10.24.5.1 Disinfect flowpath prior to opening
Perform an Automatic Disinfect and Rinse (ADR) process prior to accessing the flowpath and record the
type of process on the Checklist.
10.24.6 Verification
10.24.6.1 Conductivity Verification
Perform a conductivity test, as detailed in sections 7.4.19 of the Service Manual, and record the results in
the Checklist, ensuring all conductivities are within the acceptable ranges.
introduction of dialysis concentrates into the flowpath, perform an ADR Disinfection and record the type of
process used in section 6.3 of the Checklist.
Appendix A: Troubleshooting
Use the following tables to locate the correct flow chart for the machine symptoms and alarms listed
below.
Conductivity Error Troubleshooting Links
Error Error Condtion Flow Chart Designation
Code
A and/or B conductivity readings Conductivity High (A or B) CH
are higher than measured by an
external reference meter by at
least 0.10 mS/cm for B and 0.20
N/A mS/cm for A.
A and/or B conductivity readings Conductivity Low (A or B) CL
are lower than measured by an
external reference meter by at
least 0.10 mS/cm for B and 0.20
N/A mS/cm for A.
Conductivity control is unstable, Unstable Conductivity CU
resulting in multiple alarms
N/A found in the alarm table below.
SelectBag conductivity is Select Conductivity Low SC
controlled to a value at least 0.10
N/A mS/cm lower than the setpoint.
Incorrect
Conductivi
ty
Main
Concentra Flow
Empty
Container Unstable
Air
Intake Poor
Wrong
Concentr Degassin
Wrong
Flow
Connecto Flowpath
r Leak
Flowpath
Leak
Conductivi Temperatur
Calibratio ty e
Conductivity High (A or B)
This flow chart is intended for use when the Artis is controlling the bicarbonate or final dialysis fluid to a
higher conductivity than the setpoint by 0.5 mS/cm or more for A or 0.2 mS/cm for B. Potential reasons for
this problem include:
• Wrong concentrate?
• Conductivity out of calibration.
• Conductivity sensor failure?
• Temperature out of calibration.
• Temperature sensor failure.
Conductivity Low (A or B)
This flow chart is intended for use when the Artis is controlling the bicarbonate or final dialysis fluid to a
lower conductivity than the setpoint by 0.5 mS/cm or more for A or 0.25 mS/cm for B. Potential reasons for
this problem include:
• Wrong concentrate?
• Flowpath leak?
• Conductivity sensor failure?
• Temperature sensor failure
• Obstructed flowpath
• Conductivity out of calibration
• Temperature out of calibration
Unstable Conductivity
This flow chart is intended for use when one or more stages of Artis conductivity control is unstable,
possibly causing erratic conductibility readings or intermittent conductivity alarms that do not exhibit
conductivity that is consistently out of range. This is frequently due to air in either the concentrate or main
flow lines.
CU.9. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of this
Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.2.
- Continue to CU.10.
CU.10. Perform a Disinfect & Rinse process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual for detailed instructions of the process. Record the process on the checklist
in section 6.3.
- END
This flow chart is intended for use when the Artis is controlling the Select Bag fluid to a lower conductivity
than the setpoint by 0.1 mS/cm or more. (Note: Select Conductivity High is extremely unlikely, because of
the volumetric control) Potential reasons for this problem include:
• Sticking Pump?
• Flowpath leak
• Obstructed flowpath
- Continue to SC.8.
SC.7.2. Repair the leak. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 & 5.4.
- Continue to SC.8.
SC.8. Check for obstructions in the select flow path.
SC.8.1. Any obstructions in the select uptake flowpath?
• YES, the select flow path is blocked.
- Continue to SC.8.2.
• NO, the select flow path is not blocked.
- Continue to SC.5.
SC.8.2. Clear the obstruction. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 & 5.4.
-Continue to SC.8.
SC.9. Troubleshoot for a bad board. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in
section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
-Continue to SC.10.
SC.10. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section 12.9 of this
Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 6.2.
- Continue to SC.11.
SC.11. Perform a Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the Artis
Operators Manual for detailed instructions of the process. Record the process on the checklist in
section 6.3.
-END
Please complete this form when any of the following conductivity discrepancies are observed:
• Bicarbonate conductivity reading varies by at least +0.10 mS/cm with respect to an external reference meter, or
the difference between bicarbonate conductivity control and protective readings is >0.10 mS/cm.
• Select conductivity reading varies by at least +0.10mS/cm with respect to an external reference meter, or the
difference between Select conductivity control and protective readings is >0.10mS/cm.
• Final conductivity reading varies by at least +0.20 mS/cm with respect to an external reference meter, or the
difference between final conductivity control and protective readings is >.20 mS/cm.
Refer to the Conductivity Drift Technical Investigation Procedure and the Service Manual Section 7 to perform the
calibration, verification and other procedures listed below.
1. General Information
Work Order #: _________________ Customer #: _____________Customer Name: ______________________________
Service Request Date: ___________ Current Date: ____________Service Technician name: ______________________
Serial #: ___________Hours: __________________Software Revision: ____________Hardware Revision___________
Reference Tool Info Brand Name Model Serial Number Next Cal Date
Conductivity Meter
Voltage Meter
2. Reported Condition
2.1 Please describe how you became aware of the discrepancy_______________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
2.2 Were you made aware of any patient injury or any type of medical intervention ________________
If YES, please inform your local Gambro Quality Assurance, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical
information, such as Treatment settings, Patient age, weight, gender, blood tests results may be requested
4. Investigation
4.1 Conductivity Test
Perform a conductivity test and record machine performance as well as reference meter output.
Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(mS/c m) (mS/cm) (mS/cm) Meter Range
(mS/cm) (mS/cm)
Bicarbonate control 1 2.70 2.60 ÷ 2.80
Select protective 1 2.70 2.60 ÷ 2.80
Bicarbonate control 2 3.40 3.30 ÷ 3.50
Select protective 2 3.40 3.30 ÷ 3.50
Final control 1 14.0 13.80 ÷ 14.20
Final protective 1 14.0 13.80 ÷ 14.20
Final control 2 15.4 15.20 ÷ 15.60
Final protective 2 15.4 15.20 ÷ 15.60
4.2 Power Supply Voltage Verification (Optional)
Refer to the Artis Service Manual, section 7.3 for detailed instructions.
Use pin 1 on J51 (0VD) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J51 Pin 2 (+5VD) 5.1 ÷ 5.3 V
J51 Pin 3 (+5VB) 4.9 ÷ 5.3 V
Use pin 6 on J51 (0VA) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J51 Pin 4 (-15V) -14.9 ÷ -15.3 V
J51 Pin 5 (+15V) 14.9 ÷ 15.3 V
Use pin 1 on J51 (0VD) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J52 Pin 1 (+5VP) 5.1 ÷ 5.3 V
Use pin 2 on J52 (0V24) as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
J52 Pin 3 (+24V) 22.8 ÷ 25.2 V
J52 Pin 4 (+24VP) 22.8 ÷ 25.2 V
Use pin 4 on J53 as voltage reference Range Record Measurement
(Switching Power Supply use TP2 (0VD))
J53 Pin 1 (+15V) -14.9 ÷ -15.3 V
J53 Pin 2 (-15V) 14.9 ÷ 15.3 V
For Switching Power Supply use TP2 (0VD) Range Record Measurement
as voltage reference
J45 Pin 8 (+12V) -11.9 ÷ 12.3 V
Are the Power Supply Voltages within Specification? Y / N ______ Refer to the Service Manual for corrective
actions. Perform any needed repairs to the power supply and record in section 4.3 of this Checklist
Description_________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Record the identification number on the barcode label for all spare parts used in the repair, as well as that for the
component being replaced (if different).
5.4 Root Cause (refer to ARTIS Conductivity Drift Technical Investigation Procedure for Root Cause Flow
Charts)
Record the ID number of the final Root Cause Flowchart cell corresponding to the source of the problem________
If the source of the problem is not included in the Root Cause Flowchart, please describe it here:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
10.26.3 Diagnostics
10.26.3.1 Related Alarms/Incidents
a Record any alarms related to pressure errors. Record the alarm number and description. If
there were no relevant alarms, please indicate so by recording NONE in the provided field.
b Record any additional alarms related to the condition or record NONE in the provided field.
c Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred outside of dialysis treat-
ment and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware of
any such incidents, enter NONE.
d Record descriptions of any incident(s) you are aware of that occurred during dialysis treatment
and are related in any way to the condition under investigation. If you are not aware of any such
incidents, enter NONE.
10.26.4 Investigation
a When troubleshooting alarm conditions, begin with the Troubleshooting section in this Service
Manual.
b After consulting the Artis Service Manual, refer to the Root Cause Flow Charts and the associ-
ated step-by-step instructions located in Appendix A of this procedure for further troubleshoot-
ing guidance and resolution of non-alarm symptoms. These Flow Charts are intended as a
supplement to the Artis Service Manual, to aid in identifying the root cause of the problem and
its resolution. The Artis Service Manual and relevant Spare Part Installation Instructions contain
detailed information for problem resolution.
c Record investigation findings and system performance data in the indicated sections of the
Checklist, including a reference to the unique identifier for the flow chart box (MB.#.) corre-
sponding to the root cause of the problem.
section of the Checklist is for recording performance data prior to any service intervention.
10.26.5 Repair
10.26.5.1 Disinfect flowpath prior to opening it
Perform an ADR process prior to accessing the flowpath and record the type of process on the Checklist.
10.26.6 Verification
10.26.6.1 Pressure Calibration Coefficients
Record the resulting Pressure calibration coefficients on the Checklist, ensuring they are within the
acceptable range. The procedure for locating the calibration coefficients can be found in chapter 7 of this
service manual.
Appendix A: Troubleshooting
Pressure Alarm Troubleshooting
Error Alarm Text Flow Chart Designation Page
Code
6 Arterial Sensor Error Extracorporeal EC 141
11 Arterial Pressure Out Of Range Extracorporeal EC 141
68 TMP High Pi/Po, Extracorporeal EC, IO 141,135
87 Dialyzer Inlet Pressure High Pi/Po IO 135
88 Dialyzer Outlet Pressure High Pi/Po IO 135
94 Dialyzer Inlet Pressure Low Pi/Po IO 135
95 Dialyzer Outlet Pressure Low Pi/Po IO 135
114 Dialyzer Pressure Maximum Pi/Po IO 135
115 Dialyzer Pressure Minimum Pi/Po IO 135
142 TMP Low Extracorporeal; Pi/Po EC, IO 141,135
146 Dialysate Pressure High Pi/Po IO 135
153 Venous Pressure Out Of Range Extracorporeal EC 141
155 Venous Pressure High Extracorporeal EC 141
159 Venous Sensor Error Extracorporeal EC 141
206 Fluid path obstruction PDR DR 138
305 Arterial Pressure High Extracorporeal EC 141
306 Arterial Pressure Below Treatment Min. Limit Extracorporeal EC 141
382 Venous Pressure Low Extracorporeal EC 141
384 Arterial Pressure Low Extracorporeal EC 141
426 PWHO Out of Order PDR DR 138
452 PDr Pressure High PDR DR 138
453 PDr Pressure Low PDR DR 138
459 Venous Pressure Below Treatment Min. Limit Extracorporeal EC 141
503 Wrong Arterial and Venous Treatment Limits Extracorporeal EC 141
522 SN Pressure out of range Extracorporeal EC 141
523 SN Pressure Sensor Error Extracorporeal EC 141
525 Pressure Alarm Limits Still Expanded Extracorporeal EC 141
527 TMP Upper Limit Pi/Po IO 135
540 Dialysate Pressure Low Degassing D 130
589 SN Pressure High PFS FS 133
567 TMP Set too Low Pi/Po IO 135
Hydraulic Region: Determine the region of the hydraulic problem area using Figure 1, and then
proceed to the designated flow chart for detailed troubleshooting assistance.
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
Pi/Po PDR/EvaClean
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
PFS
BTP
Degassing
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
Burst tubing: Different hydraulic pressure sensors are used to control pressures in various regions of
the hydraulics during some phases. An incorrect pressure measurement by one of these sensors could
potentially lead to burst tubing. Incorrect settings on pressure regulator R1 could also lead to burst tubing,
and a failure of SWP could prevent an overpressure from being detected.
Inadequate degassing: PDG is used to control the degassing pressure. Air in dialysis fluid, or other
indications of inadequate degassing could be due to a problem with PDG pressure sensing. Incorrect
setting on R2 could also lead to inadequate degassing.
EvaClean not draining: Pd is used to control the pressure in the Waste Handling Option to drain the
EvaClean port when in use. If the EvaClean is not draining properly, this could be an indication of a problem
with Pd sensing.
Blood Circuit: The pressure sensors used in the blood circuit are not used for any control functions, so
failure can either result in an alarm or failure to detect an unsafe condition resulting in the patient harms
listed in the introduction.
D.3. Calibrate the R1 pressure regulator as described in section 7.4.1.1 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the data on the Checklist in section 4.1 or new data in 6.1, 6.2.
D.3.1. Did R1 adjustment correct the pressure to within limits specified by Table 7.1 of the Artis
Service Manual?
• NO, the pressure remains lower than specification.
- Continue to D.4.
• NO, the pressure remains higher than specification.
- Continue to D.5.
• YES, pressure is within limits.
- Continue to D.6.
D.4. Verify the water supply pressure.
D.4.1. Is the water inlet pressure greater than 760 mmHg?
• NO, the inlet pressure is not greater than 760 mmHg.
- Continue to D.4.2.
• YES, the inlet pressure is greater than 760 mmHg.
- Continue to D.5.
D.4.2. Increase the water inlet pressure to more than 760 mmHg, using the manufacturer's
instructions. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to D.3.
D.5. Replace the R1 regulator by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to D.3.
D.6. Calibrate PDG: described in section 7.4.7 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the data on the
Checklist in section 4.1 or new data in 6.1, 6.2.
D.6.1. Is PDG now operating within specification?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to D.9.
• NO, PDG is still out of range.
- Continue to D.7.
D.7. Verify power supply voltages by following section 7.3 of the Artis Service Manual. Record the
verification data on the Checklist in section 4.2.
D.7.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to D.8.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to D.7.2.
D.7.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section 7.3 of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to D.6.
D.8. Replace the PDG by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's kit.
Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Return to D.6.
D.9. Calibrate the R2 pressure regulator as described in section 7.4.1.2 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the data on the Checklist in section 4.1.
D.9.1. Did R2 adjustment correct the pressure to within limits specified by Table 7.1 of the Artis
Service Manual?
• NO, pressure remains outside limits.
- Continue to D.10.
• YES, pressure is within limits.
- Continue to D.11.
D.10. Replace the R2 regulator by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to D.9.
D.11. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the
Checklist in section 6.3.
- Continue to D.12.
D.12. Perform a Disinfection & Rinse process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual for detailed instructions of the process. Record the process on the
checklist in section 6.4.
- END
FS.1.3. Is the difference between PFS and Pi greater than 300 mmHg during phase 5?
• YES, (PFS - Pi) > 300 mmHg.
- Continue to FS.2.
• NO, (PFS - Pi) < 300 mmHg.
- Continue to FS.3.
FS.2. Replace the Ultrafilter CDF2 by following the instructions in section 7.18 "Ultrafilter Change
Procedure" of the Operators Manual. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the
Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to FS.3.
FS.3. Calibrate the PFS by following section "7.4.5 PFS Pressure Sensor" of the Artis Service
Manual. Record the initial data on the Checklist in section 4.1 and the new data in
section 6.1, 6.2.
FS.3.1. Is PFS now operating within specification?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to FS.6.
• NO, PFS is still out of range.
- Continue to FS.4.
FS.4. Verify power supply voltages by following section "7.3 Power Supply Verifications" of the
Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section 4.2.
FS.4.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to FS.5.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to FS.4.2.
FS.4.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power
Supply Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair
and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to FS.3.
FS.5. Replace the PFS by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to FS.3.
FS.6. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section
"12.9 Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the verification data
on the Checklist in section 6.3.
- Continue to FS.7.
FS.7. Perform a Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of
the Artis Operators Manual. Record the process on the checklist in section 6.4.
- END
- Continue to IO.2.
• NO, leaks were not present.
- Continue to IO.3.
IO.8. Repair the leak. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to IO.3.
IO.9. Calibrate the R1 pressure regulator as described in section "7.4.1.1 R1 Pressure Regulator
Calibration" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the data on the Checklist in section 4.1 or new
data in 6.1, 6.2
IO.3.1. Did R1 adjustment correct the pressure to within limits specified by Table 7.1 of the Artis
Service Manual?
• NO, the pressure remains lower than specification.
- Continue to IO.4.
• NO, the pressure remains higher than specification.
- Continue to IO.5.
• YES, pressure is within limits.
- Continue to IO.6.
IO.4. Verify the water supply pressure.
IO.4.1. Is the water inlet pressure greater than 760 mmHg?
• NO, the inlet pressure is not greater than 760 mmHg.
- Continue to IO.4.2.
• YES, the inlet pressure is greater than 760 mmHg.
- Continue to IO.5.
IO.4.2. Increase the water inlet pressure to more than 760 mmHg, using the manufacturer's
instructions. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to IO.3.
IO.5. Replace the R1 regulator by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare part's
kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to IO.3.
IO.6. Calibrate the Pi/Po sensors by following the instructions in section "7.4.3 PI Pressure Sensor"/"7.4.4
PO Pressure Sensor" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the initial data on the Checklist in
section 4.1 and the new data in section 6.1, 6.2.
IO.6.1. Is Pi/Po now operating within specification?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to IO.9.
• NO, Pi/Po is still out of range.
- Continue to IO.7.
IO.7. Verify power supply voltages by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply
Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section
4.2.
IO.7.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to IO.8.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to IO.7.2.
IO.7.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply
Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair and
replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to IO.6.
IO.8. Replace the Pi/Po sensors by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to IO.6.
IO.9. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the
Checklist in section 6.3.
- Continue to IO.10.
IO.10. Perform a Disinfection process described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the Artis
Operators Manual. Record the process on the checklist in section 6.4.
- END
- Continue to DR.9.
DR.8. Clear the obstruction. Record the root cause and repair on the Checklist in section 5.2 and 5.4.
- Continue to DR.10.
DR.9. Replace the PWHO pump by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the spare
part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to DR.11.
DR.10. Perform a Simulated Dialysis Treatment to verify system integrity by following section "12.9
Simulated Dialysis treatment" of this Service Manual. Record the verification data on the
Checklist in section 6.3.
DR.11. Perform a Disinfection process, as described in section 13 "Disinfection/Rinse/Cleaning" of the
Artis Operators Manual. Record the process on the Checklist in section 6.4.
- END
- Continue to EC.6.
EC.1.2. Were the EC pressures within specification?
• NO, they were outside specification.
- Continue to EC.2.
• YES, the pressures were within the limits.
- Continue to EC.5.
EC.2. Calibrate the applicable sensor(s), per sections 7.4.8 & 7.4.10 of the Artis Service Manual.
Record the initial data on the Checklist in section 4.1 and new data in section 6.1, 6.2.
EC.2.1. Calibration successful?
• YES, the calibration was successful.
- Continue to EC.7.
• NO, the pressure is still out of range.
- Continue to EC.3.
EC.3. Verify power supply voltages by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply
Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the verification data on the Checklist in section
4.2.
EC.3.1. Is the power supply operating within specification?
• YES, the power supply is operating normally.
- Continue to EC.4.
• NO, the power supply is out of tolerance.
- Continue to EC.3.2.
EC.3.2. Repair the power supply by following the instructions in section "7.3 Power Supply
Verifications" of the Artis Service Manual. Record the root cause, repair and
replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to EC.2.
EC.4. Replace the applicable sensor by following the spare's installation instructions provided in the
spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2,
5.3 & 5.4..
- Continue to EC.2.
EC.5. Inspect the old cartridge for leaks.
EC.5.1. Inspect the old cartridge for leaks.
• YES, the cartridge is leaking.
- Continue to EC.5.2
• NO, the cartridge is not leaking.
- Continue to EC.6.
EC.5.2. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to EC.7.
EC.6. Replace the O-rings on the applicable sensors by following the spare's installation instructions
provided in the spare part's kit. Record the root cause, repair and replacement on the Checklist
in section 5.2, 5.3 & 5.4.
- Continue to EC.7.
EC.7. Perform a simulated dialysis treatment to verify system integrity. Record the verification data on
the Checklist in section 6.3.
- END
Reference Tool Info Br and Name Model Serial Number Next Cal Date
Pressure Meter
Voltage Meter
2. Reported Condition
2.1 Please describ e how you became aware of the d iscrepancy_______________________________________
_______________________________________________________________ ______ ____ _____ _____ _
_______________________________________________________________ ______ ____ _____ _____ _
2.2 Were you made aware of any patient injury or any type of medical intervention ________________
If YES, please inform you r local Gambro Quality Assurance, according to the applicable procedures. Clinical
information, such as Treatment settings, Patient age, weight, gender, bl ood tests results may be requested.
3. Diagnostics
3.1 Related Alarms and/or Incidents
a. 1s t alarm that occurred (if any)_________________________________________ (Alarm# : Description)
b. 2n d alarm that occurred (if any)_________________________________________ (Alarm# : Description)
c. Please describe any related incident(s) that occurred outside dialysis treatment
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
d. Please describe any related incident(s) that occurred during dialysis treatment
________________________________________________________________________________
________________________________________________________________________________
3.2 Last Service Intervention due to pressure error_____________________________________________
a. Was the last Pressure service intervention performed by a Gambro technician? __________________
b. Record the date of the last service intervention related to Pressure drift, based on clinical service records
or those stored in Artis. _________________________________________________________
c. Are the date and time stored in the machine aligned with actual date and time? If NO, report the date
indicated by the machine, then correct them. _________________________________________________
3.3 Black Box
Download the data set from the black box, and indicate whether the data was successfully obtained.
Download successful?____Y____N
3.4 Calibration Data
a. Last Calibration Dates (as they appear on screen): PDG_______PFS_________Pi________Po_______
Pd__________PA___________PV___________PS_______________________________________________
b. Record the Calibration Coefficients:
Calibration Coefficients 1s t Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
PDG Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PDG Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PFS Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PFS Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Pi Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Pi Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Po Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Po Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Pd Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Pd Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PA Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PA Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PV Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PV Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PS Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PS Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Art. Press. Sens.
Ven. Press. Sens.
SN. Press. Sens.
4. Investigation
4.1 Performance Data
Record system performance and reference data for all pressure components that are verified as part of the
diagnostic procedure, but only those components. This table is for recording system performance prior to
corrective action.
Parameter Setpoint Control Protective Reference Acceptable
(mmHg) (mmHg) (mmHg) Meter Range
(mmHg) (mmHg)
R1 Setting Service Manual + 30
R2 Setting Service Manual + 30
SWP trip point 680 + 50
SWD trip point 680 + 50
PDG control 1 100 92 ÷ 108
PDG protective 1 100 92 ÷ 108
PDG control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PDG protective 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PDG control 3 500 492 ÷ 508
PDG protective 3 500 492 ÷ 508
PFS control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PFS protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PFS control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
PFS protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
PFS control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
PFS protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pi control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pi protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pi control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pi protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pi control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pi protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Po control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Po protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Po control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Po protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
PA control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PA protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PA control 2 -250 -242 ÷ -258
PA protective 2 -250 -242 ÷ -258
PA control 3 -350 -342 ÷ -358
PA protective 3 -350 -342 ÷ -358
PV control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PV protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PV control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PV protective 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PV control 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
PV protective 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
PS control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PS protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PS control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PS control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
5. Repair
5.1 Perform an ADR process and note the one used: Specify type_____________
5.2 Repair Type
Description_________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________________
Record the identification number on the barcode label for all spare parts used in the repair, as well as that for the
component being replaced (if different).
5.4 Root Cause (refer to ARTIS Pressure Drift Technical Investigation Procedure for Root Cause Flow
Charts)
Record the ID number of the final Root Cause Flowchart cell corresponding to the source of the problem________
If the source of the problem is not included in the Root Cause Flowchart, please describe it here:
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________________
6.Verification
6.1 Pressure Calibration Coefficients
Record the new calibration coefficients for any sensors which have been replaced or recalibrated. This table is
for recording system data after any corrective action.
Calibration Coefficients 1s t Coefficient Acceptable Range 2nd Coefficient Acceptable Range
PDG Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PDG Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PFS Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
PFS Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Pi Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Pi Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Po Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Po Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Pd Pressure Hydraulic X-Y X-Y
Pd Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PA Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PA Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PV Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PV Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
PS Pressure Blood X-Y X-Y
PS Pressure Protective X-Y X-Y
Art. Press. Sens.
Ven. Press. Sens.
SN Press. Sens.
6.Verification
Po protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Po control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Po control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Po protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
Pd control 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd protective 2 400 392 ÷ 408
Pd control 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
Pd protective 3 -400 -392 ÷ -408
PA control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PA protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PA control 2 -250 -242 ÷ -258
PA protective 2 -250 -242 ÷ -258
PA control 3 -350 -342 ÷ -358
PA protective 3 -350 -342 ÷ -358
PV control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PV protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PV control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PV protective 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PV control 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
PV protective 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
PS control 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PS protective 1 0 -8 ÷ 8
PS control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PS control 2 200 192 ÷ 208
PS protective 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
PS protective 3 400 -392 ÷ -408
Art. Press. Sens.
Ven. Press. Sens.
SN Press. Sens.
• Is the subject to continuous updating in line with the development of machines in terms of safety, per-
formance and usability;
Upgrade procedures for any additional spares which may be defined in the future, will be provided in the
Technical Service Newsletter.
If you require any spare part indicated in this list or any further detail or technical information, please do
not hesitate to contact your Local Sale Representative.
NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System shipping carton, foam packing and other packaging materials should be
disposed of according to local regulations.
Carefully remove the machine from the shipping carton. Proceed as follows:
2
1. Cut the strapping kit and
1
gently remove the belts from
the crate eyelets (see a).
WARNING
Pay attention, the belts
could be very sharp when
removing them from the
package.
a. b.
c. d.
e. f.
g.
h. i.
j. k
NOTE
If the installation procedure is performed for the first time, skip steps 2-5, otherwise proceed with the
complete installation procedure.
NOTE
The electronics in the Artis Dialysis System are static sensitive. ESD precautions are essential.
7. Remove the caps from the Red and Blue female dialysis fluid tube connectors and connect them to
their safety couplings on the machine.
8. Locate the Loader Compressor in the front blood panel and cut the tie wrap that holds the white
clip around the Loader Compressor. Discard the tie wrap and the white clip.
9. Remove the caps on the ultrafilter’s holder (3 caps on each holder).
10. If present, remove the Power Supply Protection.
11. Connect the Lead Batteries:
• Remove the Base Compartment.
• Connect the Red wire to the " + " Battery Pin (Red color code).
• Connect the Black wire to the "- " Battery Pin (Black color code).
• Screw the four screws to remount the Battery protection panel and remount the Base Com-
partment.
! WARNING
Pay attention to connect correctly the batteries. An incorrect connection to the proper battery pins
causes an irremediable damage to the power supply also if the machine is not connected to the
main line.
12. Install the pH probe accordingly to instructions provided with the pH probe (optional).
! WARNING
Before proceeding with installation/uninstallation of the pH probe or with the SW download/upgrade
procedure, it is responsability of the service technician to contact the Sales Organization requiring
the formal approval of the Clinic Organization regarding decision taken for pH supervision.
13. Install the Infusion Pole (only if the Artis Dialysis System is not in AFB K configuration):
• Attach the infusion saline bag holder to the pole.
CAUTION
Check that the Infusion saline bag holder is properly screwed and secured to the Infusion Pole.
• Open the Infusion Pole locking latch and insert the pole in its holder.
OR
Install the AFB K Infusion pole and Scale (only if the Artis Dialysis System is in AFB K
configuration):
• Remove the plastic protective caps located on the right and left machine sides.
14. Remove the two caps on water supply and drain connectors and connect the water supply and
drain tubes. Secure with stainless steel clamps provided. Turn on water. (There will be no flow
through the machine at this point).
CAUTION
If the Integrated Heat Disinfection is enabled in the Preset menu (refer to the “Parameters
Configuration” Chapter, “Disinfection/Rinse” section of the Preset Service Manual), ensure that the
water inlet tube has been properly replaced, according to the CWP (Central Water Plant) labelling
material, because the water inlet tube provided with the machine is not compatible with the
Integrated Heat Disinfection.
15. Place the White wand on his holder on the left side, facing the machine.
16. Install new Ultrafilters (not provided with the machine) and perform at least 5 minutes of the Heat
Disinfection process to fill up the Ultrafilters and then stop the process. In case the “Treatment
cannot begin until the ultrafilters have been replaced #571” alarm appears, perform a complete
ultrafilters change procedure before continuing with the installation procedure.
17. Restore the hydraulic circuit in the flushing line of the concentrate pumps PA, PB, PSel and the
hydraulic circuit in the flushing line of the PS pump:
• Locate the PS pump on the Left side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment.
• On the PS pump, locate the two brown caps used to seal the IN/OUT flushing connections
of the pump.
• Remove first the left cap and restore the tube on the left port of the PS pump.
• Remove the right cap and restore the tube on the right port of the PS pump.
• Locate the PA, PSel and PB pumps on the Right side of the Main Hydraulic Compartment.
• Locate the brown cap on the right side of the PB pump and remove it to restore the tube on
the right port of the PB pump.
• Locate the brown cap on the left side of the PA pump and remove it to restore the tube on
the left port of the PA pump.
Bioslave2/
Carrier Hydraulic Protective Blood
Bioslave2 AFB
DIP 8 OFF ON ON ON -
(1) The Dip 2 on the Carrier Board must be set to ON for Evosys Dialysis Systems.
(2) The Dip 5 must be set to ON if on the Artis Dialysis System “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board is installed
and the mains frequency used is 50 Hz.
The Dip 5 must be set to OFF if on the Artis Dialysis System “BIOSLAVE2/BIOSLAVE2 AFB” board is installed
and the mains frequency used is 60 Hz.
(3) The Dip 1 and Dip 2 on the Hydraulic Board and the Dip 5 on the Protective Board must be set to OFF if the
Artis Dialysis System is in AFB K configuration.
22. In the card cage, verify that all Slave Boards and the Carrier Board are correctly inserted in the
Motherboard.
23. Connect the power cord to a grounded main power outlet (suitable for continuous operation)
according to the voltage and current rating listed on the identification plate on the right side, facing
the machine. The electrical power requirements can be found in “Chapter 13: Specifications”, of
this Service Manual.
NOTE
Follow the local procedure regarding use of main power outlet. In particular, for North America, the
power cord has to be connected to a hospital-grade main power outlet in order to achive the
grounding reliability.
! WARNING
Check the continuity and the reliability of the ground connection.
! WARNING
Verify the quality of the protective earth ground at the time of installation.
! WARNING
To avoid the risk of electric shock, the Artis Dialysis System must be connected only to a supply
mains with protective earth.
The Artis Dialysis System has a means on the rear panel for the connection of a Potential Equalization
Conductor. If required connect the Potential Equalization Conductor to the means.
! WARNING
The potential equalization connection shall be installed when using the machine for treatments on
patients with central venous catheter.
To make the Potential Equalization Connection available, contact your Local Representative.
24. Switch ON the machine and set the current time and date. This will ensure that any calibrations
performed will be correctly dated. This functionality may be currently unavailable.
25. Perform the Wet Sensor assembly maintenance procedure to ensure that the collector and the
tubes are correctly connected to the wet sensor tank.
NOTE
For more information regarding the R1 and R2 calibration procedures, refer to the Calibrations
section of this Service Manual.
Preliminary Operations:
Calibration:
Preliminary Operations:
Calibration:
1. Select R2 PRESSURE REGULATOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. A superimposed window appears requesting to install the calibration tool and then to CONFIRM.
3. Install the calibration tool to the acid connector.
4. Connect the tool to the external pressure meter.
5. After the installation is complete press the CONFIRM button.
6. Wait for the pressure value on the D1 FLOW METER field to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a
pressure stability reference. Verify that the value displayed is 500 ±75 ml/min.
7. Pull up the black locking ring on the top of pressure regulator R2. Adjust R2 so that the pressure at
the port corresponds to the R2 pressure shown on the 1st Set Value field with a tollerance of ±10.
Clockwise adjustment increases the pressure.
8. After adjustment is complete push down on the black locking ring until it clicks.
9. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the calibration point. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
10. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the
Reference Value field.
11. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the calibration value.
12. Select the STORE COEFF button. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm. Press
CONFIRM, then press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
C. Remove the R1 and R2 Access Tools and restore the hydraulic tubing connections to their
original position.
D. Inspect for water leaks in the main hydraulic compartment and verify that there is no water in
the wet sensor tank. If leaks are encountered, repair the leaks.
E. Switch OFF the machine.
1. Connect the bypass shunt to the blue dialysis fluid connector and the conductivity meter.
2. Connect the blue dialysis fluid tube to the conductivity meter.
3. Place a BiCart in the BiCart Cartridge Holder and attach the acetate connector to the central distribu-
tion or tank.
Test:
7. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
st
COND B 1 Reference value field.
10. Select the COND B 2nd Reference value field for the second test point of 4 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
11. Verify that the COND B and COND SEL are reading 4.0 ± 0.10 mS/cm. Verify that the COND B and
the external meter match each other ±0.10 mS/cm.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
nd
COND B 2 Reference value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND A, COND P and COND D fields to stabilize. Use the bar
graph as a conductivity stability reference.
15. Select the COND A 1st Reference value field for the third test point of 12 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
16. Verify that the COND A, COND P and COND D are reading 12.0 ± 0.20 mS/cm. Verify that the COND
A and the external meter match each other ± 0.20 mS/cm.
17. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
COND A 1st Reference value field.
18. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
19. Press the SYSTEM DATA button and enter in the first Service Data screen.
20. Verify that the TcA (Hyd) and Tp (Prot) values match each other ±0.5 °C.
NOTE
To perform the temperature test switch the tool to Temperature configuration.
21. Verify that the TcA (Hyd) and the external meter match each other +1.0 °C and -1.8 °C.
22. Press the CLOSE button to exit from the Service Data screen.
23. Wait for the conductivity values on the COND A, COND P and COND D fields to stabilize. Use the bar
graph as a conductivity stability reference.
24. Select the COND A 2nd Reference value field for the fourth test point of 16 mS/cm. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
25. Verify that the COND A, COND P and COND D are reading 16.0 ± 0.20 mS/cm. Verify that the COND
A and the external meter match each other ± 0.20 mS/cm.
26. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external conductivity meter in the
nd
COND A 2 Reference value field.
27. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 4th test value.
28. Select DIAGNOSTIC button, a superimposed window appers requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM
to exit the test and return to the CALIB HOME screen.
! WARNING
At the end of the Temperature test, before removing the ByPass shunt perform a Rinsing process to
avoid the risk of accidents by burning.
12.5.2 pH Probe
(only if installed)
Preliminary Operations:
NOTE
pH sensors are very fragile and can be affected by organic oils, like those found on human
hands.The pH sensor must not be allowed to dry out. Also, rubbing the glass can create static
chargeswhich slow the sensor response time.
NOTE
The pH value may vary depending on the solution temperature. Refer to the pH standard solution
instructions to be sure of the correct pH value.
Test:
Calibration:
3. Select the 1st Reference Value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
7. Select the 2nd Reference Value. A superimposed window appears requesting to confirm the value.
NOTE
Use a new cup of water between calibration and test of the ph sensor.
1. Gently align the pH sensor above the pH holder and insert the sensor into the pH holder together with
its sealing cap.
2. Securely screw the red cap back on the sensor holder and secure the upper portion of the sensor with
a tie wrap. Mount the plastic cover.
NOTE
Install the ART./VEN. Calibration Tool when the machine is in preparation mode.
Test:
1. Select the VENOUS PRESSURE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Use the syringe to apply +400 ±8 mmHg to the venous pressure sensor.
3. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
4. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±37 mmHg.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the venous pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±7 mmHg.
17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of -250 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Use the syringe to apply -350 ±8 mmHg to the arterial pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the value displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields is the value read by the external Pressure meter ±32 mmHg.
17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of -350 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of +400 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
6. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 1st
Reference Value field.
11. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of +200 mmHg. A superimposed
window appears requesting to confirm the value.
12. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 2nd
Reference Value field.
13. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
14. Apply atmospheric pressure (0 mmHg) to the SN pressure sensor.
15. Wait for the pressure values on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC SLAVE
fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph as a pressure stability reference.
16. Verify that the values displayed on the BLOOD SLAVE, PROTECTIVE SLAVE and HYDRAULIC
SLAVE fields are 0 ±7 mmHg.
17. Select the 3rd Reference Value field for the third test point of 0 mmHg. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
18. Use the / buttons to insert the value measured from the external pressure meter in the 3rd
Reference Value field.
19. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 3rd test value.
20. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
1. Remove the Blood Cassette if present and close the sensor bar door.
2. Verify that the dialyzer connectors are connected to the bypass ports and that all concentrate connec-
tors are in their rinse ports.
3. Set the machine to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select BLOOD SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Open the sensor bar door.
3. Remove any blood line from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.
4. Wait for the value on the PROTECTIVE SLAVE field to stabilize, and verify that the value displayed is
between 220 and 250 (240 is the optimal value) .Use the bar graph as a stability reference.
5. Select the 1st Reference Value field, a value of 240 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.
9. Select the 2nd Reference Value field, a value of 42 is displayed. A superimposed window appears.
10. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd test value.
11. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
1. Remove the blood line from the Blood Sensor (AD holder) and close the sensor bar door.
Calibration:
1. Select SCALE SENSOR and then the CALIBRATION button.
2. Do not hang any weight on scale.
3. Wait for the values on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph
as a weight stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first calibration point of 0 g. A superimposed window
appears.
5. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st calibration value.
6. Hang the reference weight to the AFB K scale center hook.
7. Wait for the values on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize. Use the bar graph
as a weight stability reference.
8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second calibration point of 15200 g. A superimposed
window appears.
9. Use the / buttons to insert the used reference weight value in the 2nd Reference Value field.
10. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd calibration value.
11. Select the STORE COEFF button to store the calibration coefficients. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm, press CONFIRM button.
12. The machine starts automatically the test.
13. Remove the reference weight from the AFB K scale center hook.
14. Wait for the values displayed on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize, verify
that the values are between 0 ±6 g. Use the bar graph as a weight stability reference.
15. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of 0 g. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
16. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 1st test value.
17. Hang the reference weight to the AFB K scale center hook.
18. Wait for the values displayed on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize, verify
that the values are between the used reference weight value ±45 g. Use the bar graph as a weight
stability reference.
19. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 15200 g. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
20. Use the / buttons to insert the used reference weight value in the 2nd Reference Value field.
21. Press the CONFIRM button to confirm the 2nd test value.
22. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Test:
1. Select the SCALE SENSOR and then the DIAGNOSTIC button.
2. Do not hang any weight on scale.
3. Wait for the values on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize, verify that the val-
ues are between 0 ±12 g. Use the bar graph as a weight stability reference.
4. Select the 1st Reference Value field for the first test point of 0 g. A superimposed window appears
requesting to confirm the value.
5. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 1st test value.
6. Hang the reference weight to the AFB K scale center hook.
7. Wait for the values displayed on the BIO SLAVE and PROTECTIVE SLAVE fields to stabilize, verify
that the values are between the used reference weight value ±90 g. Use the bar graph as a weight
stability reference.
8. Select the 2nd Reference Value field for the second test point of 15200 g. A superimposed window
appears requesting to confirm the value.
9. Use the / buttons to insert the used reference weight value in the 2nd Reference Value field.
10. Press the CONFIRM button to enter the 2nd test value.
11. Press the CLOSE button to return to the CALIB HOME screen.
Tools required:
• T connector tool.
• 20 ml to 60 ml syringe.
Preliminary operations:
• Fill the graduated cylinder with 500 ml of water.
Procedure:
• Install the BiCart and connect the Acid Pick-up tube connector to the concentrate bag.
• When the machine finishes its tests, it requires to install the cassette: Open the arterial
pump cover and the sensor bar door and install the ART/VEN Calibration Tool.
CAUTION
In case of hardware malfunction or if the loading procedure is not completed within 2 minutes, the
Cassette holder will automatically retract.
DO NOT insert fingers behind the cassette to avoid injury to your fingers.
• Place the arterial patient line and the filled length for AD into the sensor bar and close it.
• Put the venous and arterial patient lines under the venous and arterial line clamps.
• Wait for the pop-up window and put the arterial and venous patient lines into the EvaClean
ports.
• Connect the red and blue dialysis fluid tube connectors to the T Connector tool.
• Immerse the T Connector tool bottom tube into the graduated cylinder filled with water.
• While the arterial pump is rotating create a pressure of -200 mmHg in the arterial chamber
and clamp the arterial infusion line.
• Create a pressure of -20 mmHg in the venous chamber and clamp the venous infusion line.
• Create a pressure of 70 mmHg in the venous chamber when the venous line clamp closes
(before the end of the priming) and then close the venous infusion line.
• Wait the machine displays the message "Priming completed (#560)" and confirm it.
• Remove the arterial and venous patient lines from the EvaClean ports.
• Create a pressure of at least 200 mmHg in the venous chamber necessary to open the
venous line clamp as soon as the arterial pump start the rotation.
• When the venous line clamp is open set the venous pressure to 80 mmHg and close the
venous infusion clamp.
• Remove the T Connector bottom tube from the graduated cylinder, check the water level
inside the graduated cylinder and note it (value A).
• When the machine displays the message "Treatment time complete (#51)" remove the T
Connector bottom tube from the graduated cylinder.
• Check the level of the water inside the graduated cylinder and note it (value B); the differ-
ence of the value A and value B must be 200 ± 25 ml.
Then enter in the First Service Data screen and verify that :
• PA Error = 0±5
• PB Error = 0±8
• Install the safety tester between the machine power cord and electrical outlet. Measure both
in N.C. (Normal Condition) and S.F.C. (Single Fault Condition - interruption of neutral).
NOTE
The safety tester must meet IEC 60601-1 standard specifications.
• Connect the safety couplings of the dialysis fluid tubes to the safety tester via PLT access
point.
(For a complete description of the ESI procedures refer to the "8.11.3 Periodic Electrical Safety
Inspection" paragraph of this service manual)
Rinseback procedure
Refer to the Artis Quick reference guide to perform rinseback, emptying and final rinse.
12.11 Disinfection
1. Carry out the Water Inlet Tube Disinfection procedure using allowed chemical disinfectants (Refer
to the Artis Operator’s Manual to perform the procedure).
NOTE
Complete the Ultrafilters replacement procedure reinstalling the new ultrafilters used at section
12.3 point 17 of this chapter.
13.1.1 Name
Artis Dialysis System.
! WARNING
The Artis Dialysis System must be used under the supervision of a physician.
• Class I, Applied Part Type B (IEC 60601-1) : Blood Tubing Set and Dialyzer
• Not suitable for use in the presence of flammable anesthetics, or anesthetic mixtures with air or
with oxygen or nitrous oxide. (IEC 60601-1)
! WARNING
Do not use the Artis Dialysis System near flammable gas or flammable anesthetic mixtures
with air, with oxygen or with nitrous oxide.
CE Marking
NOTE
• The CE marking by the manufacturer GAMBRO Dasco S.p.A. covers the equipment.
• The compatibility of the Artis Dialysis System with the accessories and disposables listed in
this sevice manual has been verified during product validation.
International Standards
Depending on the Artis Dialysis System configuration, please find below the list of
applicable standards.
• The table below is applicable only to the Artis Dialysis System in Physio II configura-
tion (compliant to IEC 60601-1 3rd edition framework).
See the related list of codes in the “Applicability” paragraph at the begining of this man-
ual.
• The table below is applicable to all the Artis Dialysis System except Physio II configuration
(compliant to IEC 60601-1 2nd edition framework). See the related list of codes in the “Applica-
bility” paragraph at the begining of this manual.
Data that are displayed or indicated by the HAEMODIALYSIS EQUIPMENT and that may
be used for adjusting the treatment or measuring or confirming the tratment efficacy are
verified during product validation by Simulated dialysis Treatment.
Essential Performance
Essential Performance
Below the list of the Essential Performances of the Artis Dialysis System:
• Blood Flow
• Dialysis Fluid Flow
• Dialysis Fluid Composition
• Dialysis Fluid Temperature
• Substitution/Infusion Fluid Flow
• Substitution Fluid Temperature
•Ultra Filtration (or Net Fluid Removal)
•Dialysis Time
•Heparin Delivery
•-BPM cuff pressure measurement error
Refer to the specific sections of this chapter for further details on these performances, considering as
reference for limits and accuracies the parameters indicated in the tables by the superscript “EP
Energy delivery to the drain 800 KJ to 6800 KJ, over a range of 5° C to 32° C for
inlet water temperature (higher consumption for
lower inlet water temperature)
Water Consumption • 140L, maximum inlet flow rate 1230 ml/min, during
the treatment
• 11L, maximum inlet flow rate 1070 ml/min, during
the Heat program.
The Artis Dialysis System needs special precautions regarding EMC and needs to be installed and
put into service according to the EMC information provided in the Appendix A, of the Artis Operator’s
Manual.
Portable and mobile RF communications equipment can affect the Artis Dialysis System.
Parameter Values
The Artis Dialysis System has embedded a module approved with FCC ID: XD3-RFMOD, IC: 8313A-
RFMOD.
These devices comply with part 15 of the FCC rules.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void
user’s authority to operate the equipment.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (1) This device may not cause harmful
interference, and (2) This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may
cause undesired operation. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for
compliance could void the user’s authority to operate the equipment.
Parameter Values
! WARNING
Possible hazards may arise from equipment (other than the accessories listed below)
being connected to the machine, which may cause the permitted leakage current to be
exceeded.
! WARNING
The Artis Dialysis System should not be used adjacent to or stacked with other
equipments.
However, if adjacent or stacked use is necessary, the Artis Dialysis System has to be
observed to verify normal operation in the configuration in which it will be used for
treatment.
NOTE
Wait at least 5 seconds after switching OFF the machine before turning it ON again.
! WARNING
For a correct installation of the Artis Dialysis System, do not use multiple portable socket-
outlets or extension cords.
However, if using multiple portable socket-outlets:
• this installation must comply with the applicable requirements (see IEC 60601-1 and
collateral standards)
• the multiple portable socket-outlet must not be placed on the floor.
Failure to follow these instructions might increase the risk of electric shock.
! WARNING
• Check that the Artis Dialysis System is properly grounded.
• Disconnect the machine from the supply mains before every cleaning, checking or
maintenance operation.
! WARNING
In the patient environment use only electrical equipment having the following
marks:
• (i.e. type CF applied parts) - in case central venous catheters with atrial
location are used
NOTE
In order to electrically isolate the Artis dialysis system from the supply mains (all poles
simultaneously), disconnect the machine from the supply mains by using the mains plug.
DO NOT position the machine so that operating with the mains plug is difficult.
! WARNING
The Artis Dialysis System is provided with energy cells (batteries). When replacing these
components, follow local regulations for proper disposal.
Power failure
In case of a mains power failure, an audible alarm is triggered and the red lamp is illuminated.
Parameter Dimensions
Parameter Dimensions
Depth • 600 mm
The Artis Dialysis System is provided with 4 double wheels: two lockable wheels on the front side
and two wheels without brake on the rear side or four lockable wheels, according to the machine
configuration.
The locks are foot-operated:
• to brake the machine, press all the locks completely down;
! WARNING
Before moving the Artis Dialysis System, check that all the locks are released and
remove infusion bags or any other weights or hanging objects from the Infusion Pole,
the chemical container shelf or the AFB K Scale and close the AFB K Scale.
! WARNING
To avoid jolting, carefully move the Artis Dialysis System by using the handles on the rear
panel.
The machine could be damaged if handled in an improper way.
Parameter Values
Parameter Values
Parameter Values
NOTE
If condensation of Artis Dialysis System occurs when moving it between locations with
different temperatures and high relative humidity (e.g. outdoor and indoor locations), the
inside of the machine shall be allowed to dry before switching it on.
! WARNING
During transportation and storage the Artis Dialysis System has to be kept in its original
packing.
! WARNING
When connected to additional equipment, the Artis dialysis machine and this equipment
become a Medical Electrical System. Make sure that the Medical Electrical System
complies with International standards and local laws (IEC 60601-1 and collateral
standards, IEC 60950).
If in doubt, contact your Local Service Representative.
! WARNING
To avoid risk of electric shock, DO NOT touch external connectivity ports (Ethernet or
RS232 port) on the rear panel of the machine and the patient simultaneously.
• Duplex Auto-Negotiation
Connectivity Panel
10/100 Base T Ethernet Port • Used for connecting the machine to a Personal
Computer to interface with the Communication
System
RS232 Serial Port • Used to connect the machine to an external device
• Installation Checklist
• Infusion Pole or AFB K Infusion Pole (maximum load: 10 kg or 22 lb) and Scale (depending on
the Artis Dialysis System configuration)
NOTE
Adjustement of the infusion pole height must be done without bags on the hooks.
• Concentrate Wand
• BPM Cuff
• Top Tray
Optional Components
• pH probe assembly
• RS232
Accessories
• Patient Card
• BPM Cuff
Cuff type
NiBPM
No. 1 (12 - 19 cm)
No. 2 (17 - 25 cm)
No. 4 (31 - 40 cm)
No. 5 (36 - 46 cm)
No. 6 (38 - 50 cm)
For the availability of optional components or accessories on different markets, contact your Local
Representative.
! WARNING
Do not assemble, install or use the Artis Dialysis System before having carefully read
this service manual.
! WARNING
The dialysis facility is responsible for the microbiologic quality of delivery systems, such
as:
- Central water supply system,
- Concentrate delivery systems,
- Fluid lines (i.e. inlet water line, concentrate lines) and their connectors from the delivery
systems to the Artis Dialysis System.
Failure to maintain the microbiologic quality of these delivery systems may increase the
risk of infection.
Main Requirements
Temperature • +5 °C to +93 °C /
Drain
Parameter Value
Pressure • 0 to 13 kPa
Make the connection of the drain, as described in applicable local and international standards, with
an external pressure connector to avoid back flow. Mantain an air clearance between the drain connector
of the machine and the drain itself.
Connector Colour
! WARNING
Concentrates which conform to the requirements of the ISO 13958 Standard shall be
used.
The control of alarm threshold and dialysis fluid conductivity precision is of major medical
importance in ensuring a safe dialysis treatment.
! WARNING
Attention must be given to the safety hazards related to incorrect choice of dialysis fluid
concentrates.
! WARNING
The dialysis facility is responsible for the microbiologic quality of delivery systems, such
as:
- Central water supply system,
- Concentrate delivery systems,
- Fluid lines (i.e. inlet water line, concentrate lines) and their connectors from the delivery
systems to the Artis Dialysis System.
Failure to maintain the microbiologic quality of these delivery systems may increase the
risk of infection.
Parameter Values
NOTE
When the temperature of the dialysis fluid exceeds the alarm threshold, the auditory and
visual alarm signals are triggered.
Parameter Values
Dialysis Fluid Flow Rate • 300 to 800 mL/min, in steps of 50 mL/min (in HD
treatment modes)
• from the maximum between 300mL/min and the
Substitution Fluid Flow Rate plus 100ml/min up to
800mL/min in steps of 50 mL/min (in HDF treatment
modes)
• 550 mL/min (in HF treatment)
• 500 mL/min (in AFB K Treatment)
NOTE
When the dialysis fluid flow exceeds the alarm threshold, the auditory and visual alarm
signals are triggered.
NOTE
In AFB K treatments, the Dialysis Fluid Flow Rate is fixed at 500 mL/min.
Parameter Values
Accuracy • ± 5 mmHg
NOTE
When the dialysis fluid pressure exceeds the alarm threshold, the auditory and visual
alarm signals are triggered.
Degassing
Parameter Values
pH Supervision
The pH supervision is not available in the default configuration of the Artis Dialysis System.
! WARNING
If pH supervision is not available on your machine, possible user error leading to the
presence of hypochlorite in the hydraulic circuit can not be detected by the Artis Dialysis
System. Using improper fluid in the dialysis fluid circuit may lead to improper dialysis to
be delivered to the patient, thus resulting in patient injury or death.
Carefully consider your dialysis facility practises and policies regarding the use of
disinfectants to decide about the availability of pH supervision on your Artis Dialysis
System.
To decide about the availability of pH supervision on your machine, check if one of the following
hazardous situations is present in your clinical environment:
pH supervision available
The pH Supervision is available only if the optional pH probe is installed on your machine. In this
case, the following specifications are applied:
Parameter Values
NOTE
When the pH of the dialysis fluid exceeds the alarm limits, auditory and visual alarm
signals are triggered. The alarms are not activated in AFB K treatment.
Parameter Values
Parameter Values
Parameter Values
Accuracy
Other Ions • ± 5%
(Ca2+, Mg2+, Cl-, CH3COO-, C6H5O73-,
Glucose)
HCO3- (Bicarbonate) • ± 5%
Na+ (Sodium) • ± 5%
Parameter Values
Parameter Values
Final Conductivity Range • 12.5 to 16.5 mS/cm with an accuracy of ± 0.2 mS/
Alarm Limits EP cm
• 12.5 to 18.8 mS/cm with an accuracy of ± 0.2 mS/
cm (in AFB K Treatment)
BiCart Cartridges (sodium bicarbonate cartridge - see specific instruction sheet) can be used with the
Artis Dialysis System.
! WARNING
Carefully read the BiCart Cartridge Instructions for Use before using the concentrate
disposable.
Refer to the Artis Operator’s Manual for the procedures related to the use of the BiCart
Cartridge with the Artis Dialysis System.
Parameter Values
Parameter Values
Bicarbonate Set Alarm Limits • ± 0.2 mS/cm of the set point with an
accuracy of ± 0.1 mS/cm
Parameter Values
The reference values for the speed of the acid/acetate and bicarbonate ceramic pumps are defined
during the corresponding calibration processes (Stroke Volume editing) and represent the 0% functioning
point.
A safety system is present to prevent concentrate errors, by generating an alarm in case the pump
speeds are measured outside a range of ±10% for PA and of ±17% for PB.
Parameter Values
Substitution Fluid Flow Rate • ±10% of the value set by the operator or ±5 ml/min
Accuracy whichever is greater, if Ultra Port pressure is from
+20 mmHg to + 300 mmHg;
• ±20% of the value set by the operator or ±10 ml/
min, whichever is greater, if Ultra Port pressure is
from +300 mmHg to +650 mmHg
On-line Fluid Volume • Max. 150 litres (149 L for treatment, 1 L for
restitution) in HDF/HF treatment modes
• Max. 15 litres (14 L for treatment, 1 L for+
restitution) in HD Ultra treatment modes
Substitution/Infusion Fluid Max. deviation from the set substitution fluid flow
Flow Rate Alarm Limits EP rate:
• ±10% (accuracy of ±5%) when set substitution
fluid flow rate is greater than 50ml/min
• ±5 mL/min (accuracy of ±1 mL/min) when set
substitution fluid flow rate is ≤ 50ml/min
On-line Bolus Volume Alarm • Max. 50ml (±5 mL) more than the set On-line
Limits Bolus Volume
On-line Bolus Rate (default) • 100 mL/min to 200 mL/min, in steps of 5 mL/min
Preset (150 mL/min)
The Artis Dialysis System performs Hemodiafiltration treatments in Volume Control Mode (Post and
Pre dilution) where: the UF Volume, the Substitution Fluid Flow Rate and Treatment Time are set by the
user while the TMP pressure is not settable.
In online volume control treatments, the following ratios will always be displayed:
• Ratio between the total Ultra-filtration rate (weight loss rate + substitution fluid flow rate) and the
Real Blood Flow Rate (QF/QB) in POST dilution mode
• Ratio between the Substitution Fluid Flow Rate and the Real Blood Flow Rate (Qi/Qb) in PRE
dilution mode.
TMP in Volume Control Mode
The operator will be able to set the maximum alarm limit for the TMP, during an Online treatment in
volume control mode, in the following range:
• 0 mmHg to Absolute Maximum TMP, in steps of 5 mmHg
where the Absolute Maximum TMP is a pre-defined value set by a Service technician in the following
range:
• 0 mmHg to +500 mmHg in steps of 5 mmHg
Pressure Control Mode
Hemodiafiltration treatments performed by the Artis Dialysis System can be controllable in Pressure
Control Mode (Post dilution): the Total Weight Loss, the TMP and the Treatment Time are set by the user
while the Substitution Pump Fluid Flow Rate varies accordingly to the TMP.
In online pressure control treatments, the following ratios will always be displayed:
• Ratio between the total Ultra-filtration rate (weight loss rate + substitution fluid flow rate) and the
Real Blood Flow Rate (QF/QB) in POST dilution mode
• Ratio between the Substitution Fluid Flow Rate and the Real Blood Flow Rate (Qi/Qb) in PRE
dilution mode (not currently available).
Pressure Control Mode with Ultra Control
Hemodiafiltration treatments performed by the Artis Dialysis System can be controllable in Pressure
Control Mode (Post dilution) with Ultra Control: if the related functionality has been selected in the Service
menu, then during the treatment, the machine allows manual Ultra Scans or automatic Ultra scans. During
an Ultra Scan, the machine automatically increases the TMP from the initial value to the value that
maximizes the total Ultra-filtration.
In case of manual Ultra Scans, the Ultra Scan process is activated by the user and automatically
stopped by the machine as the optimum TMP is reached. A manual Ultra Scan can also be stopped by the
user.
In case of automatic Ultra Scans, three Ultra Scan processes are automatically activated by the
machine with a fixed timing and automatically stopped by the machine as the optimum TMP is reached. An
automatic Ultra Scan can also be stopped by the user.
TMP in Pressure Control Mode
The operator will be able to set the maximum alarm limit for the TMP, during an Online treatment in
volume control mode, in the following range:
• 0 mmHg to Absolute Maximum TMP, in steps of 5 mmHg
where the Absolute Maximum TMP is a pre-defined value set by a Service technician in the following
range:
• 0 mmHg to +500 mmHg in steps of 5 mmHg
Parameter Values
In AFB K Treatment:
• 0 .1 to 24 L, in steps of 0.05 L (limited by maximun
UF rate of 3L/h and by maximum sum of UF Rate
and Infusion Flow Rate of 5L/h)
NOTE
If the difference between the accumulated weight loss rate measured by the
Ultrafiltration System and the accumulated weight loss rate measured by the Protective
System of the machine is greater than ±80 ml an audible and visual alarm is triggered.
When this alarm is activated the Venous Pump, if running is stopped and the dialysis
fluid goes into bypass.
NOTE
Besides the ultrafiltration, the patient’s weight change during treatment is affected by
other factors such as fluid and food intake, perspiration, drug administration, infusion
priming and rinseback volumes, amongst others.
In addition, precise pre- and post-treatment weight are critical for the proper assesment
of the ultrafiltration during the treatment. If these measurements are not accurate a
discrepancy between the achieved ultrafiltration during treatment and the patient’s
weight changes will occur.
Dialysis Time
Parameter Values
According to that, the accuracy of the UF Volume can be calculated with the following
formula:
Total UF Volume = UF Volume + Total Infusion Volume
Accuracy Accuracy Accuracy
Where:
UF Volume Accuracy = ± 2.5% or ±50 ml/h * total treatment time, whichever is greater
(Refer to “16.2.6 Ultrafiltration system” paragraph)
Total Infusion Volume Accuracy = ± 0.3%
Infusion Flow
Parameter Values
Infusion Fluid Flow Rate Max. deviation from the set infusion fluid flow rate:
Alarm Limits EP • ±10% (accuracy of ±5%) when set infusion fluid
flow rate is greater than 50ml/min
• ±5 mL/min (accuracy of ±1 mL/min) when set
infusion fluid flow rate is ≤ 50ml/min
Parameter Values
NOTE
A Safety Test of the Blood Leak Optical Sensor is automatically performed each time the
machine enters the Preparation mode.
When the Blood Leak sensor test fails audible and visual alarms are triggered.
NOTE
In the “Isolated UF” process or with the hydraulic circuit in bypass, the Blood Leak Alarm
may be delayed, due to operating conditions and dialyzer characteristics.
13.2.7 Disinfection
! WARNING
Contact with cleaning and/or disinfection chemicals may pose a risk of burns, skin
irritation or other adverse reactions. Always follow the chemical manufacturer's
instructions when handling these products or cleaning spills.
NOTE
It is recommended to alternate the disinfection methods and/or the disinfectants, in order
to optimize cleaning, descaling and disinfection of the machine.
For additional information contact your local representative.
! WARNING
To prevent damaging the machine, do not leave disinfectant solutions in the machine for
periods over the following limits:
• 20 min for Sodium Hypochlorite based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.2%
concentration)
• 20 min for Citric Acid based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 2% concentration)
• 20 min for Sodium Carbonate based solution at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.5%
concentration)
• 72 hours for Peracetic Acid based solutions at Disinfectant strength (Max. 0.10%
concentration)
Parameter Values
Temperature • Max 95 °C
Parameter Values
Temperature • Max. 95 °C
Parameter Values
Temperature • Max 95 °C
Parameter Values
Parameter Values
Parameter Values
13.2.7.3 Rinsing
The Artis Dialysis System will automatically perform a Rinse process after any Chemical Disinfection
Program and a drain of the circuit after any Rinse process.
It is also possible to manually activate a rinsing process after a dialysis treatment.
The effectiveness of Rinsing (measured just before connecting the patient to the machine) conforms
to international standards for residual concentrations of disinfectant (European Pharmacological Standards
and ISO 13959):
• Peracetic maximum 1 ppm
NOTE
The test procedures for the measurement of disinfection and rinsing efficiency are
available, upon request, from the manufacturer’s quality control department.
! WARNING
After a Chemical Disinfection program, a test for residuals of disinfectant must be
performed before the following patient connection to avoid the risk of blood hemolysis
due to the exposure of the patient to the chemical residues.
• Isopropanol 60%.
• Sodium hypochlorite (NaCIO) of 1,5% available chlorine, except for the Touch Screen, Arterial
and Venous Pumps, Air Detector, Blood Sensor, Hemoscan Sensor, Arterial and Venous Line
Clamps and Infusion Clamp.
NOTE
• Refer to the Blood Cassette labeling for technical specifications of the lines.
• Further information on suitable Blood Cassettes can be obtained by contacting your
local representative.
! WARNING
The use of the Blood Cassettes designed for Artis Dialysis System has been tested and
validated to provide safe and proper functioning of the system.
! WARNING
The appropriate Dialyzer and Blood Tubing System must be selected according to the
patient’s size and weight and to the treatment type.
The decision must be taken by a physician.
Before installing Gambro/Hospal Dialyzers and Blood Tubing System carefully read the
related Instructions for Use.
! WARNING
This service manual contains a number of references to accessories and disposables for
use with Artis Dialysis System. The Artis Dialysis System has been tested and validated
for use with accessories and disposables listed in this manual. The manufacturer has not
validated the use of accessories or disposables other than those specified in this
manual. The Manufacturer does not accept responsibility or liability for use of
accessories or disposables other than those specified in this manual. Depending on the
circumstances, use of accessories or disposables other than those specified may also
reduce the Manufacturer’s warranties for the Artis Dialysis System.
! WARNING
The Manufacturer recommends the use of a dialyzer with dialysis fluid and blood
connections that comply with ISO 8637.
NOTE
Do not use plate-type dialyzer.
• A light on the Hard Key Panel illuminated when the Arterial and Venous Pumps are turning on
(or when they are about to turn on, for example, after an automatic stop caused by an alarm);
• A system to automatically stop the Arterial and Venous Pumps and close the Venous Line
Clamp in case of air or foam detection;
• A Safety Control when the Arterial and Venous Pump Covers are OPEN;
• Two cranks, one for each pump, for manual turning of the Arterial and Venous Pumps.
The blood flow set value represents the theoretical blood flow rate in the extra-corporeal circuit
calculated from the speed of the Arterial Pump rotor and the geometric characteristics of the pump
segment.
The blood flow actual value is the actual blood flow rate in the extra-corporeal circuit. The actual
value is usually lower than the set value due to the negative pressure in the access line at the inlet to the
pump. The negative pressure is caused by the rotation of the pump itself and pressure drop linked to the
motion of blood in the line. The actual value coincides with the set value when the pump inlet pressure
(arterial pressure) is zero.
The accuracy on the estimate, using GAMBRO Blood Cassette, is reported in the tables below and
it’s guaranteed only inside the reported ranges of pressure in the arterial chamber of the cassette, Actual
blood Flow and Treated Blood Volume.
The blood flow actual value is estimated by means of a mathematical algorithm taking into account
the pump segment characteristics of GAMBRO Blood Cassette, the current pump speed and the pressure
values in the extra-corporeal circuit.
NOTE
The Artis Dialysis System will be able to calculate and display the accumulated blood
volume in the range 0 to 999 litres.
! WARNING
Be aware that performing the treatment at extremely negative pre-pump Arterial
Pressure (lower than -150 mmHg) will reduce the blood flow. This can result in reduced
treatment effectiveness.
Pre-pump Arterial Pressure is the pressure measured by the Arterial Pressure Sensor.
! WARNING
A dedicated alarm (Low Blood Pump Speed #204) exists in order to avoid blood loss due
to coagulation resulting from interruption of blood flow.
HD-DN Treatment
HD-DNDP Treatment
NOTE
In HD-DNDP Treatment, the Venous Pump Speed is automatically controlled by the Artis
Dialysis System, according to the Arterial Pump Speed.
HD-SN Treatmentt
NOTE
During a HD-SN Treatment, the Artis Dialysis System will be able to automatically control
the Arterial/Venous phases commutation according to high and low SN pressure limits.
NOTE
In HD-SN Treatment there is no expected recirculation of the blood inside the Blood
Tubing System due to the single needle cassette design. Despite that, the blood
recirculation occurs inside fistula needle or catheter chosen for the treatment.
For additional information refer to the Instruction for Use of these specific accessories.
Parameter Values
Syringe Size • 30 mL
• 10 mL
Stop Time (default) • 0 to total treatment time, in steps of 1 minute (30 min)
NOTE
To prime the Heparin line, 0.6 ml of heparin will be injected into the Blood Cassette. This
will happen regardless of the type of heparin delivery program selected.
Heparin Syringes
Following a list of the main syringes allowed on the Artis Dialysis System:
! WARNING
These diameters have been taken from samples from many countries and are correct at
the time of printing. However, the manufacturer cannot be held responsible for changes
in syringe dimensions that may occur. The user should periodically check the correlation
between the stated and the actual diameters.
CAUTION
DO NOT USE syringes without luer lock connection.
! WARNING
The syringe infusion pump described above must be used ONLY for the infusion of
heparin.
Parameter Values
Resolution • 0.1%
Parameter Values
Parameter Values
2. Linear or Intermittent Heparin Delivery: through programming of the rate and timing of deliv-
ery.
4. Blood Sensor before Venous Line Clamp: before blood detection by the Blood Sensor or
before starting the dialysis treatment, some alarms are bypassed to allow easier filling of the
extracorporeal and hydraulic circuits.
5. Ultra Control: in HDF Post Treatment with Pressure control mode, it is possible to activate the
Ultra Control functionality (ref to “13.2.5 Substitution Fluid” section of this chapter)
6. Automatic Pump control: in online treatments with Volume or Pressure control mode, each
time that the substitution pump is stopped due to any reasons, the machine automatically
decreases the Arterial Pump speed in order to avoid venous pressure peaks.
Parameter Values
Detection Method • An ultrasonic wave band crosses the fluid in the blood
line. When air is present in the line, the signal
received by the detector is modified in proportion to
the volume of air present. When the signal goes above
a fixed threshold, the microprocessor triggers a signal,
which causes the Venous Line Clamp to close and the
Arterial and Venous Pumps to stop.
Parameter Values
The Arterial Pressure Sensor is used for measuring pre-pump arterial pressure in order to protect the
patient from high negative arterial pressures between the patient and the Arterial pump.
During a treatment, an Arterial Pressure alarm will be triggered if the pressure measurements are not
within the following ranges:
• Minimum and Maximum treatment limits;
NOTE
In case of Fast Recovery procedure, the Artis Dialysis System will automatically set the
Extreme Alarm limits as the Minimum and Maximum Arterial pressure limits.
Parameter Values
a. Can be preset
NOTE
Modification of the Blood Flow Rate causes a fluctuation in the Arterial Pressure and
therefore an alarm may be triggered.
To prevent such an effect, following any start/stop of the Arterial pump or change in the
Blood Flow Rate the Arterial pressure Alarm Window is automatically set wider for 120
seconds in HD-DN, HD-DNDP, HD-SN, HDF Post, HDF Pre, HF Pre and AFB K
Treatments.
Parameter Values
Operating Range • -100 to +450 mmHg
Accuracy • ±10 mmHg or ±10%, whichever is greater (in
the range -20 mmHg to +450 mmHg)
• ±20 mmHg (in the range -100 mmHg to -20
mmHg)
Offset Values (Default)a • Positive: 10 to 70 mmHg (120 mmHg in HD-
SN Treatment) in steps of 5 mmHg (70
mmHg or 120 mmHg in HD-SN Treatment)
• Negative:10 to 40 mmHg (80 mmHg in HD-
SN Treatment) in steps of 5 mmHg (40
mmHg or 80 mmHg in HD-SN Treatment)
Treatment Limits(Default)a • Min: 10 to 100 mmHg, in steps of 10 mmHg
(10 mmHg)
• Max: 150 to 400 mmHg, in steps of 10 mmHg
(300 mmHg or 400 mmHg in HD-SN
Treatment)
Extreme Alarm Limits (outside the • Min: -320 mmHg
treatment mode) • Max: +500 mmHg
Extreme Alarm Limits (in treatment • Min: -200 mmHg
mode) • Max: +500 mmHg
Maximum Venous Pressure Alarm • +150 to +400 mmHg, in steps of 10 mmHg
Limit (Default)a (300 mmHg or 400 mmHg in HD-SN
Treatment)
a. Can be preset
NOTE
A Safety Test of the Venous Pressure Monitoring System is automatically performed
each time the machine enters the Preparation mode.
NOTE
Modification of the Blood Flow Rate causes a fluctuation in the Venous Pressure and
therefore an alarm may be triggered.
To prevent such an effect, following any start/stop of the Arterial pump or change in the
Blood Flow Rate the Venous Pressure Alarm Window is automatically set wider for 120
seconds in HD-DN, HD-DNDP, HD-SN, HDF Post, HDF Pre, HF Pre and AFB K
Treatments.
! WARNING
Monitoring of the Venous Pressure could not always detect the disconnection of a
venous needle from its access site, which may result in extracorporeal blood loss to the
environment. When a venous needle disconnects from its access, pressure at the
venous monitoring side may only decrease by the pressure maintained within the
patient’s vascular access. This pressure drop may be less than the width of the
machine’s venous pressure alarm window: in this particular case the disconnection of a
venous needle from its access site is not detectable by the machine, even if pressure
alarms and alarm windows are properly set.
To reduce the risk of needles disconnection:
• ensure that venous needle and line are firmly secured to the access site area according
to your clinic's protocol;
• ensure that the patient's access is visible at all times during the dialysis treatment;
• inspect frequently the patient's access;
• adjust properly the venous pressure alarm window: the venous pressure alarm lower
limit should be set as closely as practical to the actual patient’s venous pressure value
without generating excessive nuisance alarms.
In HD-SN Treatment, the pressure transducer measures the blood pressure into the Post-Dialyzer
Expansion Chamber in order to manage the Arterial and Venous phases.
Arterial and Venous phases are managed according to the SN Pressure Max. and Min. values
calculated on the basis of the Stroke Volume set by the operator.
Parameter Values
NOTE1
SN Pressure Min. is automatically controlled during the Venous phase and it can not be
lower than 40 mmHg.
When this pressure is reached the machine automatically switches from the Venous
phase to the Arterial one.
Parameter Values
The Artis Dialysis System is designed to trigger alarms if, in AFB K treatment, the end of infusion bag
is detected.
This criterion is active only after patient connection by monitoring the weight changes on the AFB K
Scale.
If no weight changes are detected on the AFB K Scale, the Venous Pump is stopped within a interval
time enough to avoid the emptying of the Infusion Cassette chamber.
Infusion Flow Rate
The Artis Dialysis System is designed to trigger alarms if, in AFB K treatment, the Infusion Flow rate
error exceeds specific values.
This criterion is active only after patient connection by comparing the weight changes on the AFB K
Scale and the Infusion Fluid Volume given to the patient by means of the Venous Pump. The alarm is
triggered each time the difference between these two values is greater than 50, 100 and 150 g.
• Heparin Delivery
• Ultrafiltration Flow
• Incorrect Voltage
• Power Failure
• Long Bypass
• Pause Therapy
• TMP
• Water Leakage
Depending on the type of fault condition occurred, one or more of the following Specific Safe States
are applied to the machine:
• Arterial Pump Stop
Each time a Specific Safe State is applied, the related auditory and visual alarms are triggered.
In case that the Specific Safe State is not properly applied, the Protective System places the machine
in a General Safe State and:
• Closes the Venous Line Clamp;
• Switches OFF the Power Supply to all the actuators, except to those for visual and audible
alarms.
For further details about protective alarm limits, refer to the related sections of this chapter and of the
“ Chapter 9. SERVICE SCREEN, ALARMS, INFORMATION SIGNALS AND TROUBLESHOOTING”.
Users who return electromedical equipment to the subjects identified above actively contribute to
reuse, recycling and recovery of potentially still useable materials and components and to reduction of the
potential risks to the environment and human health.
Abusive disposal of discarded equipment may be punishable by law.
• Hemodiafiltration (HDF Post and Pre in Volume Control Mode and HDF Post in Pressure Con-
trol Mode)
• HD-SN Treatment
KT/V 0 to 3 - 0.01 /
Parameter Range
NOTE
Gambro discourages the use of hub instead of switch to connect
the Artis Dialysis System(s) to the network of the dialysis facility.
Subsequent changes to the IT-Network could introduce new risks and require
additional analysis.
! WARNING
Before connecting the Artis Dialysis System to an Ethernet
network, the Responsible Organization must ensure that the
network is dedicated or adequately segregated. Artis Dialysis
System can be only connected to external devices aiming at
exchanging Artis clinical/technical data. The Responsible
Organization shall properly configure the network in order to
satisfy the segregation requirement according to the instruction
provided in this manual.
Gambro declines any responsibility or liability related to machine
malfunction or missing or incorrect Data transferred caused by an
incorrect network configuration.
•Benefit: very low broadcast level and easy device access control.
•The Switch used in this scenario for the dialysis machines is a Switch
Layer 2.
In this scenario a dedicated dialysis machine network was setup and a device
(bridge) put this network in communication with the Hospital's network. Device in
the dialysis network can be communicated to each other but it was isolated from
the Hospital's network with the exception of traffic explicitly allowed by configured
network rules on the bridge device.
•The Switch used in this scenario for the dialysis machines it is a Switch
Layer 2.
NOTE
Please be aware that high-load traffic on a single VLAN could
impact the performance on all the VLANs because they share the
same physical switch.
Technical Information
NOTE
For detailed device configuration refer to the device operator
manual and the IT dialysis facility personnel.
http://www.cisco.com/en/US/tech/tk389/tk815/
technologies_configuration_example09186a008019e74e.shtml
All the scenarios mentioned above are applicable to Artis Dialysis Systems
connected to the Exalis system or using the HL7 functionality.
It is mandatory to connect all the dialysis systems mentioned above and the
related acquisition software (Exalis system or external software application) in a
dedicated network.
Gambro declines any responsibilities related to machines malfunction caused by
an incorrect network configuration.
Trademarks
Gambro, Artis, BiCart, BiCart Select, CleanCart, Diascan, HemoControl, Hemoscan,
SelectBag, SelectBag One, SelectCart, SoftPac and U 9000 are trademarks of Baxter
International Inc. or its subsidiaries.
All other trademarks are the properties of their respective owners.
! WARNING
Ensure that no chapter is removed from the manual because that might affect
the understanding of the Artis Service Manual.
Rinsing: phase 12A - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)- transition phase ..................... 15:160
Rinsing: phase 12A - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing processes) -
transition phase .................................................................................................. 15:162
Rinsing: phase 12B - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program) ................................................ 15:164
Rinsing: phase 12B - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing processes) ........ 15:166
Rinsing: phase 12C - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)................................................. 15:168
Rinsing: phase 12C - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing processes) ........ 15:170
Rinsing: phase 13A - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass +
PS pump wash .................................................................................................... 15:172
Rinsing: phase 13B - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass transition ............. 15:174
Rinsing: phase 13C - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass transition ............ 15:176
Rinsing: phase 13D - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass transition ............ 15:178
Rinsing: phase 13E - Flushing EVS - EVR1+ Internal bypass ............................ 15:180
Rinsing: phase 14 - Flushing the EVW1 line and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program) ................................................ 15:182
Rinsing: phase 14 - Flushing the EVW1 line (for other Rinsing processes) ........ 15:184
Rinsing: phase 15A - Transition phase between the flushing of EVW1
and EVW2 line and the mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite
Chemical program) ............................................................................................. 15:186
Rinsing: phase 15A - Transition phase between the flushing of EVW1
and EVW2 line (for other Rinsing processes) ..................................................... 15:188
Rinsing: phase 15B - Flushing the EVW2 line and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program) ................................................ 15:190
Rinsing: phase 15B - Flushing the EVW2 line (for other Rinsing processes) ...... 15:192
Rinsing: phase 16A - Flushing EVD2 line, the mixing area and EVBHE
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)................................................. 15:194
Rinsing: phase 16A - Flushing EVD2 line and EVBHE
(for other Rinsing processes) .............................................................................. 15:196
Rinsing: phase 16B - Flushing EVD2 line, the mixing area and EVBHE
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program) ................................................ 15:198
Rinsing: phase 16B - Flushing EVD2 line and EVBHE
(for other Rinsing processes) .............................................................................. 15:200
Rinsing: phase 17 - Flushing the circuit passing through the Ultrafilter +
EVFlush .............................................................................................................. 15:202
Rinsing: phase 18 - Flushing EVP line + the main flow + EVBHE ...................... 15:204
Rinsing: phase 19 - Flushing Evpb + Pb + Pse +Pa+ the main flow ................... 15:206
Rinsing: phase 20 - Flushing Evpa + Pb+ Pa + Pse + the main flow .................. 15:208
Rinsing: phase 21 - Flushing EVD or EVC electrovalves ................................... 15:210
Rinsing: phase 28 - End rinsing .......................................................................... 15:213
Rinsing: phase 29 - Stop rinsing ......................................................................... 15:215
Rinse CCK ................................................................................................................... 15:217
Rinse CCK: phase 0 - Configuration of the actuators ......................................... 15:220
Rinse CCK: phase 1 - Fill-up of external bypass ................................................. 15:222
Rinse CCK: phase 2 - Flushing EVPB lines ........................................................ 15:224
Rinse CCK: phase 3 - Flushing EVPA lines ........................................................ 15:226
Rinse CCK: phase 4 - Flushing mixing lines ....................................................... 15:228
Rinse CCK: phase 11 - End rinsing process ....................................................... 15:230
Rinse CCK: phase 12 - Stop rinsing process ...................................................... 15:232
Chemical disinfection Process ..................................................................................... 15:234
Chemical Disinfection: phase 0 - Setting up the hydraulic circuit in
a stable configuration of the actuators ............................................................... 15:237
Chemical Disinfection: phase 5A - Flushing the main circuit + EVW1 ................ 15:239
VOLUME 2
NOTE
All the schematics related to each phase have the only purpose to show the flow direction during the
phase itself.
If these signals are not in the right State, the machine will display an Error Message and wait
intervention by the operator.
After these starting phases have been done correctly, the process goes on with the Cartridge priming,
dialysis fluid preparation and distribution.
These phases are followed by the Dialyzer Priming and Patient Connection, Treatment. At the end of
the process, there are Rinseback and Emptying phases leading to a fixed configuration from which the
Hydraulic circuit can be rinsed.
NOTE
The specifications are related only to the condition of both Ultrafilters installed.
During some transition phases the machine may use a Blind Mode to control the P1 or P2 pumps when
the D1C or D2C are not able to provide a measure due to the absence of ions.
The Blind Mode defines a frequency to control P1 or P2 pump using an internal parameter, the PFS or
PO-PD pressure sensors and a corrective coefficient.
The BlindP1M or BlindP2M parameters available in the Service Data Page 1 show when the P1 or P2
pumps are in Blind Mode.
Component
State Meaning
type
- Not Relevant
Electrovalves OFF Not activated
ON Activated
2 Automatically driven by the level sensor status or by the pressure level status
2 Automatism on EVH2O:
EVH2O ON if PFS < 460
EVH2O OFF if PFS > 470
2 Automatism on EVBP2:
EVBP2 ON if PFS > 700
EVBP2 OFF if PFS < 600
XXXXH Hexadecimal value representative of all the electrovalves activated
Pumps PxSV Set value [ml/min]
OFF OFF
ON Open loop (PC, P1,P2 set value [%])
2 Closed Loop on Encoder / Closed Loop on PDRAIN (set value [mmHg])
3 PB: Closed Loop on CB sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
PA: Closed Loop on CA sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
P1: Closed Loop on D1C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
P2: Closed Loop on D2C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
4 Closed Loop on PO value (set value [mmHg])
5 ON OPEN LOOP in Forward direction
6 ON OPEN LOOP in Backward direction
7 Closed loop on PFS
9 Closed loop on Qd
10 Closed loop on PDG (Set Value [mmHg])
13 Closed loop on TMP
Heater HeaterSV Set value °C
OFF Off
3 Closed loop on temperature sensor with compensation on TcA
11 Closed loop on temperature sensor with no compensation (Heat)
Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal (significative /not
significative sensor)
CLOSED / Expected value on the switch
OPEN
(UF) Switch value depends on UltraFilter presence
Flow Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal (significative /not
significative sensor)
OFF Signal of flow presence
ON Signal of flow absence
Level Sensors 2 Management of evacuation air system bubble trap
Read Slave reading of air/water and Master test of the state message
CHK The value is directly checked by the Master reading from the message
of state
Note (UF) In case of Ultrafilter/s
(UF1) If CDF1 is installed
(UF2) If CDF2 is installed
Automatism P2_PWHO_F Check on the difference of driving frequency of two pumps in serie
REQ_CHECK
OFF Enabled
ON Disabled
NOTE
The valves currently checked are: EV2, EVBP2, EVDS2 and EVDS1.
Test procedure:
The Protective Subsystem requires setting to ON the electrovalves and it verifies if the command lines
are ON for 2 seconds. Then it requires setting to OFF the electrovalves and it verifies if the command lines
are OFF for 2 seconds.
There is a 20 seconds timeout for every state (ON/OFF) of the electrovalves. If the Protective
Subsystem detects an error during the command lines reading or if the timeout expires there is a General
Safe State.
Displayed Result:
0301h The Protective Subsystem has NOT detected the correct activation of one of the valves: EV2,
EVBP2, EVDS2, EVDS1.
0302h The Protective Subsystem has NOT detected the correct deactivation of one of the valves:
EV2, EVBP2, EVDS2, EVDS1.
02FEh The T1 Test is correctly terminated.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
If the modality is set to 2 Protective System controls the valves of the group 2.
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
If the modality is set to 3 Protective System controls the two groups of electro valves at the same time.
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
*Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
Heater OpSet, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test
point not passed
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point
passed
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
*Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
Heater OpSet, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
Heater 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test
point not passed
Heater 0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point
passed
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
**3/55° and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C
0° and EVBHE ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
OpSet and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
3/55° and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point not passed
0° and EVBHE ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point passed and Low T1 Test
point not passed
OpSet and EVBHE OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and LOW Temperature T1 Test point passed
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
Sub-
EVH2O EVFLUSH EVP EVPRIM EVD1 EVDS2 EVD2 EVDRAIN PWHO Time
phase
6 OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 2/-500 15 s
mmHg
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
Hydraulic Drain phase is divided into 5 sub-phases:
• Create suction
• Drain PC
• Drain EVD2
Sub- EV EV EV EV EV
EVP EVA EVD1 EVDS2 EV2 EVD2 HEATER EVBHE
phase H2O FLUSH DEG PRIM DS1
Create OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
suction
Drain PC OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
Drain OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF
EVD2
Fill up the ON ON (OFF ON (OFF 2 OFF OFF 2 OFF ON (OFF OFF 2 OFF; **
first during during during 3/**
ultrafilter bubble bubble bubble
_Drain trap test) trap test) trap test)
Fill up the ON OFF ON (OFF 2 OFF OFF 2 ON ON (OFF ON(OFF ON (2 OFF; **
second during during during in 3/**
ultrafilter bubble bubble bubble treatme
_Drain trap test) trap test) trap test) nt)
P2_F
Sub- SWA/ REQ_
PC P1 P2 PWHO SWA1C SWA2C SWBK LFP SWP PI Time
phase SWA2 CHEC
K
Create 50 60 % 0 -100 CLOSE OPEN OPEN CLOSED CHK/ --- --- OFF 4 s
suction % mmHg mmHg D only in only in (OPEN if 0
Bicart Bicart CleanCart
select select Cartridge)
mode mode
Drain 50 60 % 0 -100 CLOSE OPEN OPEN CLOSED CHK/ --- --- OFF 20 s
PC % mmHg mmHg D only in only in (OPEN if 0
Bicart Bicart CleanCart
select select Cartridge)
mode mode
Drain 50 100 % -100 -100 CLOSE OPEN OPEN CLOSED CHK/ --- --- OFF 45 s
EVD2 % mmHg mmHg D only in only in (OPEN if 0 (75 in
Bicart Bicart CleanCart treatm
select select Cartridge) ent)
mode mode
Fill up 60 40 % 0 0 CLOSE OPEN (- OPEN (- NA --- CHK --- ON if 45 s
the first % mmHg mmHg D(--- in -- in -- in (CLOSE treatm (30 if
ultrafilte Bicar Bicart Bicart D during ent treatm
r_Drain mode) mode) select Bicarbon ent)
mode) ate
flushing)
Fill up 60 40 % 0 0 CLOSE OPEN (- OPEN (- NA CHK CHK --- ON if 25 s
the % mmHg mmHg D(--- in -- in -- in (CLOSE treatm (20 if
second Bicart Bicart Bicart D during ent treatm
ultrafilte mode) mode) select Bicarbon ent)
r_Drain mode) ate
flushing)
** 3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA<35 °C
0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test skipped and TcA>42 °C
OpSet, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test skipped and 35 °C<=TcA<=42 °C
3/55°, EVBHE OFF and EVDRAIN ON if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point not
passed
0°, EVBHE ON and EVDRAIN OFF if Temperature T1 Test executed and HIGH Temperature T1 Test point passed
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
***** SWDCSIN - SWDCSOUT: If Machine is dressed the connector is not inserted in the machine
housing; if Machine is NOT dressed the connector is inserted in the machine housing.
Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution - HD-DN/HDF Post/HD-SN Treatments (BiCart mode) phase
is divided into 12 sub-phases:
• Air_Evac_B
• Flush
• Bicart FillUp
• Prime_A
• Prime_B
• Air_Evac_Top
• Bicart_Refill
• Restart hydr
• Restart flow
• Wait_for_fluid_ok
• Negative PO Pressure
• Fluid_ok
P2freq not
Sub-
PC PB PSe PA P1 P2 PWHO LFP Time checked with
phase
P1freq
Air_Evac_ ON/50 OFF OFF OFF ON/80 4/0 PWHO_S ***** 40 s ON
B % % mmHg ET***
(100 in
Reprime)
Flush 10/100 OFF OFF OFF ON/50 4/100 PWHO_S ***** 15 s ON
mmHg % mmHg ET***
Bicart ON/50 OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 PWHO_S OFF 40 s ON
FillUp % mmHg ET***
(100 in
Reprime)
Prime_A ON/50 OFF OFF OFF ON/40 4/0 PWHO_S ***** 30 s OFF
% % mmHg ET*** TO
(100 in
Reprime)
Prime_B ON/50 OFF OFF OFF ON/40 4/0 PWHO_S ***** 30 s OFF
% % mmHg ET*** TO
(100 in
Reprime)
Air_Evac OFF% OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 2/-500 OFF 60 s ON
_Top mmHg
Bicart_Re ON/50 OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 PWHO_S OFF 40 s ON
fill % mmHg ET***
(100 in
Reprime)
Restart 10/100 OFF OFF OFF ON/40 4/0 2/0 ***** 20 s ON
hydr mmHg % mmHg
Restart 10/100 OFF OFF OFF 3/-99** 4/0 2/0 ***** 15 s ON
flow mmHg mmHg
Wait_for_fl 10/100 3/-99** OFF 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/0 PWHO_S ***** 15 min OFF
uid_ok mmHg 9/200 mmHg ET*** TO
ml/min
(if
BiCart
Select
mode)
Negative 10/100 3/-99** OFF 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/-650 PWHO_S ***** 5s ON
PO mmHg ET***
Pressure
Fluid_ok 10/100 3/-99** OFF 3/-99** 3/-99** 4/0 PWHO_S ***** 15 min *****
mmHg 9/200 mmHg ET*** TO
ml/min
(if
BiCart
Select
mode)
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
*** For Cartridge Priming (PREP_DISTRIB_1 sub-phases), PWHO Set is -100mmHg; for Cartridge Re-
Priming (Concentrate Change performed during any phase different from PREP_DISTRIB_1) PWHO
Set is the one required by the running phase.
**** The UPLC shall be ON during the subphases when entered in between the following events:
-since the UPLC is activated once the Prime button is pressed
-since the UPLC is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection or during Unload.
***** The checks are inherited from the calling phase.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases
table below for the related value.
***** SWDCSIN - SWDCSOUT: If Machine is dressed the connector is not inserted in the machine
housing; if Machine is NOT dressed the connector is inserted in the machine housing.
Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution - HD-DN/HDF Post/HD-SN Treatments (BiCart Select mode)
phase is divided into 19 sub-phases:
• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_1
• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_1
• CARTS_FILL_UP_1
• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_2
• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_2
• CARTS_FILL_UP_2
• BEGIN_FLUIDOK_NO_SEL_PRE
• BEGIN_FLUIDOK_NO_SEL
• WAIT_FOR_FLUIDOK_NO_SEL
• NEGATIVE_PO_PRESSURE
• FLUID_OK_NO_SEL
• PRIME_SELECT_BAG_PRE
• PRIME_SELECT_BAG_FLUSH
• PRIME_SELECT_BAG
• PRIME_SELECT_BAG_PAUSE
• BEGIN_FLUIDOK
• WAIT_FOR_FLUID_OK
• SELECT_CARTS_PRIME_PAUSE
• FLUID_OK
Sub-phase TIME EVP EVPRIM1 EVPRIM EVPb EVPa EVD1 EVD2 EVDS2
Sub-phase TIME EVP EVPRIM1 EVPRIM EVPb EVPa EVD1 EVD2 EVDS2
P2freq not
Sub-phase Heater PB PSe PA P1 P2 PWHO PC checked
with P1freq
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON/70 % 4/0 (100 if -370 ON/50 % ON
70_OL_1 in reprime)
******
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 (100 if -370 ON/50 % ON
70_CL_1 in reprime)
******
CARTS_FILL_UP 3/-99** OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 (100 if 0 ON/50 % ON
_1 in reprime)
******
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF ON/70 % 4/0 (100 if -370 ON/50 % ON
70_OL_2 in reprime)
******
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 (100 if -370 ON/50 % ON
70_CL_2 in reprime)
******
CARTS_FILL_UP 3/-99** OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 (100 if 0 ON/50 % ON
_2 in reprime)
******
P2freq not
Sub-phase Heater PB PSe PA P1 P2 PWHO PC checked
with P1freq
Dialysis: phase 13 - Dialysis Fluid Preparation and Distribution - HD-DN/HDF Post/HD-SN Treatments (BiCart Select mode) - sub-phase BEGIN_FLUIDOK
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
** Depending on dressing condition: a) CLOSED if
- in HDF/HF or HD-Ultra line not connected to onlie port during cassette dressing or cassette not yet
installed.
- in other treatments
b) OPEN if line was connected to online port during cassette dressing in HDF/HF and HD-Ultra
***With the Autopriming Feature - Cassette installed: OPEN; Cassette NOT installed: CLOSED.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
*Depending from the actual phase configuration where the phase is activated. For the End Prep the
connectors are free to move in case of Change Circuit and requested open for End Prep coming from
preparation.
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
*** The UPLC shall be ON to close the on-line port since the UPLC check is activated once the Prime
button is pressed and when is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection or
during Unload.
**** Depending from the actual phase configuration where the phase is activated.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
*Depending from the actual phase configuration where the phase is activated. For the End Prep the
connectors are free to move in case of Change Circuit and requested open for End Prep coming from
preparation.
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** The set value is defined by the preparation phase
Hydraulic Priming - Saline HD-DN Treatment in Low Volume mode phase is divided into 22 sub-phases:
Dialysis: phase 18 - Hydraulic Priming - Saline HD-DN Treatment in Low Volume mode: sub-phase 01
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO Time
phase
If an extra priming phase is performed, subphases 12-13-14-15 of the priming phase are repeated.
The following values are related to extrapriming subphases:
Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO Time
phase
12 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg 14-914s
13 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -550 15 s
mmHg
14 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg 17s
15 ON OFF OFF 600 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg 18s
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO PINF Time
phase
1 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -50 mmHg ON/ 80 ml/min 75s
2 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -50 mmHg ON/ 80 ml/min 15 s
3 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg OFF 15 s
4 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg OFF 60 s
5 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -450 mmHg ON/200 ml/ 8s
min
6 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -300 mmHg ON/200 ml/ 20 s
min
7 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -200 mmHg ON/200 ml/ 20 s
min
8 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -80 mmHg ON/200 ml/ 25 s
min
9 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg ON/200 ml/ 40 s
min
10 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -100 mmHg ON/80 ml/min 80 s
11 ON ON ON 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg 0 mmHg OFF 50 s
12 ON ON ON 650 ml/min 4/ -50 -20 mmHg ON/ Art Pump 32-
mmHg set + UFR 450s
13 ON ON ON 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg ON/ Art Pump 15 s
set + UFR
14 ON ON ON 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/ Art Pump 36 s
set + UFR
15 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/ 250 ml/ 24 s
min
16 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/50 ml/min 5 s
17 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/0 ml/min N/A
18 OFF OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg 0 mmHg OFF N/A
If an extra priming phase is performed, subphases 12-13-14-15-16 of the priming phase are repeated.
The following values are related to extrapriming subphases:
Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO PINF Time
phase
12 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -20 mmHg ON/250 ml/ 13s-
min 913s
13 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -550 mmHg ON/250 ml/ 15s
min
14 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/250 ml/ 17s
min
15 ON ON ON 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/255 ml/ 15 s
min
16 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg ON/50 ml/min 5 s
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** The set value is defined by the preparation phase
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO CLDI Time UPLC
phase
1 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/ 200 mmHg -10 mmHg --- 30s CHK/AIR
2 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -50mmHg --- 44s CHK/AIR
3 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -50 mmHg --- 10s CHK/AIR
4 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/0 mmHg -550 mmHg --- 15s CHK/AIR
5 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/0 mmHg -550 mmHg --- 60s CHK/AIR
6 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -450 mmHg --- 5s CHK
7 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -100mmHg --- 20s CHK
8 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -10 mmHg --- 10s CHK
9 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -10 mmHg --- 18s CHK
10 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/100 mmHg -100 mmHg --- 240s CHK
11 ON ON ON 550 ml/min 4/0 mmHg -10 mmHg --- 65s CHK/AIR
12 ON ON ON 700 ml/min 4/0 mmHg -10 mmHg --- 27-112s CHK/AIR
13 ON OFF OFF 750 ml/min 3/350 ml/min -10 mmHg --- 27-510s CHK/AIR
14 ON OFF OFF 750 ml/min 3/500 ml/min -550 mmHg --- 15s CHK/AIR
15 ON OFF OFF 750 ml/min 3/500 ml/min -10 mmHg CHK 36s CHK/AIR
16 ON OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg -10 mmHg CHK N/A CHK/AIR
17 OFF OFF OFF 550 ml/min 4/ 0 mmHg 0 mmHg CHK N/A CHK/AIR
If an extra priming phase is performed, subphases 9-13-14-15 of the priming phase are repeated.
The following values are related to extrapriming subphases:
.
Sub-
EVDS1 EVDS2 EV2 P1 P2 PWHO CLDI Time UPLC
phase
9 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/450 ml/min -10 mmHg --- 18s CHK
13 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg --- 13-914s CHK/AIR
14 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -550 --- 15s CHK/AIR
mmHg
15 ON OFF OFF 650 ml/min 3/400 ml/min -10 mmHg CHK 17s CHK/AIR
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
TER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.1.30 Dialysis: phase 25 - Set time TMP control (With UF) - HDF
Treatment
Description Status Description Status
Time UF 2 / User SV
Execution Always Pinf 2 / UF SV
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
EVH2O ON SWA CHK/OPEN (BiCart)
CLOSED (BiCart Select)
EVFlush 2 SWB CHK/CLOSED
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWA1C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVA OFF SWA2C CHK/--- (BiCart),
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPRIM ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPb OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED (BiCart)
OPEN (BiCart Select)
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWUFCOV-L CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWUFCOV-R CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSIN CHK/OPEN
EV2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/OPEN
EVW2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF SWPOL CHK/ OPEN
EVDRAIN ON LEVEL SENSORS
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP CHK
EVD OFF LD1 CHK
EV1S OFF LD2 CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC CHK/AIR
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS/SWITCHES
Heater 3 /User SV
PUMPS SWP CHK
PC 10 / 100 mmHg PDG CHK
PB 3 / User SV PFS CHK
Pse OFF PI CHK
9 / 200 ml/min (if BiCart
Select mode)
PA 3 / User SV PO CHK
P1 3 / User SV SWP1 CHK
P2 13 / TMP SV PD CHK
PS OFF CLDI CHK
PWHO 2 / -10 mmHg pH /
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
** The checks are inherited from the calling phase.
Current phase - Change Acid phase is divided into the following sub-phases:
• Change_Cart
• Flush
• Reprime A
• Fluid Ok
P2 freq
Sub-phase EVDEG EVPRIM EVPRIM1 Heater PC PB PSe PA P1 P2 Time
check
Change_C ON OFF ON OFF ON/50 % OFF OFF OFF 3/ -99*** 4/ 0 --- ON
art
Flush OFF OFF ON OFF 10/100 % OFF OFF OFF ON/ 50 4/100 15 s ON
%
Reprime A ON ON OFF OFF ON/50 % OFF OFF OFF ON/ 40 4 /0 30 s OFF
% (100 if TO
reprimin
g
Wait for OFF ON ON 3/-99*** 10/100 % 3/- OFF 3/- 3/-99*** 4/ 0 15 OFF
fluidOk 99*** (9/200 99*** min
in Bicart TO
Select)
Fluid Ok OFF ON ON 3/-99*** 10/100 % 3/- 9/200 3/- 3/-99*** 4/ 0 15 **
99*** (OFF in 99*** min
Bicart) TO
***Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
**** The UPLC shall be ON during the subphases when entered between the following events:
- since the UPLC check is activated once the Prime utton is pressed and deactivated
- since the UPLC check is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection and during
Unload
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
Note: For Cartridge Priming (PREP_DISTRIB_1 sub-phases), PWHO Set is -100mmHg; for Cartridge
Re-Priming (Concentrate Change performed during any phase different from PREP_DISTRIB_1)
PWHO Set is the one required by the running phase.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
• Air_Evac_B
• Flush
• Bicart_Fill_Up
• RePrime_B
• Pushing_Bicart
• Reset_Pumps
• Wait_for_fluidok
• Fluid_ok
EVPRIM EVPRI
Sub-phase EVPb EVPa Heater PC PB EVDeg EVP
1 M
Change_Cart ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON/50 % OFF ON 2
Air_Evac_B OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON/50 % OFF OFF 2
Flush ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 10/100 OFF OFF 2
mmHg
Bicart_Fill_U OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON/50 % OFF ON OFF
p
RePrime_B OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON/50 % OFF ON OFF
Pushing_Bic ON ON OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 % 6/100 OFF 2
art
Reset_Pump ON ON OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 % OFF OFF 2
s
Wait_for_flui ON ON OFF OFF 3/-99*** 10/100 3/-99*** OFF 2
dok mmHg
Fluid_ok ON ON OFF OFF 3/-99*** 10/100 3/-99*** OFF 2 (0 during T1
mmHg Flow Meter test)
P2freq not
Time
Sub-phase PSe PA P1 P2 checked LFP
s
with P1freq
Change_Cart OFF OFF 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg --- ON **
Air_Evac_B OFF OFF ON/80 4/0 mmHg (100 in 40 ON **
reprime)
Flush OFF OFF ON/50 4/100 mmHg 15 ON **
Bicart_Fill_Up OFF OFF OFF 4/0 mmHg (100 in 40 ON OFF
reprime)
RePrime_B OFF OFF ON/40 4/0 mmHg (100 in 30 TO OFF **
reprime)
Pushing_Bicart OFF OFF 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg (100 in 15 ON **
reprime)
Reset_Pumps OFF OFF ON/50 4/0 mmHg (100 in 4 ON **
reprime)
P2freq not
Time
Sub-phase PSe PA P1 P2 checked LFP
s
with P1freq
Wait_for_fluidok OFF 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg 15 min TO OFF **
9/200 (in
BiCart Select )
Fluid_ok 9/200 (OFF in 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg 15 min TO ** **
BiCart)
Set value - 99 indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
** The checks are inherited from the calling phase
*** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
**** The UPLC shall be ON during the subphases when entered between the following events:
- since the UPLC check is activated once the Prime utton is pressed and deactivated
- since the UPLC check is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection and during
Unload
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
• SELECT_CARTS_PRIME_PAUSE
• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_1
• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_1
• CARTS_FILL_UP_1
• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_2
• AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_2
• CARTS_FILL_UP_2
• BEGIN_FLUIDOK
• WAIT_FOR_FLUIDOK
• END_FLUID_OK
• FLUID_OK
Sub-phase EVP EVPRIM1 EVPRIM EVPb EVPa EVD1 EVD2 Heater PC EVDeg
CHANGE_C 2 ON OFF OFF OFF 2 2 OFF 1/50 ON
ART mmHg
SELECT_CA 2 ON OFF OFF OFF 2 2 3/-99*** 10/100 OFF
RTS_PRIME mmHg
_PAUSE
AIR_EVAC_ OFF OFF OFF ON/OFF ON/OFF ON ON OFF ON/50 % OFF
AB_370_OL if self cart if bicart
_1 repriming repriming
AIR_EVAC_ OFF OFF OFF ON/ ON/OFF ON ON OFF ON/50 % OFF
AB_370_CL OFFif Sel if bicart
_1 cart repriming
repriming
CARTS_FILL OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 % OFF
_UP_1
AIR_EVAC_ OFF OFF OFF ON/ ON/OFF ON ON OFF ON/50 % OFF
AB_370_OL OFFif sel if bicart
_2 cart repriming
repriming
AIR_EVAC_ OFF OFF OFF ON/ ON/OFF ON ON OFF ON/50 % OFF
AB_370_CL OFFif sel if bicart
_2 cart repriming
repriming
CARTS_FILL OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 % OFF
_UP_2
BEGIN_FLUI 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 3/-99*** 10/100 OFF
DOK mmHg
WAIT_FOR_ 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 3/-99*** 10/100 OFF
FLUIDOK mmHg
END_FLUID 2 ON ON OFF OFF 2 2 3/-99*** 10/100 OFF
_OK mmHg
FLUID_OK 2 (OFF ON ON OFF OFF 2(OFF 2(OFF 3/-99*** 10/100 OFF
during during during mmHg
T1 flow T1 flow T1 flow
mwter mwter mwter
test) test) test)
P2freq not
Time
Sub-phase PB PSe PA P1 P2 PWHO checked
s
with P1freq
CHANGE_CART OFF OFF OFF 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg PWHO_S --- ON
ET****
SELECT_CARTS OFF OFF OFF 3/300 4/200 PWHO_S --- prep ON
_PRIME_PAUSE mmHg ET**** /2 min
TO
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF ON/70 4/0 -370 30 ON
70_OL_1 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 -370 40 ON
70_CL_1 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
CARTS_FILL_UP OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 0 40 ON
_1 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF ON/70 4/0 -370 30 ON
70_OL_2 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
AIR_EVAC_AB_3 OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 -370 40 ON
70_CL_2 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
CARTS_FILL_UP OFF OFF OFF OFF 4/0 0 40 ON
_2 mmHg******
(100 in
reprime)
BEGIN_FLUIDO 3/-99*** 9/200 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg PWHO_S 35 ON
K ET****
WAIT_FOR_FLUI 3/-99*** 9/200 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg PWHO_S 15 min OFF
DOK ET***** TO
END_FLUID_OK 3/-99*** 9/200 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg PWHO_S 15 OFF
ET****
FLUID_OK 3/-99*** 9/200 3/-99*** 3/-99*** 4/0 mmHg PWHO_S 15 min *
ET**** TO
Set value - 99 indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
** The checks are inherited from the calling phase
*** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
****For Cartridge Priming (PREP_DISTRIB_1 sub-phases), PWHO Set is -100mmHg; for Cartridge Re-
Priming (Concentrate Change performed during any phase different from PREP_DISTRIB_1)
PWHO Set is the one required by the running phase.
***** The UPLC shall be ON during the subphases when entered between the following events:
- since the UPLC check is activated once the Prime utton is pressed and deactivated
- since the UPLC check is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection and
during Unload
****** During sub-phases AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_1, AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_1,
AIR_EVAC_AB_370_OL_2 and AIR_EVAC_AB_370_CL_2 the P2 set on PO is not intended to
be reached, since PWHO pump action forces lower pressure.
During phases CARTS_FILL_UP_1 and CARTS_FILL_UP_2 the P2 set on PO it is not intended
to be reached since there is EVPRIM1 off and the control cannot be completely effective (no water
flow).
Phase schematic: sub-phase: Fluid_ok
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
Sub- P2 Freq-
EVDEG EVPRIM Heater PC PB PSe PA P1 P2 Time
phase check
1 ON OFF OFF ON/50 OFF OFF OFF 3/-99*** 4/0mmHg ON ---
2 OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 OFF 1/91 OFF ON/50 4/0mmHg ON 5s
(100 if
repriming
)
3 OFF OFF 3/-99*** 10/ OFF OFF OFF ON/50 4/0mmHg ON 15 S
100 (100 if
repriming
)
4 OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 OFF 1/91 OFF ON/50 4/0mmHg ON 60 sec
(100 if TO
repriming
)
5 OFF OFF 3/-99*** ON/50 OFF OFF OFF ON/50 4/0mmHg ON ---
(100 if
repriming
)
6 OFF ON 3/-99*** 10/ 3/- 9/200 3/- 3/-99*** 4/0mmHg ON 35 s
100 99*** 99***
7 OFF ON 3/-99*** 10/ 3/- OFF 3/- 3/-99*** 4/0mmHg OFF 15 min
100 99*** (9/200 99*** TO
in
Bicart
Select
)
8 OFF ON 3/-99*** 10/ 3/- 9/200 3/- 3/-99*** 4/0mmHg OFF 15 s
100 99*** 99***
9 OFF ON 3/-99*** 10/ 3/- 9/ 3/- 3/-99*** 4/0mmHg ** 15 min
100 99*** 200(O 99*** TO
FF in
bicart)
** The checks are inherited from the calling phase
*** Generic set value, it indicates that the set value is set by the operator.
**** The UPLC shall be ON during the subphases when entered between the following events:
- since the UPLC check is activated once the Prime utton is pressed and deactivated
- since the UPLC check is deactivated once the on-line port is closed after PT Disconnection and
during Unload
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
• EMPTY_BICART_BEGIN
• EMPTY_BICART
• RINSEMAINBYPASS
Sub- EV EV Time
EVH2O EVDeg EVP EVA EVPb EVD1 P1 P2 PWHO
phase PRIM1 PRIM s
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
Dialysis: phase 46 - Emptying the Cartridge BiCart - subphase Rinse Main Bypass
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The expected value ON/OFF, Set Value, Time depends of the sub-phases. See the sub-phases table
below for the related value.
EMPTYING CARTRIDGE BICART_SELECT phase is divided into 8 sub-phases:
• DRAIN_PC
• EMPTY_CARTS_BEGIN
• EMPTY_CARTS
• EMPTY_SELECTCART_BEGIN
• EMPTY_SELECTCART_CHECK
• EMPTY_SELECTCART
• RINSEMAINBYPASS
• EMPTY_CARTS_END
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* It is not necessary, for the correct execution of the phase, that the set value is reached.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SelCart
SelBag
SWAK
BiCart
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
• The Rinse that follows a Peracetic Chemical program has a (minimum) duration of 38 minutes.
• The Rinse that follows a Low Peracetic Chemical program has a (minimum) duration of 27 minutes.
Process time can be selected among different time durations: 16, 27, 38 minutes.
Phase 16: time management
Rinse of 16 minutes: The time of the 16th phase is equal to the total time of the process minus the sum
of the all the other phases implemented into the process (about 126 seconds).
Rinse of 27 minutes: The 16th phase is done two times. First time the time is equal to 70 seconds, while
the second time is equal to the total time of the process minus the sum of the all the other phases
implemented into the process.
Rinse of 38 minutes: The 16th phase is done three times. First and second time the time is equal to 70
seconds, while the third time is equal to the total time of the process minus the sum of the all the other
phases implemented into the process.
Rinse of 94 minutes: The 16th phase is done five times. The first four times the time is equal to 70
seconds, while the last time is equal to the total time of the process minus the sum of the all the other
phases implemented into the process.
Where f is the driving frequency (expressed in Hz) and q is the set flow (expressed in ml/min). This
frequence is set by the master with a tolerance of ±135 Hz, for the Ps the tolerance is of 4 Hz.
Gear pumps settings (Pc, P1, P2, PWHO):
If the gear pump is driven in open loop the set is expressed as percentage of the allowable range of
driving frequencies (20000 Hz).
For each pump, the specified set value of the flow represents the mean value after a transitional stage
(5-6 s)
P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK: automatism on Hydraulic Slave that checks the difference between the
driving frequencies of pumps P1 and P2, P2 and PWHO respectively. If the difference between the P1 and
P2 is too high the frequency of P2 is set to the driving frequency of P1 less 5 kHz. The same applies to the
PWHO if the difference between its driving frequency and the one of P2 is too high. The application of this
automatism is always active unless disabled by the master or in special hydraulic valves configuration
detected by the hydraulic slave itself.
UltraFilter Presence
The process can be run in the following conditions:
1. without Ultrafilter
2. with one UltraFilter (UF2)
3. with two Ultrafilter
NOTE
The specifications are related only to the condition of both Ultrafilters installed.
In case an alarm occurs, the phase currently running stops and a special management is actuated: all
the pumps will be stopped and after 2 s all the electro valves (except EVDRAIN) will be set to OFF. This
configuration is kept as long as program time + 30 additional minutes have elapsed, then the Artis Dialysis
system goes to display off. If the alarm condition resets, the process continues from where it was
interrupted.
Each time the process restarts from an alarm condition, the process will run the phase from the
beginning and process time will be updated consequently.
NOTE
In the following tables when the same field can have different values depending on the type of
Rinsing process that is running, the following notation has been used:
• (Hypo) - for Rinsing process after Hypochlorite Chemical program;
• (Others) - for others Rinsing processes.
The machine use a Blind Mode to control the P1 or P2 pumps when the D1C or D2C are not able to
provide a measure due to the absence of ions.
The Blind Mode defines a frequency to control P1 or P2 pump using:
• an internal parameter, the PFS or PO-PD pressure sensors and a corrective coefficient.
• an internal parameter multiplied by a corrective coefficient, when the status of the P1 or P2 pumps
show “%”(the internal parameter in terms of a percentage of the maximum pump command
frequency).
The BlindP1M or BlindP2M parameters available in the Service Data Page 1 show when the P1 or P2
pumps are in Blind Mode.
Component
State Meaning
type
- Not Relevant
Electrovalves OFF Not activated
ON Activated
2 On Automatism on level sensor or on pressure level
XXXXH Hexadecimal value representative of all the electrovalves
activated
Pumps PxSV Set value [ml/min]
OFF OFF
ON Open loop (PC, P1, P2 set value [%])
2 Closed Loop on Encoder / Closed Loop on PDRAIN (Set Value
[mmHg])
3 PB: Closed Loop on CB sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
PA: Closed Loop on CA sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
P1: Closed Loop on D1C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
P2: Closed Loop on D2C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
4 Closed Loop on PO value (Set Value [mmHg])
5 ON OPEN LOOP in Forward direction
6 ON OPEN LOOP in Backward direction
7 Closed loop on PFS
9 Closed loop on Qd
10 Closed loop on PDG (Set Value [mmHg])
Heater HeaterSV Set value °C
OFF Off
3 Closed loop on temperature sensor with compensation on TcA
11 Closed loop on temperature sensor with no compensation (Heat)
Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
CLOSED/ Expected value on the switch
OPEN
(UF) Switch value depends on UltraFilter presence
Flow Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
OFF Signal of flow presence
ON Signal of flow absence
Level Sensors 2 Management of evacuation air system bubble trap
Read Slave reading of air/water and Master test of the state message
CHK The value is directly checked by the Master reading from the
message of state
Note (UF) In case of Ultrafilter/s
(UF1) If CDF1 is installed
(UF2) If CDF2 is installed
Automatism P2_PWHO_ Check on the difference of driving frequency of two pumps in serie
FREQ_CHE
CK
0 Enabled
1 Disabled
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.3 Rinsing: phase 6 - Flushing EVP line and the external bypass
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
PWHO 2 / 100 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
UF OFF
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ELECTROVALVES SWITCHES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON LFP CHK
EVS OFF LFD ---
EVR1 OFF LP* CHK
EVC OFF LD1* CHK
EVD OFF LD2* CHK
EV1S OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI ---
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI ---
P1 3 / 400 ml/min (28%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 0 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
SPECIAL
AUTOMATISM
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg OFF SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 OFF SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa ON SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN ON LFD ---
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVW1 OFF SWP CHK
EVBHE OFF PDG ---
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PFS CHK
OFF (Others)
PI ---
PUMPS
PO ---
PC ON / 60% SWP1 CHK
PB ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min CLDI ---
PA ON / 15 ml/min PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 0 mmHg
P1 3 / 400 ml/min (29%)
SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
UF OFF
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.6 Rinsing: phase 9 - Flushing EVD1 line and the mixing area (for
Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 35 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always
SWITCHES
ELECTROVALVES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVFlush OFF SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVP 2 SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 ON SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EV2 OFF SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2 SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVHE OFF
LEVEL SENSORS
EVDRAIN ON
EVS OFF LFP CHK
EVR1 OFF LFD ---
EVC OFF LP* CHK
EVD OFF LD1* CHK
EV1S OFF LD2* CHK
EVW1 OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EVBHE OFF
PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.8 Rinsing: phase 10 - Flushing the external bypass and the mixing
area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.10 Rinsing: phase 11 - Flushing the tangential line of CDF2 and the
mixing area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 30 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
SWITCHES
twice, in the same
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.12 Rinsing: phase 12A - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)- transition phase
Description Status Description Status
Time 5s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated twice,
in the same cycle) SWITCHES
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.13 Rinsing: phase 12A - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing
processes) - transition phase
Description Status Description Status
Time 5s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
twice, in the same SWITCHES
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.14 Rinsing: phase 12B - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 5s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
twice, in the same SWITCHES
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.15 Rinsing: phase 12B - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing
processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 5s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
twice, in the same SWITCHES
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.16 Rinsing: phase 12C - Flushing the mainflow and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 35 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
twice, in the same SWITCHES
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.17 Rinsing: phase 12C - Flushing the mainflow (for other Rinsing
processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 35 s Pinf OFF
Execution Always (repeated
twice, in the same SWITCHES
cycle)
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.23 Rinsing: phase 14 - Flushing the EVW1 line and the mixing area
(for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 70 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 ON PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (62%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 520 mmHg
P2 3 / 300 ml/min (11%)
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.24 Rinsing: phase 14 - Flushing the EVW1 line (for other Rinsing
processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 70 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 ON PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (62%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 520 mmHg
P2 3 / 300 ml/min (11%)
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.27 Rinsing: phase 15B - Flushing the EVW2 line and the mixing
area (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 50 s -Trans. time
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (62%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 520 mmHg
P2 3 / 300 ml/min (11%)
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.28 Rinsing: phase 15B - Flushing the EVW2 line (for other Rinsing
processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 50 s -Trans. time
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN ON LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S ON
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE OFF SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (62%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 520 mmHg
P2 3 / 300 ml/min (11%)
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.29 Rinsing: phase 16A - Flushing EVD2 line, the mixing area and
EVBHE (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time Trans. time<=5 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 ON
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN OFF LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE ON SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (59%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 380 mmHg
P2 3 / 700 ml/min
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.30 Rinsing: phase 16A - Flushing EVD2 line and EVBHE (for other
Rinsing processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time Trans. time<=5 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 ON SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 ON
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN OFF LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE ON SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (59%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 380 mmHg
P2 3 / 700 ml/min
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.31 Rinsing: phase 16B - Flushing EVD2 line, the mixing area and
EVBHE (for Rinse after Hypochlorite Chemical program)
Description Status Description Status
Time 70 s -Trans. time<=5
SWITCHES
s
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 ON
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN OFF LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE ON SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (59%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 380 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.32 Rinsing: phase 16B - Flushing EVD2 line and EVBHE (for other
Rinsing processes)
Description Status Description Status
Time 70 s -Trans. time<=5
SWITCHES
s
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP 2 SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 OFF SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 ON
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK/0
EVDRAIN OFF LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE ON SWP CHK
Heater OFF PDG ---
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB OFF SWP1 CHK
Pse OFF PD CHK
PA OFF CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 750 ml/min (59%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 380 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 0 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
15.2.34 Rinsing: phase 18 - Flushing EVP line + the main flow + EVBHE
Description Status Description Status
Time 35 s
SWITCHES
Execution Always
SWA/SWA2 CHK/CLOSED
ELECTROVALVES
SWB/SWB2 CHK/CLOSED
EVH2O ON SWA1C CHK/OPEN
EVFlush OFF SWA2C CHK/OPEN
EVDeg ON SWBK CHK/CLOSED
EVP ON SWSeK1 CHK/CLOSED
EVA OFF SWSeK2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM1 ON SWAK CHK/CLOSED
EVPRIM ON SWLOWUF1 CHK/CLOSED
EVPb OFF SWLOWUF2 CHK/CLOSED
EVPa OFF SWCOVUFL CHK/CLOSED
EVD1 2 SWCOVUFR CHK/CLOSED
EVDS1 ON SWDCSIN CHK/CLOSED
EVBP2 OFF SWDCSOUT CHK/CLOSED
EVDS2 ON SWCON1 CHK/CLOSED
EV2 ON SWCON2 CHK/CLOSED
EVW2 OFF SWPOL CHK/CLOSED
EVD2 2
LEVEL SENSORS
EVHE OFF LFP CHK
EVDRAIN OFF LFD CHK
EVS OFF LP* CHK
EVR1 OFF LD1* CHK
EVC OFF LD2* CHK
EVD OFF UPLC NOT CHECKED
EV1S OFF
EVW1 OFF PRESSURE SENSORS / SWITCHES
EVBHE ON SWP CHK
Heater 11/Tset** (Hypo) PDG ---
OFF (Others)
PFS CHK
PUMPS
PI CHK
PC ON / 60% PO ---
PB ON / 15 ml/min SWP1 CHK
Pse ON / 15 ml/min PD CHK
PA ON / 15 ml/min CLDI CHK
P1 3 / 500 ml/min (36%) PFS Exp. in Blind Mode 220 mmHg
P2 4 / 0 mmHg
PS OFF SPECIAL AUTOMATISM
PWHO 2 / 100 mmHg
UF OFF P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK 0
Pinf OFF AUTOM_ULTRAPORT_LE OFF
AK_TEST
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
**Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
** Tset = 35° for the first cycle, 50° for the second cycle and 65° for the last three cycles.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
In case an alarm occurs, the phase currently running stops and a special management is actuated: all
the pumps will be stopped after 2 s and all the electro valves (except EVDRAIN) will be set to OFF. The
EVDRAIN must be kept ON to avoid pipe disconnection in case of reset of alarm condition and consequent
pumps restart. This configuration is kept as long as program time +30 additional minutes have elapsed,
then the Artis Dialysis System goes to display off. If the alarm condition resets, the process continues from
where it was interrupted.
Each time the process restarts from an alarm condition, the process will run the phase interrupted by the
alarm occurrence from the beginning and process time will be updated consequently.
UltraFilter Presence
NOTE
The specifications are related only to the condition of both Ultrafilters installed.
The machine use a Blind Mode to control the P1 or P2 pumps when the D1C or D2C are not able to
provide a measure due to the absence of ions.
The Blind Mode defines a frequency to control P1 or P2 pump using:
• an internal parameter, the PFS or PO-PD pressure sensors and a corrective coefficient.
• an internal parameter multiplied by a corrective coefficient, when the status of the P1 or P2 pumps
show “%” (the internal parameter in terms of a percentage of the maximum pump command
frequency).
The BlindP1M or BlindP2M parameters available in the Service Data Page 1 show when the P1 or P2
pumps are in Blind Mode.
Component
State Meaning
type
- Not Relevant
Electrovalves OFF Not activated
ON Activated
2 On Automatism on level sensor or on pressure level
XXXXH Hexadecimal value representative of all the electrovalves
activated
Pumps PxSV Set value [ml/min]
OFF OFF
ON Open loop (PC, P1, P2 set value [%])
2 Closed Loop on Encoder / Closed Loop on PDRAIN (Set Value
[mmHg])
3 PB: Closed Loop on CB sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
PA: Closed Loop on CA sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
P1: Closed Loop on D1C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
P2: Closed Loop on D2C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
4 Closed Loop on PO value (Set Value [mmHg])
5 ON OPEN LOOP in Forward direction
6 ON OPEN LOOP in Backward direction
7 Closed loop on PFS
9 Closed loop on Qd
10 Closed loop on PDG (Set Value [mmHg])
Heater HeaterSV Set value °C
OFF Off
3 Closed loop on temperature sensor with compensation on TcA
11 Closed loop on temperature sensor with no compensation
(Heat)
Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
CLOSED/ Expected value on the switch
OPEN
(UF) Switch value depends on UltraFilter presence
Flow Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
OFF Signal of flow presence
ON Signal of flow absence
Level Sensors 2 Management of evacuation air system bubble trap
Read Slave reading of air/water and Master test of the state message
CHK The value is directly checked by the Master reading from the
message of state
Note (UF) In case of Ultrafilter/s
(UF1) If CDF1 is installed
(UF2) If CDF2 is installed
Automatism P2_PWHO Check on the difference of driving frequency of two pumps in
_FREQ_CH serie
ECK
0 Enabled
1 Disabled
If the ceramic pump is driven in open loop the specified set value is a flow (ml/min). From this value is
possible to find out the driving frequency by the following formula:
400 1
f = q ⋅ --------- ⋅ ---
3 k
Where:
f = the driving frequency (expressed in Hz)
q = the set flow (expressed in ml/min).
k = the stroke volume of the pump (expressed in 10*ml/rev).
This frequency is set by the master with a tolerance of ±135Hz (for the Ps the tolerance is of 4 Hz).
Gear pumps settings (Pc, P1, P2, PWHO):
If the gear pump is driven in open loop the set is expressed as percentage of the allowable range of
driving frequencies (20000 Hz).
For each pump, the specified set value of the flow represents the mean value after a transitional stage
(5-6 s)
P2_PWHO_FREQ_CHECK:
Automatism on Hydraulic Slave that checks the difference between the driving frequencies of pumps P1
and P2 and P2 and PWHO respectively. If the difference between the P1 and P2 is too high the frequency
of P2 is set to the driving frequency of P1 less 5 kHz. The same applies to the PWHO pump if the difference
between its driving frequency and the one of P2 is too high. The application of this automatism is always
active unless disabled by the master or in special hydraulic configuration of valves detected by the
hydraulic slave itself.
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
• Chemical bacteriostatic
The chemicals allowed to be used in the machine are the following:
• Among Peracetic acid based solutions (Actril 0.06%, Dialox 0.35%, Oxagal 0.5%, Hemoclean 1.5%,
Acetoper 35 3%, Puristeril 340 3.5%, Renalin 4%, Peresal 4%).
• Among Sodium Hypochlorite based solutions (7%, 5%):
• Bleach, Amuchina
Interaction with the User
A chemical process can be performed by selecting the dedicated soft key. The chemical intake is
performed through the jugs connected to rear of the machine, therefore the user has the possibility of
choosing among two different disinfectant intakes: Yellow connector and Clear connector.
The process is then carried out automatically since disinfectant intake does not require any intervention
from the user.
NOTE
In order to perform a chemical disinfection program using a disinfectant canister, it is necessary to
install the Chemical Container Shelf.
For further information on the availability of this component, contact your Local Representative.
All the chemical programs will be listed in Service Menu and will have the dilution ratio and rinse time
SW coded so that the technician will just have the possibility to decide what program can be made
accessible to the user accordingly with the disinfectant used in the clinic.
Process Time
The duration of the process includes dilution and distribution phases and minimum dwell phase.
Each dilution and distribution phase has a fixed duration since it has been calculated according to the
tubing length in order to fill up each tubing completely with diluted disinfectant.
Preliminary (quick flush) and dilution phases have duration of about 11 minutes. Minimum dwell time is 5
minutes and maximum is 10 minutes.
Water consumption
The water consumption per machine for a Chemical process (following Rinse process excluded, to be
counted separately) is approximately 6.5 litres.
Dilution ratio
The dilution ratio is 1:35. The appropriate dilution ratio is associated to the specific chemical process.
NOTE
The specifications are related only to the condition of both Ultrafilters installed.
If the ceramic pump is driven in open loop the specified set value is a flow (ml/min). From this value is
possible to find out the driving frequency by the following formula:
400 1
f = q ⋅ --------- × ---
3 k
Where f is the driving frequency (expressed in Hz), q is the set flow (expressed in ml/min) and k is the
stroke volume of the pump (10*ml/rev). This frequency is set by the master with a tolerance of +/-135 Hz,
for the Ps the tolerance is of 4 Hz.
Gear pumps settings (Pc, P1, P2, PWHO):
If the gear pump is driven in open loop the set is expressed as percentage of the allowable range of
driving frequencies (20000 Hz).
The machine use a Blind Mode to control the P1 or P2 pumps when the D1C or D2C are not able to
provide a measure due to the absence of ions.
The Blind Mode defines a frequency to control P1 or P2 pump using:
• an internal parameter, the PFS or PO-PD pressure sensors and a corrective coefficient.
• an internal parameter multiplied by a corrective coefficient, when the status of the P1 or P2 pumps
show “%”(the internal parameter in terms of a percentage of the maximum pump command
frequency).
The BlindP1M or BlindP2M parameters available in the Service Data Page 1 show when the P1 or P2
pumps are in Blind Mode.
Component
State Meaning
type
- Not Relevant
Electrovalves OFF Not activated
ON Activated
2 On Automatism on level sensor or on pressure level
XXXXH Hexadecimal value representative of all the electrovalves
activated
Pumps PxSV Set value [ml/min]
OFF OFF
ON Open loop (PC, P1, P2 set value [%])
2 Closed Loop on Encoder / Closed Loop on PDRAIN (Set Value
[mmHg])
3 PB: Closed Loop on CB sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
PA: Closed Loop on CA sensor (Set value mS/cm*100)
P1: Closed Loop on D1C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
P2: Closed Loop on D2C (set value [ml/min]) or Blind Mode when
needed.
4 Closed Loop on PO value (Set Value [mmHg])
5 ON OPEN LOOP in Forward direction
6 ON OPEN LOOP in Backward direction
7 Closed loop on PFS
9 Closed loop on Qd
10 Closed loop on PDG (Set Value [mmHg])
Heater HeaterSV Set value °C
OFF Off
3 Closed loop on temperature sensor with compensation on TcA
11 Closed loop on temperature sensor with no compensation
(Heat)
Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
CLOSED / Expected value on the switch
OPEN
(UF) Switch value depends on UltraFilter presence
Flow Switches CHK Checked by the Master through the slave error signal
(significative /not significative sensor)
OFF Signal of flow presence
ON Signal of flow absence
Level Sensors 2 Management of evacuation air system bubble trap
Read Slave reading of air/water and Master test of the state message
CHK The value is directly checked by the Master reading from the
message of state
Note (UF) In case of Ultrafilter/s
(UF1) If CDF1 is installed
(UF2) If CDF2 is installed
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
Chemical Disinfection: phase 0 - Setting up the hydraulic circuit in a stable configuration of the actuators
ORD
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO
CA
EVC EVD SWA
SWA2
F5 F6 EVW1
A OWWHO1 OWWHO2
CC CD
Extracorporeal Flowpath
C D EVR1 EVW2 OWWHO3
SWAC1 SWAC2
1 2
WATER STOP
SWLEAKAGE
NOTE
The only purpose of the phase schematic is to show the flow direction during the phase itself.
* The introduction of the check of LP, LD1 and LD2 is not effective in terms of alarm triggering.
ORFLUSH FAIR
OWAIR
EVP
OWEVD1
EVFLUSH EVA EVD1 EVD2 OWD
BTP
LP
EVBP2
CDF1 PC
SWUFCOV-L ORDEG
TP CDF2 SWUFCOV-R
SWUPUF1A
SWUPUF1B PDG SWUPUF2A
FLICK
SWUPUF2B
SWDUMMY1
STH MCB MCS MCA BT1 SWDUMMY2 Q Q
SWLOWUF1 EVDEG LD1
LD2 BT2
SWLOWUF2
TcB TpSe TcA Tp TcD
WATER Q Q
LFP SWBLD
P1 F3 EVDS1 P2 PWHO HE2 HE1 EVDRAIN
IN EVH2O OWDGL EVPRIM1 D1c D2c
SWP R1 R2 ΓcB ΓpSe ΓcA Γp pH D1p PFS D2p BLD ΓcD PD SWP
EVBHE 1
FH2O OWH2O HE1 HE2 EVPRIM PO DRAIN
T1 test
PB PSe PA
EVS fPB fPSe fPA Safety Volume PRV EVDS2
EV2
PI F4
F1 F8 F2 CO
fPS PS EVPA EM
EVPB F7
SWSEK1 SWPOL
SWSEK2
SWDCSIN SWDCSOUT
F9 EV1S SWCON1 SWCON2
SWAK
SWBK LFD DWHO